Page Range | 79231-79458 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
80 FR 79455 - Wright Brothers Day, 2015 | |
80 FR 79361 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
80 FR 79300 - Wild Bird Conservation Act; Blue-Fronted Amazon Parrots From Argentina's Sustainable-Use Management Plan | |
80 FR 79303 - Revision of the Land Management Plan for the Chugach National Forest, Alaska | |
80 FR 79360 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
80 FR 79302 - Del Norte County Resource Advisory Committee | |
80 FR 79357 - Notice of Intent to Change Fees in Campgrounds on Public Land in the Bishop Field Office, Inyo and Mono Counties, California | |
80 FR 79356 - Notice of Availability of the Record of Decision for the Prehistoric Trackways National Monument Resource Management Plan | |
80 FR 79319 - Revision of a Currently Approved Collection | |
80 FR 79318 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. | |
80 FR 79343 - Medicare Program; Request for Information Regarding the Awarding and the Administration of Medicare Administrative Contractor Contracts | |
80 FR 79333 - Proposed Reissuance of NPDES General Permit for Discharges From Federal Aquaculture Facilities and Aquaculture Facilities Located in Indian Country Within the Boundaries of Washington State (Permit Number WAG130000) | |
80 FR 79337 - Cancellation of Pesticides for Non-Payment of Year 2015 Registration Maintenance Fees; Correction | |
80 FR 79306 - Continuation of Antidumping Duty Order on Certain Cut-to-Length Carbon Steel Plate From the People's Republic of China and Continuation of Suspended Antidumping Duty Investigations on Certain Cut-to-Length Carbon Steel Plate From the Russian Federation and Ukraine | |
80 FR 79331 - Human Studies Review Board; Notification of Public Meetings | |
80 FR 79305 - Certain Potassium Phosphate Salts From the People's Republic of China: Continuation of Antidumping Duty Order and Countervailing Duty Order | |
80 FR 79351 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Biometric Identity | |
80 FR 79313 - Application for New Awards; Indian Education Formula Grants to Local Educational Agencies | |
80 FR 79329 - Access by EPA Contractors to Information Claimed as Confidential Business Information (CBI) Submitted under Title II of the Clean Air Act and Related Regulations | |
80 FR 79276 - Negotiated Rulemaking Committee; Negotiator Nominations and Schedule of Committee Meetings-Borrower Defenses | |
80 FR 79273 - Guidance on Medical Examiner's Certification Integration Final Rule Regarding Use of Driver Examination Forms | |
80 FR 79307 - Application(s) for Duty-Free Entry of Scientific Instruments | |
80 FR 79312 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Health Education Assistance Loan (HEAL). | |
80 FR 79337 - Notification of a Public Teleconference of the Chartered Science Advisory Board | |
80 FR 79330 - Notification of a Public Meeting of the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) Sulfur Oxides Panel and a Public Teleconference of the Chartered CASAC and the CASAC Sulfur Oxides Panel | |
80 FR 79338 - Proposed Consent Decree, Clean Air Act Citizen Suit | |
80 FR 79335 - Lead; Renovation, Repair and Painting Program; Lead Test Kit; Notice of Opening of Comment Period | |
80 FR 79255 - Registration and Marking Requirements for Small Unmanned Aircraft | |
80 FR 79418 - Notice of Request for the Extension of a Currently Approved Information Collection | |
80 FR 79343 - Final Revised Vaccine Information Materials for Multiple Pediatric Vaccines (“Your Child's First Vaccines”) | |
80 FR 79340 - Final Revised Vaccine Information Materials for Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine (PCV13) | |
80 FR 79352 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Generic Customer Satisfaction Surveys | |
80 FR 79353 - Whittlesey Creek National Wildlife Refuge, Bayfield County, Wisconsin; Final Comprehensive Conservation Plan and Finding of No Significant Impact for Environmental Assessment | |
80 FR 79348 - Submission for OMB Review; 30-Day Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (NIAID) | |
80 FR 79311 - Defense Policy Board; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
80 FR 79354 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Request for Comments | |
80 FR 79401 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus | |
80 FR 79399 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus | |
80 FR 79358 - Chlorinated Isocyanurates From China and Spain; Notice of Commission Determinations To Conduct Full Five-Year Reviews | |
80 FR 79397 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Epilepsy and Seizure Disorders | |
80 FR 79414 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Vision | |
80 FR 79411 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus | |
80 FR 79417 - Qualification of Drivers; Application for Exemptions; Hearing | |
80 FR 79402 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Diabetes Mellitus | |
80 FR 79412 - Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Volvo Trucks of North America Application for an Exemption | |
80 FR 79325 - ORPC Alaska 2, LLC; Notice of Surrender of Preliminary Permit | |
80 FR 79322 - Commission Information Collection Activities (Ferc-500, Ferc-542); Consolidated Comment Request; Extension | |
80 FR 79326 - RE Mustang 4 LLC; Supplemental Notice that Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 79325 - RE Mustang 3 LLC; Supplemental Notice that Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 79321 - RE Mustang LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 79320 - Avalon Solar Partners II LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 79324 - Tranquillity LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 79328 - East Cheyenne Gas Storage, LLC; Notice of Application To Amend Certificate | |
80 FR 79327 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
80 FR 79327 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
80 FR 79341 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
80 FR 79420 - Additional Designations, Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act | |
80 FR 79410 - Commercial Driver's License Standards: Application for Exemption; Daimler Trucks North America (Daimler) | |
80 FR 79320 - Records Governing Off-the-Record Communications; Public Notice | |
80 FR 79321 - City of Pasadena, California; Notice of Filing | |
80 FR 79325 - City of Riverside, California; Notice of Filing | |
80 FR 79326 - Combined Notice Of Filings #2 | |
80 FR 79324 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
80 FR 79339 - Notice to All Interested Parties of the Termination of the Receivership of 10439, Security Bank, N.A., North Lauderdale, Florida | |
80 FR 79349 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 79309 - Fisheries of the Caribbean; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meeting | |
80 FR 79308 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meetings | |
80 FR 79308 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; South Atlantic Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
80 FR 79306 - Meeting of the United States Manufacturing Council | |
80 FR 79317 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Educational Quality Through Innovative Partnerships (EQUIP) Experimental Sites Initiative | |
80 FR 79318 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Student Assistance General Provisions-Non-Title IV Revenue Requirements (90/10) | |
80 FR 79360 - Notice of a Virtual Public Meeting of the Advisory Committee on Apprenticeship (ACA) | |
80 FR 79250 - Removal of Transferred OTS Regulations Regarding Management Official Interlocks and Amendments to FDIC's Rules and Regulations | |
80 FR 79261 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Connecticut River, Old Lyme, CT | |
80 FR 79260 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, Wrightsville Beach, NC | |
80 FR 79419 - Reports, Forms, and Recordkeeping Requirements | |
80 FR 79347 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Public Comment Request | |
80 FR 79385 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change To Amend and Correct Rule 1080.07 | |
80 FR 79375 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend NASDAQ Options Market-Fees and Rebates | |
80 FR 79371 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Index Underlying the WisdomTree Put Write Strategy Fund | |
80 FR 79392 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change Regarding a Change to the Underlying Index of the Market Vectors Short High Yield Municipal Index ETF | |
80 FR 79390 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; National Futures Association; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Change to the Interpretive Notice to NFA Compliance Rules 2-7 and 2-24 and Registration Rule 401: Proficiency Requirements for SFPs | |
80 FR 79364 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 79362 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.; Notice of Withdrawal of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Fees Schedule | |
80 FR 79394 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Delete Rule 108 | |
80 FR 79381 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws | |
80 FR 79382 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending Rule 13 Equities To Eliminate Good Til Cancelled Orders and Stop Orders, and Make Conforming Changes to Equities Rules 49, 61, 70, 104, 115A, 116, 118, 123, 123A, 123C, 123D, 501, 1000, 1004, and 6140 | |
80 FR 79396 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange's Certificate of Formation, By-Laws and First Amended Limited Liability Company Agreement | |
80 FR 79386 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Forms G-37, G-37x and G-38t To Change the MSRB's Address on the Forms | |
80 FR 79368 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; National Securities Clearing Corporation; Order Approving Proposed Rule Change To Provide Mechanism for Sub-Account Settlement With Respect to the Alternative Investment Product Services | |
80 FR 79387 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend NASDAQ Options Market-Fees and Rebates | |
80 FR 79362 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend NASD Rules 1022 (Categories of Principal Registration) and 1032 (Categories of Representative Registration) | |
80 FR 79365 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 13 To Eliminate Good til Cancelled (“GTC”) Orders and Stop Orders, and Make Conforming Changes to Rules 49, 61, 70, 104, 109, 115A, 116, 118, 123, 123A, 123C, 123D, 1000, 1004 and 6140 | |
80 FR 79359 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
80 FR 79260 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Upper Mississippi River, Sabula, Iowa | |
80 FR 79266 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Oregon: Interstate Transport of Ozone | |
80 FR 79283 - National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research | |
80 FR 79277 - Request for Submission of Topics for USPTO Quality Case Studies | |
80 FR 79361 - New Postal Product | |
80 FR 79362 - New Postal Product | |
80 FR 79345 - Allergenic Products Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 79346 - Risk Communication Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 79258 - Rights-of-Way on Indian Land | |
80 FR 79355 - Notice of Deadline for Submitting Completed Applications To Begin Participation in the Tribal Self-Governance Program in Fiscal Year 2017 or Calendar Year 2017 | |
80 FR 79348 - Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing | |
80 FR 79339 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
80 FR 79340 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
80 FR 79261 - Air Quality Implementation Plan Approval; Illinois; Illinois Power Holdings and AmerenEnergy Medina Valley Cogen Variance | |
80 FR 79423 - Hazardous Materials: Requirements for the Safe Transportation of Bulk Explosives (RRR) | |
80 FR 79258 - Privacy Act; Implementation | |
80 FR 79310 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
80 FR 79274 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters (Type Certificate Previously Held by Eurocopter France) | |
80 FR 79231 - Records To Be Kept by Official Establishments and Retail Stores That Grind Raw Beef Products | |
80 FR 79256 - Airworthiness Directives; Alpha Aviation Concept Limited Airplanes | |
80 FR 79292 - National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures and Categorical Exclusions | |
80 FR 79279 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Texas; Control of Air Pollution From Nitrogen Compounds State Implementation Plan | |
80 FR 79267 - Pendimethalin; Pesticide Tolerances |
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Forest Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Patent and Trademark Office
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Geological Survey
Indian Affairs Bureau
Land Management Bureau
Employment and Training Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Federal Transit Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Foreign Assets Control Office
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Final rule.
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is amending its recordkeeping regulations to require that all official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef products for sale in commerce maintain the following records: The establishment numbers of establishments supplying material used to prepare each lot of raw ground beef product; all supplier lot numbers and production dates; the names of the supplied materials, including beef components and any materials carried over from one production lot to the next; the date and time each lot of raw ground beef product is produced; and the date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces are cleaned and sanitized. These requirements also apply to raw beef products that are ground at an individual customer's request when new source materials are used.
Effective June 20, 2016.
Dr. Daniel Engeljohn, Assistant Administrator, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250; Telephone: (202) 205-0495; Fax (202) 720-2025.
This rule requires official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef for sale in commerce to maintain specific information about their grinding activities. This rule is necessary to improve FSIS's ability to accurately trace the source of foodborne illness outbreaks involving ground beef and to identify the source materials that need to be recalled. The recordkeeping requirements in this final rule will greatly assist FSIS in doing so.
FSIS has often been impeded in its efforts to trace ground beef products back to a supplier because of the lack of documentation identifying all source materials used in their preparation. On July 22, 2014, FSIS published a proposed rule (79 FR 42464) to require official establishments and retail stores to maintain records concerning their suppliers and source materials received. Having reviewed and considered all comments received in response to the proposed rule, FSIS is finalizing the rule and making several changes in response to comments. Most of the proposed requirements are retained in this final rule. This final rule requires establishments and retail facilities that grind raw beef to keep the following records: The establishment numbers of the establishments supplying the materials used to prepare each lot of raw ground beef; all supplier lot numbers and production dates; the names of the supplied materials, including beef components and any materials carried over from one production lot to the next; the date and time each lot of raw ground beef is produced; and the date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces are cleaned and sanitized. These requirements also apply when official establishments and retail stores grind new source materials at an individual customer's request.
In response to comments, FSIS is not adopting two proposed requirements. First, under this final rule, establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef products will not have to maintain records concerning the weight of each source component used in a lot of ground beef. After considering comments, FSIS concluded that weighing each component in a lot of ground beef was time-consuming and offered little food safety benefit because contamination in a lot of ground beef is not dependent on the weight of any contaminated component. FSIS is also not requiring that establishments and stores that grind raw beef products maintain records of the names, points of contact, and phone numbers of each official establishment supplying source material because FSIS already has this information in its Public Health Information System (PHIS). Any marginal benefit presented by these two proposed requirements would be outweighed by the time burden associated with recording the information. In response to comments, this rule also differs from the proposed rule in terms of the place where the records must be maintained and the retention period. Under the proposed rule, based on existing recordkeeping requirements (9 CFR 320.1), establishments and retail stores would have been allowed to keep the required records at a business headquarters location if the grinding activity is conducted at multiple locations. In response to comments, however, this rule requires the grinding records to be kept at the location where the beef is ground. This change in the final rule will save investigators valuable time and will reduce the risk that records will be lost or misplaced. Finally, in response to comments, for purposes of this rule, FSIS is including the definition of a lot as set out in the regulatory text at the end of this document (9 CFR 320.1(b)(4)(iii)).
Under the proposed rule, based on existing regulations (9 CFR 320.3(a)), the required grinding records would have been required to be maintained for up to three years. However, in response to comments, FSIS concluded that because the records required by this rule are needed primarily to investigate foodborne illness outbreaks, their utility diminishes over time. FSIS consulted with its investigators and public health experts and determined that the records would rarely be needed after one year. Considering this fact and comments concerning the burden of keeping records on-site, particularly at retail stores, FSIS shortened the retention period in the final rule to one year after the date of the recorded grinding activity.
The final rule will result in storage and labor costs to official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef for sale in commerce. Benefits will accrue
Under the authority of the Federal Meat Inspection Act (FMIA) and its implementing regulations (9 CFR 329.1 and 329.6), FSIS investigates reports of consumer foodborne illness associated with FSIS-regulated products. FSIS investigators and other public health officials use records kept at all levels of the food distribution chain, including the retail level, to identify the sources of outbreaks.
FSIS has often been impeded in these efforts when an outbreak involves ground beef because of a lack of documentation identifying all source materials used in its preparation (79 FR 42464). In some situations, official establishments and retail stores have not kept adequate records that would allow effective traceback and traceforward activities. Without such records, FSIS cannot conduct timely and effective consumer foodborne illness investigations and other public health activities throughout the stream of commerce.
As FSIS also explained in the proposed rule, official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef products for sale in commerce must keep records that will fully and correctly disclose all transactions involved in their business that are subject to the FMIA (
The proposed rule also explained that under 9 CFR 320.1(a), every person, firm, or corporation required by 21 U.S.C. 642 to keep records must keep records that will fully and correctly disclose all transactions involved in the aspects of their business that are subject to the FMIA. Records specifically required to be kept under 9 CFR 320.1(b) include, but are not limited to, bills of sale, invoices, bills of lading, and receiving and shipping papers. With respect to each transaction, the records must provide the name or description of the livestock or article, the number of outside containers, the name and address of the buyer or seller of the livestock or animal, and the date and method of shipment.
The recordkeeping requirements contained in the FMIA and 9 CFR part 320 are intended to permit FSIS to trace product, including raw ground beef product associated with consumer foodborne illness, from the consumer, or the place where the consumer purchased the product, back through its distribution chain to the establishment that was the source of the product. Having this information available will make it easier to determine where the contamination occurred. Investigators should also be able to conduct effective traceforward investigations so as to identify other potentially contaminated product that has been shipped from the point of origin of its contamination to other official establishments, retail stores, warehouses, distributors, restaurants, or other firms. FSIS must be able to carry out these investigations using records that should be kept routinely by official establishments and retail stores.
In the proposed rule, FSIS explained past efforts it has made to ensure that official establishments and retail stores that produce raw ground beef maintain necessary records. For example, the proposal explained that in 2002, FSIS published a
In the proposed rule in the present rulemaking, FSIS explained that shortly after issuing the 2002
In 2009, FSIS provided guidance to a retail industry association, which was made available on the FSIS Web site, stating that retail stores should keep appropriate records to aid in investigations involving FSIS-regulated products associated with foodborne illnesses and other food safety incidents.
To further address the issue, on December 9-10, 2009, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and FSIS held a public meeting to discuss the essential elements of product tracing systems, gaps in then-current product tracing systems, and mechanisms to enhance product tracing systems for food.
Despite these actions, as explained in the proposed rule, some official establishments and retail stores still did not keep and maintain the records necessary for effective investigation by FSIS. With this history in mind, FSIS conducted a retrospective review of 28 foodborne disease investigations from October 2007 through September 2011 in which beef products were ground or re-ground at retail stores.
Since the review in the proposed rule, FSIS has completed nine ground beef outbreak investigations. Of these nine investigations, grinding records were available and complete in four of them and incomplete or not available in five. When records were available and complete, FSIS was able to request a recall of product from the supplying establishment in one of four investigations. For the remaining three, two led to store level recalls. For these two, FSIS did not request recalls at supplier establishments because in one investigation, the trim for retail product had over ten suppliers, and in the other, FSIS was not able to narrow down the list of suppliers because the retailer did not clean up in between grinding different products. FSIS did not request a recall for the third case in which records were available and complete because there were multiple products and multiple federal establishments involved, and FSIS was not able to identify the product associated with the illnesses or the supplying establishment. In the five investigations where records were not available or incomplete, FSIS was unable to request a recall from a supplying establishment.
The investigations reviewed in the proposed rule, and those reviewed since the proposed rule, confirm the Agency's findings that the records kept by official establishments and retail stores vary in type and quality and are often incomplete or inaccurate. Overall, FSIS has concluded that voluntary recordkeeping by retail stores that grind raw beef has been insufficient, as evidenced by continuing outbreaks linked to pathogens in raw ground beef that FSIS cannot trace back to the source. The lack of specific information about supplier lot numbers, product codes, production dates, and the cleaning and sanitizing of grinding equipment has prevented or delayed FSIS in identifying the source of outbreaks, as well as other product that might be adulterated. The cleaning and sanitizing of equipment used to grind raw beef is important because it prevents the transfer of
On July 22, 2014 (79 FR 42464), FSIS proposed to amend the Federal meat inspection regulations to require that all official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef for sale keep records disclosing the following: The names, points of contact, phone numbers, and establishment numbers of suppliers of source materials used in the preparation of each lot of raw ground beef; the names of each source material, including any components carried over from one production lot to the next; the supplier lot numbers and production dates; the weight of each beef component used in each lot (in pounds); the date and time each lot was produced; and the date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces were cleaned and sanitized. FSIS also proposed that official establishments and retail stores would have to comply with these requirements with respect to raw beef products ground at an individual customer's request when new source materials are used.
FSIS posted the sample grinding log record below (Table 2) on its Web site in late 2011 and included it with the 2009 guidance and the proposed rule. FSIS proposed requiring the items in the sample record marked with asterisks. The proposed rule specifically stated that the information under the other column headings would not be required, but that some official establishments and retail stores might choose to keep and maintain this information.
As stated above, the final rule is mostly consistent with the proposed rule. It requires official establishments and retail stores that grind raw beef products to maintain the following records: The establishment numbers of the establishments supplying the material used to prepare each lot of raw ground beef; all supplier lot numbers and production dates; the names of the supplied materials, including beef components and any materials carried over from one production to the next; the date and time each lot is produced; and the date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces are cleaned and sanitized. These requirements also apply to raw ground beef products that are prepared at an individual customer's request when new source materials are used. If new source materials are not used, there is no reason to record the customer-requested grind separately.
The final rule will not require records concerning the names, points of contact, and phone numbers of each official establishment supplying source material or the weight of each source component. In consideration of comments that it received, FSIS has concluded that the records concerning the names, points of contact, and phone numbers of each official establishment supplying source material were unnecessary given that FSIS already possesses this information through the establishment profiles in PHIS. In addition, FSIS concluded, in response to the comments submitted, that weighing each component in a lot of ground beef was time-consuming and offered little food safety benefit. Contamination occurs in a lot of ground beef regardless of the weight of the contaminated component.
In conformance with these changes, FSIS has updated its sample grinding log as pictured in Table 3 below to reflect the requirements of this final rule.
The final rule also differs from the proposed rule with respect to the place of maintenance and the retention period of the required records. Based on 9 CFR 320.2, the proposed rule would have required records to be kept at the place
Based on 9 CFR 320.3(a), the proposed rule would have required that the proposed grinding records be retained for a period of two years after December 31 of the year in which the transaction giving rise to the record (grinding) occurred. In response to comments discussed below, FSIS concluded that because the vast majority of ground beef is consumed within several months of its production, a one-year retention period is adequate to trace the source of any foodborne disease outbreak involving raw ground beef. Accordingly, this final rule creates a 9 CFR 320.3(c) which requires that official establishments and retail stores covered by this rule retain the required records for one year.
The final rule also makes technical changes to 9 CFR 320.2 and 320.3 to improve readability.
FSIS received 40 comments on the proposed rule from individuals, retailers, beef producers and processors, beef industry and retail trade groups, consumer advocacy groups, an organization representing food and drug officials, a State department of agricultural and rural development, a food technology company, and two members of Congress. Most of the commenters supported the proposed rule. Industry groups supported recording information for effective investigation in the event of a foodborne illness outbreak but stated that the costs of compliance were higher than estimated, and that several pieces of information were unnecessary or overly burdensome. A summary of the relevant issues raised by the commenters and the Agency's responses follows.
FSIS is not applying this final rule to restaurants. Only a small percentage of all raw beef grinding occurs at restaurants and only on a very small scale. It is thus likely that any outbreak traced to a restaurant that grinds its own raw beef will be traceable to a specific supplier.
FSIS agrees that customer-requested grinds present unique challenges but estimates that the benefits of being able to rapidly identify a customer-grind associated with an outbreak outweigh the recordkeeping and clean-up costs.
FSIS is also not requiring official establishments and retail stores to label retail products with timestamps or production lot codes to identify them with the specific lot or lots of ground beef from which they were produced. Retail ground beef products can usually be traced back to their specific grinding lots through stores' inventory data, the product's date and time of sale, and information stored on customers' shopper cards. Once a retail product is traced back to the grinding lot or lots,
Nonetheless, recordkeeping by retail establishments will more quickly and efficiently address the concerns (
In addition, as is discussed above, FSIS has advised official establishments and retailers to maintain these types of records since 2002. Nonetheless, in response to comments, this final rule provides that retailers and official establishments will have 180 days from the date of publication of this final rule to comply with its requirements. This effective date should provide industry sufficient time to comply with the requirements because FSIS has simplified the requirements originally proposed, and FSIS will ensure that establishments and retailers are aware of the new requirements through the outreach activities discussed below and through partnering with the States and other organizations, such as retail organizations.
FSIS personnel conduct in-commerce surveillance related to wholesomeness, adulteration, misbranding, sanitation, and recordkeeping.
If FSIS personnel find noncompliance at an official establishment, the Agency could issue non-compliance reports, letters of warning, or request the Department of Justice to initiate a civil proceeding in Federal court to enjoin the defendant from further violations of the applicable laws and regulations. If FSIS personnel find noncompliance at a retail facility, the Agency may issue notices of warning or request the Department of Justice to initiate a civil proceeding to enjoin the defendant from further violations of the applicable laws and regulations.
States with their own meat and poultry inspection (MPI) programs will need to be aware of the requirements of this rule and are required to enforce requirements “at least equal to” the Federal inspection program. Therefore, they will need to require that establishments under State inspection maintain records consistent with what FSIS is requiring.
FSIS will also explore ways to partner with States, with or without MPI programs, so that State employees can provide information about the recordkeeping requirements to grocery stores, help them to keep logs in the most efficient and effective way
FSIS also routinely cooperates with State and local authorities to conduct effective foodborne illness investigations, including by sharing epidemiological data, records, and investigative resources. FSIS intends to provide information to State and local authorities during the course of these illness investigations about the role that grinding logs can play in facilitating these investigations.
All retailers and official establishments will have 180 days from the date of publication of this final rule to comply with its requirements.
As is discussed above, this rule does not prescribe the method by which official establishments and retail stores must keep the required information but does require that the information be kept at the location where the beef is ground. The records must be retained for one year after the transaction giving rise to the record (grinding) occurred. FSIS will update its Sanitation Guidance for Beef Grinders,
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “non-significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
In updating the preliminary regulatory impact analysis of the proposed rule, FSIS has made several changes in response to public comments and newly available information. Specifically, FSIS has made the following changes in the final regulatory impact analysis:
Increased the number of retail firms in the baseline using new U.S. Census Bureau data;
Added assumptions about the percentage of retail firms that grind raw beef;
Incorporated new distributions relating to source materials used to reflect the complexity of grinding operations;
Adjusted the time estimates for recordkeeping activities, the frequency of recordkeeping tasks, and the number of active grinding days per week based on comments received;
Added estimates of labor to incorporate recordkeeping for grinds, including pieces of trim and customer-requested grinds;
Updated the wage rate and benefits factor for firm employees that record or maintain required records based on the newest available information;
Added discussion about unquantified costs associated with maintaining records for customer-requested grinds; and
Expanded the benefits discussion to include benefits not previously addressed, such as the mitigation of costly spillover effects from foodborne illness outbreaks, and the incentive traceability provides to produce safe product.
During investigations of foodborne illness outbreaks attributed to ground beef, grinding records are an important part of the traceback and traceforward processes. Without accurate records, it is difficult to identify where ground beef components originated. If investigators cannot identify a source, it is likely that adulterated product will remain in commerce and more consumers will eat the product and become ill. Delays in identifying the source of contamination can also negatively affect sales of ground beef due to loss in consumer confidence. Despite efforts by FSIS, industry associations, and other regulators to provide retailers and official processing establishments with guidance and examples of best practices, the current level of recordkeeping is still less than what is needed for timely and accurate traceability investigations.
Traceability systems are a potential way to lessen the costs of foodborne illness outbreaks and other food safety events. In the case of private regulation, each firm will ultimately decide what level of traceability to implement on the basis of costs and potential benefits, such as smaller losses of reputation and reduced liability costs during foodborne illness outbreaks.
Forms of private regulation, such as those currently in place for raw beef grinding entities, are vulnerable to firms that do not invest their fair share to the detriment of others, commonly referred to as the “free rider” problem.
If, however, traceback occurs at a firm that does not invest in recordkeeping, the chances of investigators successfully tracing adulterated product to its source are low. An illness outbreak attributed to ground beef in which the source is unidentified will negatively affect ground beef producers and retailers indiscriminately. In this case, firms that have invested in traceability will bear costs that could have been avoided were it not for the free-rider firm. Mandatory recordkeeping requirements will help to eliminate insufficient traceability systems and therefore mitigate the free rider problem.
Inadequate traceability systems can also contribute to moral hazard, which, in the case of ground beef, is a lack of incentives to produce a safe product.
FSIS has identified four groups of businesses that will be subject to the final rule.
1. Official, federally-inspected establishments that grind beef: FSIS used information from PHIS to determine the number of federally inspected establishments subject to FSIS sampling of ground beef product for
2. Supermarkets and other grocery stores that grind beef: FSIS used data from the U.S. Census Bureau to determine the number of grocery stores in the U.S. Specifically, FSIS used the 2012 Statistics of U.S. Business (SUSB) data set
3. Meat markets that grind beef: FSIS used the 2012 SUSB Census data to determine the number of stores under the NAICS code 445210—Meat Markets. FSIS found that there are 123 stores owned by large firms, and 5,105 stores owned by small firms. The NAICS code for meat markets includes six subcategories, three of which do not grind beef, including Baked Ham Stores, Frozen Meat Stores, and Poultry Dealers. To account for these stores, FSIS assumed that 50 percent of large stores and 50 percent of small stores in this category grind beef.
4. Warehouse clubs and supercenters that grind beef: FSIS used the 2012 SUSB Census data to determine the number of stores under the NACIS code 452910—Warehouse Clubs and Supercenters. FSIS determined that there are 5,124 such stores owned by large firms, and 40 stores owned by small firms. FSIS is aware that not all warehouse clubs and supercenters grind beef in store. To account for this, FSIS assumed that 20 percent of large stores and 100 percent of small stores grind beef.
To estimate the number of entities that are already maintaining adequate records, FSIS used a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) study of ground beef recordkeeping practices at retail stores and applied the distributions in the study to the entities that grind raw beef. The study found that 74 percent of chain retail stores and 12 percent of independent retail stores kept grinding logs. Of the stores that kept grinding logs, the study reported 78 percent of those logs as incomplete.
FSIS considered a number of alternatives designed to achieve the regulatory objective outlined in the Need for the Rule section. The final rule was chosen as the least burdensome, technically acceptable regulatory approach to ensure that adequate grinding records are maintained for the purposes of outbreak investigation and product trace back. While some alternatives would result in lesser costs to industry, and some alternatives would result in more complete information for outbreak investigators, in FSIS's judgment the final rule is the alternative that maximizes net benefits. Cost estimates were developed for the final rule but not for the rejected alternatives because the costs for these alternatives are discernibly higher or lower because of the amount of time spent on recordkeeping.
(1) Encouraging rather than requiring grinding records: FSIS provided industry voluntary guidelines (see Table 2) in 2009. As stated previously, the Agency has concluded that a policy of voluntary guidelines for recordkeeping has not ensured that all official establishments and retail stores maintain complete records that will ensure quick identification of contaminated product.
(2) Regulated Daily Recordkeeping Program: FSIS considered requiring that retail stores and official establishments maintain grinding records such that each producer recorded grinding activities once per day, and information on all suppliers that were used during that day but not on when during the day those suppliers were used. Daily recording may have been sufficient if entities typically cleaned their equipment once a day, rarely changed suppliers, and conducted few grinds per day, but FSIS has found that the majority of retailers grind product and clean their equipment multiple times per day. A single daily recordkeeping task is, therefore, insufficient to provide the necessary information for traceback and could inhibit FSIS's ability to identify suppliers during ongoing outbreaks. In addition, the time savings of daily recordkeeping over per-grind recordkeeping is likely low since most of the same information will need to be kept. Therefore, FSIS rejected this alternative.
(3) The Final Rule: The chosen alternative requires that retail stores and official establishments maintain grinding records such that each producer must record the required information whenever any of the required information for the lot of product being ground changes. To minimize the burden placed on these entities, FSIS has removed certain pieces of information from the requirements that were included in the proposed rule, ensuring that only the necessary information for traceability is maintained. Requiring records that pertain to each individual grind guarantees that investigators will be able to identify the components included in an adulterated package of ground beef, creating a narrower list of potential sources of adulterated product and increasing the chances that the source of contamination is identified. FSIS has determined that this alternative is the least burdensome option that achieves the regulatory objective.
(4) More Detailed Recordkeeping Program: FSIS also considered expanding the proposed recordkeeping requirements to include all fields suggested in the 2009 FSIS guidance (all fields in the Table 2 sample log). This approach would provide FSIS with more detailed records to use during an investigation, which may improve traceability slightly. However, the small improvement in the trace back process provided by the additional level of detail would place an unnecessarily large burden on those entities that grind product and must keep records. Any such small improvement would not outweigh the costs incurred for keeping the more detailed records. For this reason, FSIS decided to require that only the most critical information be recorded. Other information, including
The costs and benefits of the final rule and each regulatory alternative are displayed in Table 6.
Retailers and official establishments that grind raw beef will incur costs to comply with the final rule. These include the labor cost of employees who record and maintain the records, storage costs, and those costs associated with trim and customer-requested grinds. FSIS has attempted to estimate the cost of labor and storage using information obtained from industry associations, the U.S. Census Bureau, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, a commercial real estate services firm report, and public comments.
In order to keep adequate records when grinding trim, entities will need to keep track of the source of each cut of beef from which the trim was separated. If not all of the trim is ground in a single batch, then entities will need to record each lot in which the trim is used. Similarly, if retail stores grind beef at the request of customers, they will need to record the required information for that small grind if new source materials are used. How entities choose to deal with the requirements will differ, and the costs associated with these requirements will vary greatly because of differences in firm size, component ordering practices, and grinding practices. FSIS used labor-time estimates from a grocery store chain's public comments to estimate additional costs related to grinding trim. FSIS left additional costs related to customer requested grinds unquantified because of the many variations in how retail stores will deal with the requirements and the relatively small number of customer grinds that take place.
Entities may incur other costs for training and investment should they choose to implement complex recordkeeping systems. Electronic recordkeeping options exist, which are likely more expensive than paper records but provide additional benefits such as improved accuracy, lower labor requirements, useful reporting and recall management tools, and supply-side management functions. Firms will decide individually whether these systems are suitable to their needs, and the proportion of those choosing more complex systems is uncertain. For the purposes of the cost estimate, FSIS has only estimated costs and benefits of the basic, paper-based system of recordkeeping. FSIS assumes that if firms choose to invest more in their recordkeeping systems, they will do so because the benefits achieved outweigh the costs.
Model records are available in the preamble of this final rule, on the FSIS Web site,
To estimate the labor costs associated with recordkeeping, FSIS divided the entities keeping no records and incomplete records into categories based on three basic types of grinding activities:
1. No trim—grinds in which no trim is used, only chubs of ground beef;
2. With trim—grinds in which trim is added to chubs of ground beef; and
3. Trim-only—grinds consisting only of trim.
Using distributions from the CDC recordkeeping study, FSIS was able to estimate the number of official establishments and retail stores that do not use trim in their grinds (no trim), that use trim in their grinds (with trim), and that use no trim in some grinds and
FSIS assigned time estimates for each of the three types of grinds based on public comments. For no trim grinds, FSIS assumed that recordkeeping would take approximately 1 minute per grind.
FSIS also relied on public comments to estimate the number of grinding activities completed per day. FSIS consequently estimated that the average entity grinds 4 to 5.5 times per day,
To illustrate the time estimate, FSIS has provided the following example of a retail store that does trim-only grinds, performs customer-requested grinds, and has incomplete records:
Low Estimate: [4 grinds per day × 1 min per grind (no trim) + 1 grind per day × 6 min per grind (trim-only) + {5 grinds (no trim + trim-only) * 1/99
High Estimate: [5.5 grinds per day × 1 min per grind (no trim) + 1 grind per day × 10 min per grind (trim-only) + {6.5 grinds (no trim + trim-only) * 1/99} × 1 min per grind (customer request)] × 6 days per week × 50 percent (incomplete records) = 46.7 minutes per week.
If the store in the example above started with no records, the 50-percent factor would be removed, increasing the time burden to 60.3 to 93.4 minutes per week. If instead the store were an official establishment, the customer grinds would be removed, resulting in a burden of 30 to 46.5 minutes per week.
Time estimates were calculated for each entity in Table 7 and then multiplied by 52 weeks for an annual estimate. To calculate the cost of this added labor, FSIS estimated that the recordkeeping would be performed by an employee paid at the Bureau of Labor Statistics “Butchers and Meat Cutters” (occupation code 51-3021) mean hourly wage rate of $14.40.
To account for record storage costs, FSIS again used distributions of recordkeeping practices from the aforementioned CDC study.
The distribution from the CDC study was applied to the number of retail stores keeping complete or incomplete records, and then multiplied by the assumed annual cost of storage. The retail stores that do not keep records will incur the $46.50 in costs for a full year of storage.
For official establishments, FSIS assumed that those already maintaining records would be keeping those records for at least 2 years, as required by 9 CFR 320.3(a). For these establishments there would be cost savings associated with one year of reduced storage time equivalent to $46.50. For official establishments not maintaining records, there would be an additional cost of $46.50. FSIS applied the cost savings to those official establishments keeping records and the additional costs to those official establishments keeping no records, and added those costs and savings to the recordkeeping costs estimated for retail stores. The results are displayed in Table 9.
The total cost to industry was calculated as a sum of the previously estimated costs. The results of the annual industry cost estimate are displayed in Table 10.
This rule will not result in any direct costs to consumers. It is possible that retailers and official establishments that grind raw beef will pass on a portion of the increased cost of grinding to consumers. In most cases these costs should be small. In the case of customer-requested grinds, consumers may end up paying a small fee, as is presently customary at some retail stores. While this practice may discourage some consumers, the facts that customer-requested grinds are so infrequent, and fees are already applied at some locations, suggest that fees will not cause major disruptions to ground beef sales. Therefore FSIS expects that
FSIS does not anticipate that the Agency or other regulators will incur additional costs as a result of this rule. FSIS has provided guidance to retailers that grind raw beef and will continue outreach efforts to ensure that retailers are aware of the rule and are able to comply. FSIS will also hold webinars and provide guidance on the new recordkeeping requirements.
FSIS will conduct a retrospective analysis to quantify what effects, if any, the final rule has on Agency resources. To do so, FSIS will examine the following:
• Number, length, and outcome of recall effectiveness checks.
• Regulatory noncompliance citations at official establishments for the proposed revisions to 9 CFR 320.1(b)(4).
We determined to not examine the overtime hours for enforcement, district office, and recall staff on a per-outbreak basis, as suggested in the proposed rule. The overtime hours cannot directly link to outbreaks.
Mandatory grinding logs with a minimum level of necessary information will improve FSIS investigators' ability to trace implicated product to its source, recommend timely and accurate recalls, remove adulterated product from commerce, and prevent illnesses at later stages of outbreaks.
Mandatory grinding logs will increase the likelihood that adulterated product is able to be traced back to its source. When FSIS identifies official establishments producing adulterated product, it takes steps to assess their production processes through comprehensive food safety assessments and follow-up evaluations. In doing so, FSIS is able to identify poor practices and deficiencies in process control and to require changes to resolve these issues. In some cases these assessments lead to findings that are valuable to industry as a whole, and the lessons learned can be documented and disseminated in the form of guidance. Improvements to production practices and process control, whether at implicated official establishments or other establishments that have benefited from lessons learned, will result in reductions in foodborne illness outbreaks.
Firms that supply ground beef components will have incentives to apply the guidance developed as a result of previous outbreak investigations and to improve the safety of their product in general. As traceability systems improve as a result of better recordkeeping, liability for food safety events will be shifted from retailers to suppliers. This shift will reduce the prevalence of moral hazard—explained previously in the Need for the Rule section—thereby incentivizing supplier firms to produce safer product through the potential for adverse consequences of supplying unsafe product, such as reputation loss and litigation.
Retailers and official establishments that grind raw beef products purchased from a supplier will benefit from mandatory recordkeeping because investigators have a better chance of tracing the adulterated product back to the supplier. Investigations that end at the retail level often result in recalls that are very costly for retailers because they bear the burden of product loss and compensating customers for returned product. These recalls can also negatively affect the brand of the store or chain, resulting in a loss in consumer confidence and a loss in sales. In some cases outbreak investigations that end at the retail level could result in exposure to legal liability.
For retailers that are already maintaining accurate records, there will be benefits from the reduction in free rider firms, as explained previously in the Need for the Rule section. Fewer free rider firms will decrease the chances that outbreak investigations go unresolved, which can greatly reduce the cost to retailers. When a source is not identified, an outbreak may indiscriminately affect firms selling and producing ground beef. The fresh spinach outbreak in 2006 is a prime example of the consequences of an outbreak where the source of contamination is in doubt. Bagged spinach was associated with infections of
Official establishments supplying retail stores and processing establishments with ground beef components will also benefit from the increased ability of FSIS investigators to identify sources of contamination. When individual establishments are found to be suppliers of adulterated product, other uninvolved establishments are insulated from large spillover effects such as those illustrated in the spinach recall described above. Identifying the source establishment will likely be even more significant for official establishments because ground beef components make up a greater portion of their sales than ground beef would at a retail store. Mandatory recordkeeping could help to preserve consumer confidence and ground beef sales in the event of a foodborne illness outbreak, benefiting all firms that are uninvolved in the outbreak, while penalizing the establishment that supplied the adulterated product.
Another potential benefit for official establishments is a reduction in the scope of ground beef recalls. All else being equal, more accurate grinding records should result in the
Finally, official establishments will benefit from lessons learned during recalls and follow-up assessments at entities linked to foodborne illness outbreaks. As recordkeeping practices at retail and official processing establishments improve, more outbreaks will be able to be traced to their source. This traceback will initiate further examination of current practices and could lead to the identification of significant issues that, if corrected, would benefit official establishments generally.
The total costs and benefits achieved as a result of the final rule are displayed in Table 11.
The FSIS Administrator certifies that, for the purpose of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5. U.S.C. 601-602), the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities in the United States. While the rule does affect a large number of small businesses, the average per entity annual cost is relatively low, at approximately $905 (746 to 1,064). This estimate does not include unquantified costs associated with customer-requested grinds. These costs will vary by retail store, but the total cost of compliance across the industry will be low because of the relatively small number of customer requested grinds. Table 12 provides a summary of the small entities affected by the final rule and the average annual cost.
There is a multitude of guidance already available that small businesses can use, and FSIS has provided a sample grinding log in this final rule that can be used. These resources will help to keep the cost of implementing a new recordkeeping program low. In general, as the size of the business and the amount of ground product sold gets smaller, so too will the number of suppliers and components used, and the number of grinds performed. The smaller scale of production should contribute to lower average costs for smaller businesses. Moreover, the fact that some small firms are already maintaining adequate records shows that the cost of the practice is not prohibitive to doing business.
In accordance with section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The required records will have to include the following information:
(A) The establishment numbers of the establishments supplying the materials used to prepare each lot of raw ground beef product,
(B) All supplier lot numbers and production dates,
(C) The names of the supplied materials, including beef components
(D) The date and time each lot of raw ground beef product is produced, and
(E) The date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces are cleaned and sanitized.
In response to comments, FSIS removed requirements for entities covered by this rule to provide names, points of contact, and phone numbers for official establishments. Also in response to comments, the Agency eliminated the requirement that the weight of each source component used in a lot of ground beef be kept. However, in response to other public comments, FSIS increased the time estimates for recordkeeping activities, the frequency of recordkeeping tasks, and the number of active grinding days per week. FSIS also increased the number of retail stores that will be affected by the rule. These changes resulted in a significant increase in the number of burden hours initially estimated in the proposed rule.
Copies of this information collection assessment can be obtained from Gina Kouba, Paperwork Reduction Act Coordinator, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Room 6065 South Building, Washington, DC 20250-3700; (202) 720- 5627.
This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. Under this rule: (1) All State and local laws and regulations that are inconsistent with this rule will be preempted; (2) no retroactive effect will be given to this rule; and (3) no administrative proceedings will be required before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule.
This rule has been reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments.” E.O. 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
FSIS has assessed the impact of this rule on Indian tribes and determined that this rule does not, to our knowledge, have tribal implications that require tribal consultation under E.O. 13175. If a Tribe requests consultation, the Food Safety and Inspection Service will work with the Office of Tribal Relations to ensure meaningful consultation is provided where changes, additions, and modifications identified herein are not expressly mandated by Congress.
FSIS and USDA are committed to achieving the purposes of the E-Government Act (44 U.S.C. 3601,
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Meat inspection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, FSIS is amending 9 CFR part 320, as follows:
21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.7, 2.18, 2.53
(b) * * *
(4)(i) In the case of raw ground beef products, official establishments and retail stores are required to keep records that fully disclose:
(A) The establishment numbers of the establishments supplying the materials used to prepare each lot of raw ground beef product;
(B) All supplier lot numbers and production dates;
(C) The names of the supplied materials, including beef components and any materials carried over from one production lot to the next;
(D) The date and time each lot of raw ground beef product is produced; and
(E) The date and time when grinding equipment and other related food-contact surfaces are cleaned and sanitized.
(ii) Official establishments and retail stores covered by this part that prepare ground beef products that are ground at an individual customer's request must keep records that comply with paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
(iii) For the purposes of this section of the regulations, a lot is the amount of ground raw beef produced during particular dates and times, following clean up and until the next clean up, during which the same source materials are used.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any person engaged in any business described in § 320.1 and required by this part to keep records must maintain such records at the place where such business is conducted, except that if such person conducts such business at multiple locations, he may maintain such records at his headquarters' office. When not in actual use, all such records must be kept in a safe place at the prescribed location in accordance with good commercial practices.
(b) Records required to kept under § 320.1(b)(4) must be kept at the location where the raw beef was ground.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every record required to be maintained under this part must be retained for a period of 2 years after December 31 of the year in which the transaction to which the record relates has occurred and for such further period as the Administrator may require for purposes of any investigation or litigation under the Act, by written notice to the person required to keep such records under this part.
(b) Records of canning as required in subpart G of part 318 of this chapter, must be retained as required in § 318.307(e); except that records required by § 318.302(b) and (c) must be retained as required by those sections.
(c) Records required to be maintained under § 320.1(b)(4) must be retained for one year.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Final rule.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) is adopting a final rule to rescind and remove from the Code of Federal Regulations the transferred OTS regulation entitled “Management Official Interlocks.” This subpart was included in the regulations that were transferred to the FDIC from the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) on July 21, 2011, in connection with the implementation of applicable provisions of title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). The requirements for State savings associations in the transferred OTS regulation are substantively similar to those in the FDIC's regulation, which is also entitled “Management Official Interlocks” and is applicable for all insured depository institutions (“IDIs”) for which the FDIC has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency.
The final rule is effective on January 20, 2016.
Jennifer Maree, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-6543; Mark Mellon, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-3884; Karen Currie, Senior Examination Specialist, (202) 898-3981.
The Dodd-Frank Act
Section 316(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 5414(c), further directed the FDIC and the OCC to consult with one another and to publish a list of the continued OTS regulations that would be enforced by the FDIC and the OCC, respectively. On June 14, 2011, the FDIC's Board of Directors approved a “List of OTS Regulations to be Enforced by the OCC and the FDIC Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.” This list was published by the FDIC and the OCC as a Joint Notice in the
Although section 312(b)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Dodd-Frank Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 5412(b)(2)(B)(i)(II), granted the OCC rulemaking authority relating to both State and Federal savings associations, nothing in the Dodd-Frank Act affected the FDIC's existing authority to issue regulations under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”) and other laws as the “appropriate Federal banking agency” or under similar statutory terminology. Section 312(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the definition of “appropriate Federal banking agency” contained in section 3(q) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), to add State savings associations to the list of entities for which the FDIC is designated as the “appropriate Federal banking agency.” As a result, when the FDIC acts as the designated “appropriate Federal banking agency” (or under similar terminology) for State
As noted, on June 14, 2011, pursuant to this authority, the FDIC's Board of Directors reissued and redesignated certain transferring regulations of the former OTS. These transferred OTS regulations were published as new FDIC regulations in the
One of the OTS rules transferred to the FDIC governs OTS oversight of management official interlocks in the context of State savings associations. The OTS rule, formerly found at 12 CFR part 563f, was transferred to the FDIC with only minor nonsubstantive changes and is now found in the FDIC's rules at 12 CFR part 390, subpart V (“part 390, subpart V”), entitled “Management Official Interlocks.” Before the transfer of the OTS rules and continuing today, the FDIC's rules contained 12 CFR part 348 (“part 348”), also entitled “Management Official Interlocks,” a rule governing FDIC oversight of management official interlocks with respect to IDIs for which the FDIC has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency. After careful review and comparison of part 390, subpart V and part 348, the FDIC has decided to (1) rescind part 390, subpart V, because, as discussed below, it is substantively redundant to existing part 348; and (2) simultaneously make technical conforming edits to part 348.
On July 21, 2014, the FDIC published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPR” or “Proposed Rule”) regarding the removal of part 390, subpart V, which governs management official interlocks for State savings associations and their affiliates.
The FDIC proposed to modify the scope of part 348, section 348.1(c), to apply to “management officials of FDIC-supervised institutions and their affiliates” to conform to and reflect the scope of the FDIC's current supervisory responsibilities as the appropriate Federal banking agency. The FDIC also proposed to add two new definitions into section 348.2. A newly created subsection (i) would have defined an “FDIC-supervised institution” as “either an insured nonmember bank or a State savings association.” A newly created subsection (p) would have defined “State savings association” as having “the same meaning as in section 3(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(b)(3).” The proposal would also have inserted an exemption from part 390, subpart V, section 390.403(i), into a newly created subsection (j) of section 348.4. The exemption would have allowed certain interlocking relationships for any State savings association that has issued stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance pursuant to section 10(q) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (“HOLA”).
If these proposals are finalized, oversight of management official interlocks in part 348 will apply to all FDIC-supervised institutions, including State savings associations, and part 390, subpart V would be removed because it is largely redundant of those rules found in part 348. Rescinding part 390, subpart V will serve to streamline the FDIC's rules and eliminate unnecessary regulations.
The FDIC issued the NPR with a 60-day comment period, which closed on September 19, 2014. The FDIC received no comments on its Proposed Rule, and consequently the final rule (“Final Rule”) is adopted as proposed without any changes.
As discussed in the NPR, part 390, subpart V is substantively similar to part 348, and the designation of part 348 as a single authority of management official interlocks for all FDIC-supervised institutions will serve to streamline the FDIC's rules and eliminate unnecessary regulations. To that effect, the Final Rule removes and rescinds 12 CFR part 390, subpart V in its entirety.
Consistent with the Proposed Rule, the Final Rule also amends section 348.1(c) to modify the scope of part 348. The modified scope, reflecting the FDIC's current supervisory responsibilities as the appropriate Federal banking agency includes State savings associations and their subsidiaries. The Final Rule also adds two new definitions into section 348.2. A newly created subsection (i) would define an “FDIC-supervised institution” as “either an insured nonmember bank or a State savings association.” A newly created subsection (p) would define “State savings association” as having “the same meaning as in section 3(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(b)(3).” The Final Rule also inserts an exemption from part 390, subpart V, section 390.403(i), into a newly created subsection (j) of section 348.4. The exemption allows certain interlocking relationships for any State savings association that has issued stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance pursuant to section 10(q) of HOLA.
In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”) of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521, the FDIC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) control number. The information collections contained in part 348 are cleared by OMB under the FDIC's “Management Official Interlocks” information collection (OMB No. 3064-0118). The FDIC's burden estimates were updated in connection with the collection's 2012 renewal to include State savings associations transferred from the OTS to the FDIC. The FDIC reviewed its burden estimates for the collection at the time it assumed responsibility for supervision of State savings associations transferred from the OTS and determined that no changes to the burden estimates were necessary. This Final Rule does not modify the
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”), 5 U.S.C. 601
As discussed in the notice of proposed rulemaking, part 390, subpart V was transferred from OTS part 563f, which governed management official interlocks. OTS part 563f had been in effect since 1979, and all State savings associations were required to comply with it. Because it is redundant of existing part 348 of the FDIC's rules, the FDIC proposes rescinding and removing part 390, subpart V. As a result, all FDIC-supervised institutions—including State savings associations and their affiliates—would be required to comply with part 348 for management official interlocks. Because all State savings associations and their affiliates have been required to comply with substantially similar management official interlocks rules since 1979, the FDIC certifies that the Final Rule will have no significant economic impact on small entities or State savings associations.
The Office of Management and Budget has determined that the Final Rule is not a “major rule” within the meaning of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (“SBREFA”), 5 U.S.C. 801
Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 12 U.S.C. 4809, requires each Federal banking agency to use plain language in all of its proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. In the NPR, the FDIC invited comments on whether the Proposed Rule was clearly stated and effectively organized, and how the FDIC might make it easier to understand. Although the FDIC did not receive any comments, the FDIC sought to present the Final Rule in a simple and straightforward manner.
Under section 2222 of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (“EGRPRA”), the FDIC is required to review all of its regulations, at least once every 10 years, in order to identify any outdated or otherwise unnecessary regulations imposed on insured depository institutions.
Banks, banking; Management official interlocks; Savings associations
Management official interlocks
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation amends parts 348 and 390 of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
12 U.S.C. 3207, 12 U.S.C. 1823(k).
(a)
(b)
(c)
For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
(a)
(2) For purposes of section 202(3)(B) of the Interlocks Act (12 U.S.C. 3201(3)(B)), an affiliate relationship involving an FDIC-supervised institution based on common ownership does not exist if the FDIC determines, after giving the affected persons the opportunity to respond, that the asserted affiliation was established in order to avoid the prohibitions of the Interlocks Act and does not represent a true commonality of interest between the depository organizations. In making this determination, the FDIC considers, among other things, whether a person, including members of his or her immediate family whose shares are necessary to constitute the group, owns a nominal percentage of the shares of one of the organizations and the percentage is substantially disproportionate to that person's ownership of shares in the other organization.
(b)
(1) The median family income for the metropolitan statistical area (MSA), if a depository organization is located in an MSA; or
(2) The statewide nonmetropolitan median family income, if a depository organization is located outside an MSA.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(i) A director;
(ii) An advisory or honorary director of a depository institution with total assets of $100 million or more;
(iii) A senior executive officer as that term is defined in 12 CFR 303.101(b).
(iv) A branch manager;
(v) A trustee of a depository organization under the control of trustees; and
(vi) Any person who has a representative or nominee serving in any of the capacities in this paragraph (j)(1).
(2) The term
(i) A person whose management functions relate exclusively to the business of retail merchandising or manufacturing;
(ii) A person whose management functions relate principally to the business outside the United States of a foreign commercial bank; or
(iii) A person described in the provisos of section 202(4) of the Interlocks Act (12 U.S.C. 3201(4)) (referring to an officer of a State-chartered savings bank, cooperative bank, or trust company that neither makes real estate mortgage loans nor accepts savings).
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(2) The term
(i) Assets of a diversified savings and loan holding company as defined by section 10(a)(1)(F) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(a)(1)(F)) other than the assets of its depository institution affiliate;
(ii) Assets of a bank holding company that are exempt from the prohibitions of section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 pursuant to an order issued under section 4(d) of that Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(d)) other than the assets of its depository institution affiliate; or
(iii) Assets of offices of a foreign commercial bank other than the assets of its United States branch or agency.
(r)
(a)
(b)
(c)
The prohibitions of § 348.3 do not apply in the case of any one or more of the following organizations or to a subsidiary thereof:
(a) A depository organization that has been placed formally in liquidation, or which is in the hands of a receiver,
(b) A corporation operating under section 25 or section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601
(c) A credit union being served by a management official of another credit union;
(d) A depository organization that does not do business within the United States except as an incident to its activities outside the United States;
(e) A State-chartered savings and loan guaranty corporation;
(f) A Federal Home Loan bank or any other bank organized solely to serve depository institutions (a bankers' bank) or solely for the purpose of providing securities clearing services and services related thereto for depository institutions and securities companies;
(g) A depository organization that is closed or is in danger of closing as determined by the appropriate Federal depository institutions regulatory agency and is acquired by another depository organization. This exemption lasts for five years, beginning on the date the depository organization is acquired;
(h) A savings association whose acquisition has been authorized on an emergency basis in accordance with section 13(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1823(k)) with resulting dual service by a management official that would otherwise be prohibited under the Interlocks Act which may continue for up to 10 years from the date of the acquisition provided that the FDIC has given its approval for the continuation of such service;
(i)(1) A diversified savings and loan holding company (as defined in section 10(a)(1)(F) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(a)(1)(F))) with respect to the service of a director of such company who is also a director of an unaffiliated depository organization if:
(i) Both the diversified savings and loan holding company and the unaffiliated depository organization notify their appropriate Federal depository institutions regulatory agency at least 60 days before the dual service is proposed to begin; and
(ii) The appropriate regulatory agency does not disapprove the dual service before the end of the 60-day period.
(2) The FDIC may disapprove a notice of proposed service if it finds that:
(i) The service cannot be structured or limited so as to preclude an anticompetitive effect in financial services in any part of the United States;
(ii) The service would lead to substantial conflicts of interest or unsafe or unsound practices; or
(iii) The notificant failed to furnish all the information required by the FDIC.
(3) The FDIC may require that any interlock permitted under this paragraph (h) be terminated if a change in circumstances occurs with respect to one of the interlocked depository organizations that would have provided a basis for disapproval of the interlock during the notice period; and
(j) Any FDIC-supervised institution which is a State savings association that has issued stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance pursuant to section 10(q) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, except that this paragraph (j) shall apply only with regard to service as a single management official of such State savings association or any subsidiary of such State savings association by a single management official of a savings and loan holding company which purchased the stock issued in connection with such qualified stock issuance, and shall apply only when the FDIC has determined that such service is consistent with the purposes of the Interlocks Act and the Home Owners' Loan Act.
(a) Exemption. A management interlock that is prohibited by § 348.3 is permissible, if:
(1) The interlock is not prohibited by § 348.3(c); and
(2) The depository organizations (and their depository institution affiliates) hold, in the aggregate, no more than 20 percent of the deposits in each RMSA or community in which both depository organizations (or their depository institution affiliates) have offices. The amount of deposits shall be determined by reference to the most recent annual Summary of Deposits published by the FDIC for the RMSA or community.
(b) Confirmation and records. Each depository organization must maintain records sufficient to support its determination of eligibility for the exemption under paragraph (a) of this section, and must reconfirm that determination on an annual basis.
(a)
(b)
(1) Primarily serves low- and moderate-income areas;
(2) Is controlled or managed by persons who are members of a minority group, or women;
(3) Is a depository institution that has been chartered for less than two years; or
(4) Is deemed to be in “troubled condition” as defined in § 303.101(c).
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in this section, the FDIC administers and enforces the Interlocks Act with respect to FDIC-supervised institutions and their affiliates and may refer any case of a prohibited interlocking relationship involving these entities to the Attorney
12 U.S.C. 1819.
Subpart F also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; 559; 12 U.S.C. 2901
Subpart G also issued under 12 U.S.C. 2810
Subpart I also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1831x.
Subpart J also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1831p-1.
Subpart L also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1831p-1.
Subpart M also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1818.
Subpart O also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1828.
Subpart P also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1470; 1831e; 1831n; 1831p-1; 3339.
Subpart Q also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462; 1462a; 1463; 1464.
Subpart R also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1463; 1464; 1831m; 1831n; 1831p-1.
Subpart S also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462; 1462a; 1463; 1464; 1468a; 1817; 1820; 1828; 1831e; 1831o; 1831p-1; 1881-1884; 3207; 3339; 15 U.S.C. 78b; 78
Subpart T also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462a; 1463; 1464; 15 U.S.C. 78c; 78
Subpart U also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462a; 1463; 1464; 15 U.S.C. 78c; 78
Subpart W also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462a; 1463; 1464; 15 U.S.C. 78c; 78
Subpart X also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462; 1462a; 1463; 1464; 1828; 3331
Subpart Y also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1831o.
Subpart Z also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1462; 1462a; 1463; 1464; 1828 (note).
By order of the Board of Directors.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; OMB approval of information collection.
This document notifies the public of the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB's) approval of the information collection requirement contained in the FAA's interim final rule, Registration and Marking Requirements for Small Unmanned Aircraft, which was published on December 16, 2015.
Effective December 21, 2015.
Earl Lawrence, Director, FAA UAS Integration Office, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-6556; email
On December 16, 2015, the Department of Transportation and the Federal Aviation Administration published the interim final rule Registration and Marking Requirements for Small Unmanned Aircraft (80 FR 78593). That rule provided an alternative, streamlined and simple, web-based aircraft registration process for the registration of small unmanned aircraft, including small unmanned aircraft operated as model aircraft, to facilitate compliance with the statutory requirement that all aircraft register prior to operation.
That rule contained an information collection, Registration of Small Unmanned Aircraft. That information collection requirement had not been approved by OMB at the time of publication of the interim final rule.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, the FAA submitted a copy of the new information collection requirements to OMB for its review. OMB approved the collection on December 16, 2015, and assigned the information collection OMB Control Number 2120-0765. This final rule provides the control number of that information collection and adds the information collection to the list of FAA's approved information collections in 14 CFR part 11.
Administrative practice and procedure, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40101, 40103, 40105, 40109, 40113, 44110, 44502, 44701-44702, 44711, and 46102.
(b) * * *
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2008-09-01 for certain Alpha Aviation Concept Limited Model R2160 airplanes. This AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) issued by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as a need to revise the maintenance program to include the revised airworthiness limitations for the internal wing structure and wing attachment inspections. We are issuing this AD to require actions to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 25, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the AD as of January 25, 2016.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Alpha Aviation Holdings Limited, Steele Road, RD 2 Hamilton Airport, Hamilton 3282, New Zealand, telephone: +64 7 843 9877; fax: +64 7 929 2878; Internet:
Karl Schletzbaum, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Small Airplane Directorate, 901 Locust, Room 301, Kansas City, Missouri 64106; telephone: (816) 329-4123; fax: (816) 329-4090; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain Alpha Aviation Concept Limited Model R2160 airplanes. That NPRM was published in the
Since we issued AD 2008-09-01, Amendment 39-15481 (73 FR 21519, April 22, 2008), Alpha Aviation Concept Limited developed a longer life limit for the wing structure and wing attachments and transferred the life limit information from the related service information to the airplane maintenance manual. Subsequently, Alpha Aviation Concept Limited discovered that the analysis that allowed the life limit increase was incorrect and the previous life limit and inspection provisions of the related service bulletin should be retained.
The NPRM proposed to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products and was based on mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country. The Civil Aviation Authority (CAA), which is the aviation authority for New Zealand, has issued AD DCA/R2000/43, dated August 7, 2015 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states that:
This AD introduces a change to the airworthiness limitations for the internal wing structure and wing attachment inspections. These inspection intervals were increased and added to Section 3.2—Airworthiness Limitations of the applicable Service Manual in January 2015. Section 3.2 of the respective Service Manuals has now been revised to revert to the original inspection intervals.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM (80 FR 57753, September 25, 2015) or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (80 FR 57753, September 25, 2015) for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (80 FR 57753, September 25, 2015).
Alpha Aviation Concept Limited has revised its Alpha Aviation APEX R2000 Service Manual, S/N 001 to 378, and Alpha Aviation R2000 Service Manual. The updated service manuals include a revision to Section 3: Airworthiness Limitations, Time Limits, & Maintenance Inspections, Issued August 2015, that adds periodic internal wing structure and wing attachment inspections. These revisions to the Airworthiness Limitations section of the applicable service manuals are reasonably available because the interested parties have access to them through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD will affect 9 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 3 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour.
Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $2,295, or $255 per product.
In addition, we estimate that any necessary follow-on actions will take about 12 work-hours and require parts costing $1,326, for a cost of $2,346 per product. We have no way of determining the number of products that may need these actions.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This airworthiness directive (AD) becomes effective January 25, 2016.
This AD supersedes AD 2008-09-01, Amendment 39-15481 (73 FR 21519, April 22, 2008) (“AD 2008-09-01”).
This AD applies to Alpha Aviation Concept Limited Model R2160 airplanes, serial numbers (S/Ns) 001 through 378, and 160A-06001 and subsequent, certificated in any category.
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) Code 5: Time Limits.
This AD was prompted by mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as a need to revise the maintenance program to include the revised airworthiness limitations for the internal wing structure and wing attachment inspections. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the wing structure and fuselage attachment due to undetected fatigue and corrosion.
Unless already done, before further flight after January 25, 2016 (the effective date of this AD), insert the following into the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
(1) For S/Ns 001 through 378: Insert paragraph 3.4.9, Wing 3500 hr Inspection, on pages 3-3 and 3-4, dated August 2015, of Section 3: Airworthiness Limitations, Time Limits, & Maintenance Inspections, dated August 2015, of the APEX R2000 Service Manual S/N 001 to 378, Alpha Aviation Ltd.
(2) For S/Ns 160A-06001 and subsequent: Insert paragraph 3.4.9, Wing 3500 hr Inspection, on pages 3-3 and 3-4, dated August 2015, of Section 3: Airworthiness Limitations, Time Limits, & Maintenance Inspections, all dated August 2015, of the R2000 Service Manual, Alpha Aviation Ltd.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
Refer to MCAI Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) AD DCA/R2000/43, dated August 7, 2015, for related information. You may examine the MCAI on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Paragraph 3.4.9, Wing 3500 hr Inspection, on pages 3-3 and 3-4, dated August 2015, of Section 3: Airworthiness Limitations, Time Limits, & Maintenance Inspections, dated August 2015, of the APEX R2000 Service Manual S/N 001 to 378, Alpha Aviation Ltd.
(ii) Paragraph 3.4.9, Wing 3500 hr Inspection, on pages 3-3 and 3-4, dated August 2015, of Section 3: Airworthiness Limitations, Time Limits, & Maintenance Inspections, all dated August 2015, of the R2000 Service Manual, Alpha Aviation Ltd.
(3) For Alpha Aviation Concept Limited service information identified in this AD, contact Alpha Aviation Holdings Limited, Steele Road, RD 2 Hamilton Airport, Hamilton 3282, New Zealand, telephone: +64 7 843 9877; fax: +64 7 929 2878; Internet:
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Small Airplane Directorate, 901 Locust, Kansas City, Missouri 64106. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 816-329-4148. In addition, you can access this service information on the Internet at
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Final rule; extension of effective date and compliance date.
The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) is announcing the extension of the effective date of the final rule published November 19, 2015 governing rights-of-way on Indian land, which was scheduled to take effect on December 21, 2015. Tribes and industry have requested additional time to prepare for implementation of the rule. The final rule will now take effect on March 21, 2016. The BIA is also announcing an extension of the compliance date by which documentation of past assignments must be submitted from the originally stated date of April 18, 2016 to July 17, 2016. The final rule comprehensively updates and streamlines the process for obtaining Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) grants of rights-of-way on Indian land and BIA land, while supporting tribal self-determination and self-governance.
The effective date of the final rule published on November 19, 2015 (80 FR 72492) is extended until March 21, 2016. The compliance date for submission of documentation of past assignments is extended until July 17, 2016.
Ms. Elizabeth Appel, Director, Office of Regulatory Affairs & Collaborative Action, (202) 273-4680;
On November 19, 2015, BIA published a final rule addressing rights-of-way on Indian land and BIA land.
The BIA has determined that the extension of the effective date and compliance date without prior public notice and comment is in the public interest because it would allow more time for the public to comply with the rule and for BIA to implement the rule. This is a rule of agency procedure or practice that is exempt from notice and comment rulemaking under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A).
In FR Rule Doc. No. 2015-28548, published November 19, 2015, at 80 FR 72492, make the following corrections:
1. On page 72357, in the center and right columns, in revised § 169.7, remove the date “December 21, 2015” wherever it appears and add in its place “March 21, 2016”.
2. On page 72357, in the right column, in paragraph (d) of revised § 169.7, remove the date “April 18, 2016” and add in its place “July 17, 2016”.
Office of the Secretary, DoD.
Final rule.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) is amending its regulations to exempt portions of a system of records from certain provisions of the Privacy Act. Specifically, the Department proposes to exempt portions of DMDC 16 DoD, entitled “Identity Management Engine for Security and Analysis (IMESA)” from one or more provisions of the Privacy Act because of criminal, civil, and administrative enforcement requirements. In 2008, the U.S. Congress passed legislation that obligated the Secretary of Defense to develop access standards for visitors applicable to all military installations in the U.S. The Department of Defense (DoD) developed a visitor system to manage multiple databases that are capable of identifying individuals seeking access to DoD installations who may be criminal and/or security threats. The purpose of the vetting system is to screen individuals wishing to enter a DoD facility, to include those who have been previously given authority to access DoD installations, against the FBI National Crime Information Center (NCIC) Wanted Person File. The NCIC has a properly documented exemption rule and to the extent that portions of these exempt records may become part of IMESA, OSD hereby claims the same exemptions for the records as claimed at their source (JUSTICE/FBI-001, National Crime Information Center (NCIC)).
Ms. Cindy Allard, (571) 372-0461.
The proposed rule was published in the
Additionally, the title of the system has been changed from Interoperability Layer Service (IoLS) to Identity Management Engine for Security and Analysis (IMESA). This title change is reflected in the final rule.
It has been determined that this rule is not a significant rule. This rule does not:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a sector of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities; (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere
It has been determined that this rule does not have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it is concerned only with the administration of Privacy Act systems of records within the Department of Defense. A Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required.
This rule does not contain any information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
It has been determined that this rule does not involve a Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more and will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments.
Executive Order 13132 requires regulations be reviewed for Federalism effects on the institutional interest of states and local governments, and if the effects are sufficiently substantial, preparation of the Federal assessment is required to assist senior policy makers. The amendments will not have any substantial direct effects on state and local governments within the meaning of the EO. Therefore, no Federalism assessment is required.
Privacy.
Accordingly, 32 CFR part 311 is amended to read as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552a.
(c) * * *
(26)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(B) From subsection (c)(4) because portions of this system are exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
(C) From subsection (d) because these provisions concern individual access to and amendment of certain records contained in this system, including law enforcement, counterterrorism, investigatory, and intelligence records. Compliance with these provisions could alert the subject of an investigation of the fact and nature of the investigation, and/or the investigative interest of intelligence or law enforcement agencies; compromise sensitive information related to national security; interfere with the overall law enforcement process by leading to the destruction of evidence, improper influencing of witnesses, fabrication of testimony, and/or flight of the subject; could identify a confidential source or disclose information which would constitute an unwarranted invasion of another's personal privacy; reveal a sensitive investigative or intelligence technique; or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel, confidential informants, and witnesses. Amendment of these records would interfere with ongoing counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence investigations and analysis activities and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring investigations, analyses, and reports to be continuously reinvestigated and revised.
(D) From subsection (e)(1) because it is not always possible to determine what information is relevant and necessary to complete an identity comparison between the individual seeking access and a known or suspected terrorist. Also, because DoD and other agencies may not always know what information about an encounter with a known or suspected terrorist will be relevant to law enforcement for the purpose of conducting an operational response.
(E) From subsection (e)(2) because application of this provision could present a serious impediment to counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence efforts in that it would put the subject of an investigation, study, or analysis on notice of that fact, thereby permitting the subject to engage in conduct designed to frustrate or impede that activity. The nature of counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence investigations is such that vital information about an individual frequently can be obtained only from other persons who are familiar with such individual and his/her activities. In such investigations, it is not feasible to rely upon information furnished by the individual concerning his own activities.
(F) From subsection (e)(3) to the extent that this subsection is interpreted to require DoD to provide notice to an individual if DoD or another agency receives or collects information about that individual during an investigation or from a third party. Should this subsection be so interpreted, exemption from this provision is necessary to avoid impeding counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence efforts by putting the subject of an investigation, study, or analysis on notice of that fact, thereby permitting the subject to engage in conduct intended to frustrate or impede the activity.
(G) From subsection (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), and (e)(4)(I) (Agency Requirements) because portions of this system are exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
(H) From subsection (e)(5) because the requirement that records be maintained with attention to accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness could
(I) From subsection (e)(8) because the requirement to serve notice on an individual when a record is disclosed under compulsory legal process could unfairly hamper law enforcement processes. It is the nature of law enforcement that there are instances where compliance with these provisions could alert the subject of an investigation of the fact and nature of the investigation, and/or the investigative interest of intelligence or law enforcement agencies; compromise sensitive information related to national security; interfere with the overall law enforcement process by leading to the destruction of evidence, improper influencing of witnesses, fabrication of testimony, and/or flight of the subject; reveal a sensitive investigative or intelligence technique; or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel, confidential informants, and witnesses.
(J) From subsection (f) because requiring the Agency to grant access to records and establishing agency rules for amendment of records would unfairly impede the agency's law enforcement mission. To require the confirmation or denial of the existence of a record pertaining to a requesting individual may in itself provide an answer to that individual relating to the existence of an on-going investigation. The investigation of possible unlawful activities would be jeopardized by agency rules requiring verification of the record, disclosure of the record to the subject, and record amendment procedures.
(K) From subsection (g) to the extent that the system is exempt from other specific subsections of the Privacy Act.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Sabula Railroad Drawbridge across the Upper Mississippi River, mile 535.0, at Sabula, Iowa. The deviation is necessary to allow the bridge owner time to perform preventive maintenance that is essential to the safe operation of the drawbridge, and is scheduled in the winter when there is less impact on navigation. This deviation allows the bridge to open on signal if at least 24-hours advance notice is given.
This deviation is effective without actual notice from December 21, 2015 through 7 a.m., March 4, 2016. For the purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from 7 a.m., December 16, 2015 until December 21, 2015.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-1099] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Eric A. Washburn, Bridge Administrator, Western Rivers, Coast Guard; telephone 314-269-2378, email
The Canadian Pacific Railroad requested a temporary deviation for the Sabula Railroad Drawbridge, across the Upper Mississippi River, mile 535.0, at Sabula, Iowa to open on signal if at least 24-hours advance notice is given for 78 days from 7 a.m., December 16, 2015 until 7 a.m., March 4, 2016 for scheduled maintenance on the bridge.
The Sabula Railroad Drawbridge currently operates in accordance with 33 CFR 117.5, which states the general requirement that the drawbridge shall open on signal.
There are no alternate routes for vessels transiting this section of the Upper Mississippi River. The bridge cannot open in case of emergency.
Winter conditions on the Upper Mississippi River coupled with the closure of Army Corps of Engineer's Lock No. 13 (Mile 522.5 UMR) and Lock No. 21 (Mile 324.9 UMR) from 7 a.m. January 4, 2016 until 12 p.m., March 4, 2016 will preclude any significant navigation demands for the drawspan opening. In addition, Army Corps Lock No. 14 (Mile 493.3 UMR) and Lock No. 17 (Mile 437.1 UMR) will be closed from 7 a.m. December 14, 2015 until 12 p.m. March 2, 2016.
The Sabula Railroad Drawbridge provides a vertical clearance of 18.1 feet above normal pool in the closed-to-navigation position. Navigation on the waterway consists primarily of commercial tows and recreational watercraft and will not be significantly impacted. The drawbridge will open if at least 24-hours advance notice is given. This temporary deviation has been coordinated with waterway users. No objections were received.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the SR 74 Bascule Bridge, across the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW), mile 283.1, at Wrightsville Beach, NC. The deviation is necessary to accommodate the 7th annual Quintiles Wrightsville Beach Marathon. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed position during the race to facilitate the safe travels of the runners and bystanders.
This deviation is effective from 5 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on Sunday, March 20, 2016.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-1064] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Kashanda Booker, Bridge Administration Branch, Fifth Coast Guard; telephone 757-398-6227, email
The 7th Annual Quintiles Wrightsville Beach Marathon committee on behalf of the North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating schedule for the SR 74 Bascule Drawbridge across the AIWW, mile 283.1, at Wrightsville Beach, NC. The requested deviation will accommodate the 7th Annual Quintiles Wrightsville Beach Marathon scheduled for Sunday, March 20, 2016. To facilitate this event, the draw of the bridge will be maintained in the closed-to-navigation position from 5 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. to allow race participants to cross during the scheduled event.
The current operation schedule is set out in 33 CFR 117.821(a)(4). The regulation requires the bridge to open on signal for vessels at all times except that from 7 a.m. until 7 p.m. the bridge shall open on the hour; every third and fourth Saturday in September the bridge shall remain closed from 7 a.m. until 11 a.m.; and the last Saturday of October or the first or second Saturday of November the bridge shall remain closed from 7 a.m. until 10:30 a.m. The bascule drawbridge has a vertical clearance of 20 feet above mean high water (MHW) in the closed position.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels. Most waterway traffic consists of recreational boats with a few barges and tugs during the daytime. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Amtrak Old Saybrook-Old Lyme Bridge across the Connecticut River, mile 3.4, at Old Lyme, Connecticut. This deviation is necessary to perform gear box replacement. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed position for approximately 5 days.
This deviation is effective from 7:00 a.m. on January 25, 2016 to 7:00 a.m. on February 6, 2016.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-1063] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Ms. Judy K. Leung-Yee, Project Officer, First Coast Guard District, telephone (212) 514-4330, email
National Passenger Railroad Corporation (Amtrak) requested this temporary deviation from the normal operating schedule to perform gear box replacement.
The Amtrak Old Saybrook-Old Lyme Bridge, mile 3.4, across the Connecticut River has a vertical clearance in the closed position of 19 feet at mean high water and 22 feet at mean low water. The existing bridge operating regulations are found at 33 CFR 117.205(b).
The waterway is transited by one commercial user and recreation vessel traffic.
Under this temporary deviation, the Amtrak Old Saybrook-Old Lyme Bridge may remain in the closed position from 7:00 a.m. on January 25, 2016 to 7:00 a.m. on January 30, 2016 with rain date from 7:00 a.m. on February 1, 2016 to 7:00 a.m. on February 6, 2016.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed positions may do so at anytime. The bridge will not be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass.
The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving into the Illinois Regional Haze State Implementation Plan (SIP) a variance for the electrical generating units (EGUs) included in the Ameren Multi-Pollutant Standard Group (Ameren MPS Group). The Ameren MPS Group consists of five facilities owned by Illinois Power Holdings, LLC (IPH) and two facilities owned by AmerenEnergy Medina Valley Cogen, LLC (Medina Valley). The Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA) submitted the variance to EPA for approval on September 3, 2014.
This final rule is effective on January 20, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2014-0705. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Kathleen D'Agostino, Environmental Engineer, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-1767,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
On June 24, 2011, Illinois submitted a plan to address the requirements of the Regional Haze Rule, as codified at 40 CFR 51.308. EPA approved Illinois' Regional Haze SIP on July 6, 2012 (77 FR 39943). In its approval, EPA determined that the emission reductions from sources included in the Illinois plan are significantly greater than even conservative definitions of best available retrofit technology (BART) applied to BART subject units.
One of the rules approved in that action to meet BART requirements is 35 Illinois Administrative Code (Ill. Adm. Code) rule 225.233, Multi-Pollutant Standard (MPS), specifically subsections (a), (b), (e), and (g). Section 225.233(e)(3)(C) contains the sulfur dioxide (SO
On November 21, 2013, the Illinois Pollution Control Board (IPCB) granted IPH and Medina Valley a variance from the applicable requirements of Section 225.233(e)(3)(C)(iii) for a period beginning January 1, 2015, through December 31, 2019, and Section 225.233(e)(3)(C)(iv) for a period beginning January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2019, subject to certain conditions. The IPH facilities included in the Ameren MPS Group and subject to the variance are Coffeen Energy Center (Montgomery County), Duck Creek Energy Center (Fulton County), E.D. Edwards Energy Center (Peoria County), Joppa Energy Center (Massac County), and Newton Energy Center (Jasper County). The Medina Valley facilities included in the Ameren MPS Group and subject to the variance are the Meredosia Energy Center (Morgan County) and the Hutsonville Energy Center (Crawford County). IEPA submitted the variance as a revision to the Illinois Regional Haze SIP on September 3, 2014.
EPA proposed to approve the variance on April 20, 2015 (80 FR 21681). As discussed in the proposal, the variance results in less SO
EPA received joint adverse comments from Earthjustice and Sierra Club, as summarized in the comments/responses below.
In 1999, EPA promulgated the Regional Haze Rule, which established a comprehensive visibility protection program for mandatory Class I Federal areas (including many national parks and wilderness areas). In the preamble to the Regional Haze Rule, EPA stated that, to demonstrate that emission reductions of an alternative program would result in greater emission reductions, “the State must estimate the emission reductions that would result from the use of BART-level controls. To do this, the State could undertake a source-specific review of the sources in the State subject to BART, or it could use a modified approach that simplifies the analysis.” 64 FR 35742 (July 1, 1999).
In a final rule revising certain provisions of the Regional Haze Rule published on October 13, 2006, EPA offered further clarification for states for assessing alternative strategies, in particular regarding the benchmark definition of BART to use in judging whether the alternative is better. 71 FR 60612. In this rulemaking, EPA stated in the preamble that the presumptive BART levels given in the BART guidelines
Section 169A(b)(2) of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 9491(b)(2), requires each visibility SIP to contain “such emission limits, schedules of compliance and other measures as may be necessary to make reasonable progress toward meeting the national goal * * * including * * * a requirement that [certain major stationary sources] * * * procure, install, and operate * * * [BART].” Based on this language, EPA concluded in the Regional Haze Rule that if an alternative program can be shown to make greater reasonable progress toward eliminating or reducing visibility impairment, then installing BART for the purpose of making reasonable progress toward the national goal is no longer necessary. 64 FR 35714, 35739 (July 1, 1999).
This interpretation of the visibility provisions of the CAA has been previously challenged and upheld by the D.C. Circuit. In the first case challenging the provisions in the Regional Haze Rule allowing for states to adopt alternative programs in lieu of BART, the court affirmed EPA's interpretation of CAA section 169A(b)(2) as allowing for alternatives to BART where those alternatives will result in greater reasonable progress than BART.
The commenter points to a test set out in 40 CFR 51.308(e)(3) to support its argument that visibility modeling is necessary to determine whether an alternative to BART provides for greater reasonable progress. States are not required to use this test, however, as 40 CFR 51.308(e)(2)(i)(E) makes clear: A demonstration that an alternative measure will make greater reasonable progress may be based on the clear weight of evidence. Although there is no requirement that States use the test in 51.308(e)(3), EPA nevertheless reexamined whether modeling is necessary to conclude that the greater emission reductions of Illinois' revised plan provide for better visibility than imposition of source-specific BART. There are seven facilities in the Ameren MPS Group: Coffeen Energy Center (Montgomery County), Duck Creek Energy Center (Fulton County), E.D. Edwards Energy Center (Peoria County), Joppa Energy Center (Massac County), Newton Energy Center (Jasper County), Meredosia Energy Center (Morgan County) and Hutsonville Energy Center (Crawford County). Of these facilities, only Coffeen, Duck Creek, and E.D. Edwards were determined to be subject to BART. The least distance from any of these three BART-subject sources to any Class I area is from Coffeen to the Mingo Wilderness Area, a distance of about 240 kilometers (km). Duck Creek and E.D. Edwards are approximately 390 km and 410 km, respectively, from the Mingo Wilderness area. The distance from the Mingo Wilderness Area to remaining Ameren MPS Group facilities ranges from approximately 120 km to 330 km, with an average distance of 260 km. Further, an evaluation for the Class I areas within 500 km of any Ameren MPS Group source shows that in every case the average distance from the BART-subject facilities is greater than the average distance from the facilities that would not be subject to BART. That is, even if Illinois' plan achieved no more emission reductions than source-specific BART, the plan would likely yield better visibility because the reductions would likely be reallocated to closer plants. Given these distances and given the relative location of these facilities, a reallocation of emission reductions from one plant to another among this group is unlikely to change the visibility impact of these emission reductions meaningfully. As noted above, however, the Illinois plan (originally and as revised) achieves significantly greater reductions than source-specific BART. Consequently, in these circumstances, EPA is confident that visibility modeling is not necessary to conclude that the significantly greater emission reductions that are required under the variance will yield greater progress toward visibility protection as compared to the benefits of a conservative estimate of BART.
Of the seven plants included in the original Ameren MPS Group, five plants still in operation are now owned and operated by IPH and two plants that retired in 2011, Hutsonville and Meredosia, are now owned by Medina Valley and are no longer part of the fleet. Because of the variance, the MPS will no longer require SO
The commenter supports this assertion by comparing emissions reductions from the variance to emissions reductions from BACT at BART-subject facilities, excluding emissions reductions from the retired Meredosia and Hutsonville units (now owned by Medina Valley) and emissions reductions from the Edwards Unit 1 (owned by IPH). The commenter states that these sources were not included in the analysis because Meredosia and Hutsonville “have been retired for several years due to economic reasons,” and Edwards Unit 1 is currently being operated only for grid reliability purposes subject to a short-term System Support Resource agreement with the Midcontinent Independent System Operator (MISO). The commenter argues that the MPS is not driving emissions reductions at those sources and they should not be included in any analysis of emissions reductions at the IPH fleet. The commenter's analysis shows that, in 2017, implementation of BART at BART-subject sources would reduce SO
The variance prohibits the Meredosia and Hutsonville power stations from operating until after December 31, 2020, at which point they would remain subject to the emission limits in the MPS. In addition, the variance requires IPH to permanently retire E.D. Edwards Unit 1 as soon as allowed by MISO. The
The analysis included by EPA in the proposed rule shows SO
EPA is finalizing approval of the IPH and Medina Valley variance submitted by IEPA on September 3, 2014, as a revision to the Illinois Regional Haze SIP.
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the Illinois Regulations described in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 19, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(207) On September 3, 2014, Illinois submitted a variance to its regional haze state implementation plan affecting the electrical generating units (EGUs) included in the Ameren Multi-Pollutant Standard Group (Ameren MPS Group). The Ameren MPS Group consists of five facilities owned by Illinois Power Holdings, LLC (IPH) and two facilities owned by AmerenEnergy Medina Valley Cogen, LLC (Medina Valley). The IPH facilities included in the Ameren MPS Group and subject to the variance include: Coffeen Energy Center (Montgomery County), Duck Creek Energy Center (Fulton County), E.D. Edwards Energy Center (Peoria County), Joppa Energy Center (Massac County), and Newton Energy Center (Jasper County). The Medina Valley facilities included in the Ameren MPS Group and subject to the variance are the Meredosia Energy Center (Morgan County) and the Hutsonville Energy Center (Crawford County).
(i)
(A) Illinois Pollution Control Board Order PCB 14-10, adopted on November 21, 2013; Certificate of Acceptance, filed with the Illinois Pollution Control Board Clerk's Office December 20, 2013.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Clean Air Act (CAA) requires each State Implementation Plan (SIP) to contain adequate provisions prohibiting air emissions that will have certain adverse air quality effects in other states. On June 28, 2010, the State of Oregon made a submittal to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to address these requirements. The EPA is approving the submittal as meeting the requirement that each SIP contain adequate provisions to prohibit emissions that will contribute significantly to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) in any other state.
This final rule is effective January 20, 2016.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R10-OAR-2015-0259. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Kristin Hall at (206) 553-6357,
On October 27, 2015, the EPA proposed to approve Oregon's June 28, 2010 submittal as meeting the interstate transport requirements of CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2008 ozone NAAQS (80 FR 65680). An explanation of the CAA requirements, a detailed analysis of the submittal, and the EPA's reasons for approval were provided in the notice of proposed rulemaking, and will not be restated here. The public comment period for this proposed rule ended on November 27, 2015. The EPA received no comments on the proposal.
The EPA is approving Oregon's June 28, 2010 submittal as meeting the CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) interstate transport requirements for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because this action does not involve technical standards; and
• Does not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249,
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 19, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. See section 307(b)(2).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(d) The EPA approves Oregon's June 28, 2010 submittal as meeting the requirements of CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of pendimethalin in or on multiple commodities which are identified and discussed later in this document. Interregional Research Project Number 4 (IR-4) requested the tolerances associated with pesticide petition number (PP) 4E8282, and BASF requested the tolerances associated with (PP) 4F8261, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective December 21, 2015. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before February 19, 2016, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0397, is available at
Susan Lewis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0397 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before February 19, 2016. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified
•
•
•
In the
In the
Two comments were received on these notices of filing. EPA's response to these comments is discussed in Unit IV.C.
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has revised the petitioned-for tolerance in or on cattle, meat byproduct, meat byproduct except liver, and liver; goat, meat byproduct, meat byproduct except liver, and liver; horse, meat byproduct, meat byproduct except liver, and liver; and sheep, meat byproduct, meat byproduct except liver, and liver. The Agency has determined that the tolerance expression for the ruminant commodities is different than that for plant commodities. Additionally, the EPA is removing existing tolerances for Juneberry; nut, tree, group 14; and pistachio since they are superseded by this action. The reason for these changes are explained in Unit IV.D.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for pendimethalin including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with pendimethalin follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. The target organ for pendimethalin is the thyroid. Thyroid toxicity in chronic and subchronic rat and mouse studies was manifested as alterations in thyroid hormones (decreased total T4, and T3, increased percent of free T4 and T3), increased thyroid weight, and microscopic thyroid lesions (including increased thyroid follicular cell height, follicular cell hyperplasia, as well as follicular cell adenomas). Due to these effects, the Agency required that a developmental thyroid assay be conducted to evaluate the impact of pendimethalin on thyroid hormones, structure, and/or thyroid hormone homeostasis during development. A developmental thyroid study was submitted and demonstrated that there is no potential thyroid toxicity following pre- and/or post-natal exposure to pendimethalin.
The points of departure (PODs) used for the chronic and short-term risk assessments were based on co-critical studies of a 92-day thyroid function study in rats, a 56-day thyroid study in rats, and a 14-day intra thyroid metabolism study in rats. An uncertainty factor (UF) of 30X (3X for interspecies extrapolation and 10X for intraspecies variation) is applied for the chronic and short-term risk assessments. The interspecies UF which used to account for animal to human differences in toxicokinetics and toxicodynamics
There is no evidence that pendimethalin is a developmental, reproductive, neurotoxic, or immunotoxic chemical. There is no evidence of increased qualitative or quantitative susceptibility in the young. EPA classified pendimethalin as a “Group C”, possible human carcinogen based on a statistically significant increased trend and pair-wise comparison between the high-dose group and controls for thyroid follicular cell adenomas in male and female rats. A non-quantitative approach (
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for Pendimethalin used for human risk assessment is discussed in the final rule published in the
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for pendimethalin. In estimating acute dietary exposure, EPA Dietary Exposure Evaluation Model software with the Food Commodity Intake Database (DEEM-FCID) Version 3.16. This software uses 2003-2008 food consumption data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA's) National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, What We Eat in America, (NHANES/WWEIA). As to residue levels in food, EPA used tolerance-level residues, and 100 percent crop treated (PCT) for all commodities.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Based on the Pesticide Root Zone Model Ground Water (PRZM GW) and Surface Water Concentration Calculator (SWCC) models, the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of pendimethalin for acute exposures are estimated to be 96.4 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 4.38 × 10
For acute dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 96.4 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water. For chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 9.73 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
Pendimethalin is currently registered for the following uses that could result in residential exposures: Turf, home gardens, and ornamentals. EPA assessed residential exposure using the following assumptions:
• For handlers, it is assumed that residential use will result in short-term
• Residential post-application exposure is also assumed to be short-term (1-30 days) in duration, resulting from the following exposure scenarios:
○ Gardening: Adults (dermal) and children 6 < 11 years old (dermal);
○ Physical activities on turf: Adults (dermal) and children 1-2 years old (dermal and incidental oral);
○ Mowing turf: Adults (dermal) and children 11 < 16 years old (dermal); and
○ Exposure to golf courses during golfing: Adults (dermal), children 11 < 16 years old (dermal), and children 6 < 11 years old (dermal).
EPA did not combine exposure resulting from adult handler and post-application exposure resulting from treated gardens, lawns, and/or golfing because of the conservative assumptions and inputs within each estimated exposure scenario. The Agency believes that combining exposures resulting from handler and post-application activities would result in an overestimate of adult exposure. EPA selected the most conservative adult residential scenario (adult dermal post-application exposure from gardening) as the contributing source of residential exposure to be combined with the dietary exposure for the aggregate assessment. The children's oral exposure is based on post-application hand-to-mouth exposures. To include exposure from object-to-mouth and soil ingestion in addition to hand-to-mouth would overestimate the potential for oral exposure. However, there is the potential for co-occurrence of dermal and oral exposure, since the toxicological effects from the dermal and oral routes of exposure are the same. As a result, the children's aggregate assessment combines post-application dermal and oral exposure along with dietary exposure from food and water. Further information regarding EPA standard assumptions and generic inputs for residential exposures may be found at
4.
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for pendimethalin is complete. Although a subchronic inhalation study was not available in the database, EPA determined that one is not needed at this time based on a weight-of-evidence analysis, considering the following: (1) All relevant hazard and exposure information, which indicates its low acute inhalation toxicity; (2) its physical/chemical properties, which indicate its low volatility; and (3) the use of an oral POD that results in a residential inhalation margin of exposure (MOE) more than 10X the level of concern (in the case of pendimethalin MOE = 30 based on thyroid POD).
ii. There is no indication that pendimethalin is a neurotoxic chemical and there is no need for a developmental neurotoxicity study or additional UFs to account for neurotoxicity.
iii. There is no evidence that pendimethalin results in increased susceptibility in
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were performed based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling used to assess exposure to pendimethalin in drinking water. EPA used similarly conservative assumptions to assess post-application exposure of children as well as incidental oral exposure of toddlers. These assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by pendimethalin.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
Pendimethalin is currently registered for uses that could result in short-term residential exposure, and the Agency has determined that it is appropriate to aggregate chronic exposure through food and water with short-term residential exposures to pendimethalin.
Using the exposure assumptions described in this unit for short-term exposures, EPA has concluded the combined short-term food, water, and residential exposures result in aggregate MOEs of 130 for adults and 92 for children 1 to 2 years old, the two population subgroups receiving the greatest combined dietary and non-dietary exposure. Because EPA's level of concern for pendimethalin is a MOE of 30 or below, these MOEs are not of concern.
4.
An intermediate-term adverse effect was identified; however, pendimethalin is not registered for any use patterns that would result in intermediate-term residential exposure. Intermediate-term risk is assessed based on intermediate-term residential exposure plus chronic dietary exposure. Because there is no intermediate-term residential exposure and chronic dietary exposure has already been assessed under the appropriately protective cPAD (which is at least as protective as the POD used to assess intermediate-term risk), no further assessment of intermediate-term risk is necessary, and EPA relies on the chronic dietary risk assessment for evaluating intermediate-term risk for pendimethalin.
5.
6.
Adequate enforcement methodology, gas chromatography with electron capture detection (GC/ECD), is available to enforce the tolerance expression.
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
There are currently no established Codex MRLs for the residues of pendimethalin.
Two comments were received to the Notices of Filing for PP 4E8282 and PP 4F8261. One commenter stated: “Pesticide/Herbicide contents must be made available to the public due to allergies. Labeling foods that have been exposed to Pesticides/Herbicides protects the public from potentially ingesting a known allergen. This safe practice allows health care professionals to determine the cause of a life threatening severe reaction to avoid these products in the future. I am a nurse hence my concern.” The second commenter stated that no residue should be allowed for pendimethalin and that they do not support manufacture or use of this product. The Agency understands the commenters' concerns and recognizes that some individuals believe that pesticides should be banned on agricultural crops. However, the existing legal framework provided by Section 408 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) states that tolerances may be set when persons seeking such tolerances or exemptions have demonstrated that the pesticide meets the safety standard imposed by that statute. These comments appear to be directed at the underlying statute and not EPA's implementation of it; the citizens have made no contention that EPA has acted in violation of the statutory framework. EPA has found that there is a reasonable certainty of no harm to humans after considering the toxicological studies and the exposure levels of humans to pendimethalin.
Based on review of the data supporting the petitions, EPA has revised the petitioned-for tolerance in or on “meat byproduct” (at 3.0 ppm) based on anticipated residues in kidney which contained the highest residue amongst all ruminant tissues and will therefore cover anticipated residues in liver and fat. BASF, proposed setting a tolerance on “meat byproduct except liver”, also at 3.0 ppm based on anticipated residues in kidney with a separate lower tolerance on liver at 1.5 ppm. However, the anticipated residues in liver versus kidney, on which the tolerance for meat byproduct is based on, are not significantly different given the limited number of data for those tissues and that both are greater than LOQ and within 1 ppm of each other. Therefore, a single tolerance on “meat byproduct” without a separate tolerance on liver is adequate.
Additionally, the current tolerance expression for pendimethalin for plant commodities includes the combined residues of pendimethalin and its 3,5-dinitrobenzyl alcohol metabolite (CL 202,347). EPA has determined, based on the review of the ruminant feeding study, that the residues of concern for setting tolerances and assessing risks in ruminants is the parent compound, pendimethalin, and its metabolite, 1-(1-ethylpropyl)-5, 6-dimethyl-7-nitro-1
Finally, the Agency is removing Juneberry at 0.1 ppm as it is superseded by fruit, bushberry, subgroup 13-07B; as well as nut, tree, group 14 and pistachio at 0.1 ppm to account for an updated crop group conversion.
Therefore, tolerances are established for plant residues by measuring only the sum of pendimethalin, [
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerances in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a)
(2) Tolerances are established for residues of the herbicide pendimethalin, including its metabolites and degradates, in or on commodities listed in the following table. Compliance with the tolerance levels is to be determined by measuring only the sum of pendimethalin (
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Guidance.
The FMCSA announces a 120-day grace period during which Medical Examiners may use either the current or the newly revised versions of the Medical Examination Report (MER) Form and Medical Examiner's Certificate (MEC). This period is from December 22, 2015, until April 20, 2016. This action is being taken to ensure that Medical Examiners have sufficient time to become familiar with the new forms and to program electronic medical records systems.
This guidance is effective December 21, 2015.
You may search background documents or comments to the docket for this rule, identified by docket number FMCSA-2012-0178, by visiting the:
•
•
Ms. Christine Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, Office of Policy, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 or by telephone (202) 366-4001. If you have questions on viewing material in the docket, contract Docket services, telephone (202) 366-9826.
On April, 23, 2015, FMCSA published a final rule adopting regulations to facilitate the electronic transmission of MEC information from FMCSA's National Registry to the State driver's license agencies (SDLA) for holders of Commercial Driver's Licenses (CDL) and Commercial Learner's Permits (CLP). (80 FR 22790). On June 22, 2015, FMCSA published a document correcting the effective date for use of new forms prescribed in the final rule to December 22, 2015. (80 FR 35577). See 49 CFR 391.43(f)(1) and (2) and 391.43(h)(1) and (2).
The final rule, as corrected, requires certified MEs performing physical examinations of CMV drivers to use a newly developed MER Form, MCSA-5875, in place of the current MER form, and for use of the newly developed MEC Form MCSA-5876 for the current MEC form, beginning on December 22, 2015.
On December 14, FMCSA posted the fillable pdf versions of the new driver examination forms. The Agency had planned to make the forms available prior to this date but experienced technical difficulties. As a result, FMCSA has received numerous requests from the public asking to have the effective date for use of the MER Form, MCSA-5875, and the MEC, MCSA-5876, to be delayed. FMCSA acknowledges that enforcement of this December 22, 2015, compliance date would not provide sufficient time for Medical Examiners to become familiar with the new driver examination forms and/or program electronic medical records systems. For this reason, FMCSA will provide a 120-day grace period during which Medical Examiners may use either the current or the newly revised versions of the Medical Examination Report Form and Medical Examiner's Certificate, which will be from December 22, 2015, until April 20, 2016. Both sets of forms have been posted on the FMCSA Web site,
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to supersede airworthiness directive (AD) 2013-08-17 for Airbus Helicopters Model SA-365N, SA-365-N1, AS-365N2, AS 365 N3, and SA-366G1 helicopters. AD 2013-08-17 currently requires an initial and recurring inspections of the 9-degree fuselage frame for a crack and a repair of the frame if a crack exists. Since we issued AD 2013-08-17, additional information has prompted us to propose modifying the compliance times and expanding the inspection area of the 9-inch frame. These proposed actions are intended to detect a crack in the 9-degree frame to prevent loss of structural integrity and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by February 19, 2016.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, Inc., 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
Robert Grant, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
We invite you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or federalism impacts that might result from adopting the proposals in this document. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should send only one copy of written comments, or if comments are filed electronically, commenters should submit only one time.
We will file in the docket all comments that we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, we will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change this proposal in light of the comments we receive.
On April 12, 2013, we issued AD 2013-08-17, Amendment 39-17434 (78 FR 25380, May 1, 2013), for Eurocopter France (now Airbus Helicopters) Model SA-365N, SA-365-N1, AS-365N2, AS 365 N3, and SA-366G1 helicopters. AD 2013-08-17 requires an initial and recurring inspection of the 9-degree fuselage frame for a crack and a repair of the frame if a crack exists. AD 2013-08-17 was prompted by the discovery of a crack in the 9-degree frame of a Model AS-365N2 helicopter. This type of crack could develop on the other specified model helicopters because they contain the same 9-degree frame. Those actions are intended to detect a crack in the 9-degree frame to prevent loss of structural integrity and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.
AD 2013-08-17 was prompted by Emergency AD No. 2010-0064-E, dated April 6, 2010, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, to correct an unsafe condition for Model SA-365N, SA-365-N1, AS-365N2, AS 365 N3, and SA-366G1 helicopters. EASA advises that a crack was found in the 9-degree frame of an AS-365N2 helicopter during an inspection. The helicopter had logged 10,786 flight hours. The crack was located 230 millimeters above the cabin floor and had grown over a large section of the 9-degree frame on the right-hand (RH) side. EASA states that the time required for initiation of a crack in the area varies according to the weight and balance data of the different aircraft versions.
Since we issued AD 2013-08-17, Amendment 39-17434 (78 FR 25380, May 1, 2013), EASA issued AD No. 2014-0159, dated July 7, 2014, which supersedes EASA Emergency AD No. 2010-0064-E. Further analysis on the strength of the 9-degree frame by Airbus
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of France and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with France, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in its AD. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all known relevant information and determined that an unsafe condition is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
Airbus Helicopters has issued an Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB), Revision 2, dated April 7, 2014, containing the following three numbers: No. 05.00.57 for the Model SA-365N and N1, and AS-365N2 and N3 and for military Model AS365F, Fs, Fi, and K helicopters; No. 05.39 for Model SA 366-G1 and military Model SA 366-GA helicopters; and No. 05.00.25 for military Model AS565MA, MB, SA, SB, and UB helicopter.
The EASB specifies checking at regular intervals for a crack in the areas of the inner angles and flanges of the 9-degree frame on the RH and left hand (LH) sides, near the splice. Revision 2 of the EASB modifies the compliance times, adds a compliance time based on take-off/landing cycles, and expands the inspection areas up to the junction with the upper part of the frame. EASA classified this service information as mandatory and issued EASA AD No. 2014-0159 to ensure the continued airworthiness of these helicopters.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This proposed AD would require inspecting the 9-degree fuselage frame on the RH and LH sides for a crack, using a 10x or higher magnifying glass and a light source, in the areas depicted in specified portions of the EASB applicable to your helicopter. If there is a crack, this proposed AD would require repairing the frame before further flight. For helicopters that have not reached a certain hours time-in-service (TIS) or landing threshold, the inspection would be required within 110 hours TIS after reaching whichever threshold occurs first, and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 110 hours TIS. For helicopters that have reached or exceeded the hours TIS or landing threshold, the inspection would be required within 110 hours TIS since the effective date of the AD and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 110 hours TIS.
We would not require contacting the manufacturer for approved repair instructions. We also would not allow flight with a known crack.
We estimate that this proposed AD would affect 40 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 a work hour. Based on these estimates, we expect the following costs:
• Inspecting the 9-degree frame would require 3 work-hours per inspection for a cost of $255 per helicopter and $10,200 for the fleet per inspection cycle.
• Repairing the 9-degree frame would require 24 work-hours for a labor cost of $2,040. Parts would cost $3,350 for a total cost of $5,390 per helicopter.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model SA-365N, SA-365-N1, AS-365N2, AS 365 N3, and SA-366G1 helicopters, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a crack in the 9-degree frame, which could result in the loss of structural integrity and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.
This AD supersedes AD 2013-08-17, Amendment 39-17434 (78 FR 25380, May 1, 2013).
We must receive comments by February 19, 2016.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
(1) Within 110 hours time-in-service (TIS) after reaching the hours or landings threshold, whichever occurs first, listed in Table 1 to Paragraph (f)(1) of this AD or within 110 hours TIS from the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later, and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 110 hours TIS, using a 10X or higher magnifying glass and a light, inspect the 9-degree fuselage frame on the right-hand (RH) and left-hand (LH) sides for a crack in the areas depicted in Figures 1 and 2 of Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB) No. AS365 05.00.57, Revision 2, dated April 7, 2014, or EASB No. SA366 05.39, Revision 2, dated April 7, 2014, as applicable to your model helicopter. For purposes of this AD, a landing would be counted anytime the helicopter lifts off into the air and then lands again regardless of the duration of the landing and regardless of whether the engine is shut down.
(2) If there is a crack, before further flight, repair the frame. Repairing a frame does not constitute terminating actions for the repetitive inspection requirements of this AD.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Robert Grant, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2014-0159, dated July 7, 2014. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 5311, Fuselage Main, Frame.
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Intent to establish negotiated rulemaking committee.
On October 20, 2015, we announced our intention to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed regulations for the Federal Student Aid programs authorized under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), and solicited nominations for individual negotiators for the committee. We are requesting additional nominations for individual negotiators who represent specific stakeholder constituencies for the issues to be negotiated to serve on the committee.
We must receive your nominations for negotiators to serve on the committee on or before December 28, 2015. The dates, times, and locations of the committee meetings are set out in the
Please send your nominations for negotiators to Barbara Hoblitzell, U.S. Department of Education, 1990 K Street NW., Room 8019, Washington, DC 20006. Telephone: (202) 502-7649 or by email:
For information about the content of this notice, including information about the negotiated rulemaking process or the nomination submission process, contact: Barbara Hoblitzell, U.S. Department of Education, 1990 K Street NW., Room 8019, Washington, DC 20006. Telephone: (202) 502-7649 or by email:
For information about negotiated rulemaking in general, see
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
On October 20, 2015, we published a notice in the
In that notice, we set a schedule for the committee meetings and requested nominations for individual negotiators who represent stakeholder constituencies for the issues to be negotiated to serve on the committee. We are requesting additional nominations for individual negotiators who represent the following stakeholder constituencies for the issues to be negotiated to serve on the committee:
• State higher education executive officers.
• Institutions of higher education eligible to receive Federal assistance under title III, parts A, B, and F, and title V of the HEA, which include Historically Black Colleges and Universities, Hispanic-Serving Institutions, American Indian Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities, Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian-Serving Institutions, Predominantly Black Institutions, and other institutions with a substantial enrollment of needy students as defined in title III of the HEA.
• Two-year public institutions of higher education.
• Private, for-profit institutions of higher education.
• National, regional, or specialized accrediting agencies.
We intend to select negotiators for the committee who represent the interests significantly affected by the topics proposed for negotiations. In so doing,
We generally select a primary and alternate negotiator for each constituency represented on the committee. The primary negotiator participates for the purpose of determining consensus. The alternate participates for the purpose of determining consensus in the absence of the primary. Either the primary or the alternate may speak during the negotiations.
The committee may create subgroups on particular topics that may involve individuals who are not members of the committee. Individuals who are not selected as members of the committee will be able to observe the committee meetings, will have access to the individuals representing their constituencies, and may be able to participate in informal working groups on various issues between the meetings.
The goal of the committee is to develop proposed regulations that reflect a final consensus of the committee. Consensus means that there is no dissent by any member of the negotiating committee, including the committee member representing the Department. An individual selected as a negotiator will be expected to represent the interests of his or her organization or group and participate in the negotiations in a manner consistent with the goal of developing proposed regulations on which the committee will reach consensus. If consensus is reached, all members of the organization or group represented by a negotiator are bound by the consensus and are prohibited from commenting negatively on the resulting proposed regulations. The Department will not consider any such negative comments on the proposed regulations that are submitted by members of such an organization or group.
• The name of the nominee, the organization or group the nominee represents, and a description of the interests that the nominee represents.
• Evidence of the nominee's expertise or experience in the topics proposed for negotiations.
• Evidence of support from individuals or groups within the constituency that the nominee will represent.
• The nominee's commitment that he or she will actively participate in good faith in the development of the proposed regulations.
• The nominee's contact information, including address, phone number, and email address.
For a better understanding of the negotiated rulemaking process, nominees should review
Nominees will be notified whether or not they have been selected as negotiators as soon as the Department's review process is completed.
The committee will meet for three sessions on the following dates:
Sessions will run from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
The January and February committee meetings will be held at the U.S. Department of Education at: 1990 K Street NW., Eighth Floor Conference Center, Washington, DC 20006.
The March committee meetings will be held at: Union Center Plaza (UCP) Learning Center, 830 First Street NE., Lobby Level, Washington, DC 20002.
The meetings are open to the public.
20 U.S.C. 1098a.
United States Patent and Trademark Office, Commerce.
Initiation of Pilot Program and Request for Program Topics.
The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) is initiating a new pilot program as part of its Enhanced Patent Quality Initiative. Currently, the USPTO performs reviews of applications on target issues for internal quality purposes, referred to as “case studies.” The USPTO now seeks to leverage the experience of its stakeholders to expand the use of case studies to additional quality-related topics. Beginning immediately, stakeholders are invited to submit patent quality-related topics that they believe should be the subject of a case study. After considering the submitted topics, the USPTO will identify which topics will be the subject of upcoming case studies. The USPTO anticipates that the results of these case studies will help it to understand better the quality of its work products and, where appropriate, to take action to remediate quality issues or to formulate best practices to further enhance quality. Such public engagement is sought not only to broaden the scope of quality issues currently studied by the USPTO, but also to continue stakeholder involvement in the quality review process and to maintain a transparent quality enhancement process.
Written submissions should be sent by electronic mail message over the Internet addressed to:
Electronic submissions are preferred to be formatted in plain text, but also may be submitted in ADOBE® portable document format or MICROSOFT WORD® format. Submissions not sent electronically should be on paper in a format that facilitates convenient digital scanning into ADOBE® portable document format.
Timely filed submissions will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Commissioner for Patents, currently located in Madison East, Tenth Floor, 600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314. Submissions also will be available for viewing via the USPTO's Internet Web site (
Michael T. Cygan, Senior Legal Advisor, at (571) 272-7700; Maria Nuzzolillo, Legal Advisor, at (571) 272-8150; or Jeffrey R. West, Legal Advisor, at (571) 272-2226.
On February 5, 2015, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) launched an enhanced quality initiative to improve the quality of patents issued by the USPTO. This initiative began with a request for public comments on a set of six proposals outlined in a document in the
The enhanced patent quality initiative targets three pillars of patent quality: (1) Excellence in work products; (2) excellence in measuring patent quality; and (3) excellence in customer service. As part of the first pillar, the USPTO is focusing on the quality of the work products provided at every stage of the patent process, including the actions taken by the USPTO during application processing, examination, and issuance processes, as well as the quality of issued patents. The USPTO originally proposed creating a mechanism by which the public could flag particular applications to the Office of Patent Quality Assurance (OPQA) for review. After considering the comments from both our internal and external stakeholders, the USPTO decided to revise its original proposal. The USPTO is, instead, implementing a pilot program in which stakeholders are invited to submit patent quality-related topics, not particular applications, they believe should be the subject of a case study.
The USPTO performs case studies to investigate specific quality-related issues in addition to reviews of individual examiner work products, such as its review of a sampling of first Office actions on the merits. The USPTO designs, and performs, these case studies to investigate whether the quality-related issues that are the subject of these studies exist. If the result of a case study reveals that action is needed, the USPTO takes the necessary action. For example, if the result of the case study reveals that additional training is needed, the USPTO develops and implements the training. Unlike the USPTO's review of specific Office actions in an individual application, case studies allow the USPTO to investigate how a particular issue is being treated or addressed across hundreds or thousands of applications. The USPTO historically has performed case studies for internal quality purposes.
This new pilot program invites the public to submit topics for case studies. Submissions may concern any topic affecting the USPTO's ability to effectively issue high-quality patents. A submission should be more than a mere statement of an issue or problem encountered by the submitter. A submission should propose a specific correlation or trend for study, and where possible, suggest a methodology for its investigation. A helpful submission would also explain how the results of that case study could be used to improve patent quality. The submission may refer to concrete examples to support the proposed correlation or trend, but any such examples should not contain information sufficient to identify any particular application, any particular examiner, or any particular art unit. A submission may specify certain data subsets for analysis,
The following restrictions are placed on submissions. First, each separate topic must be presented in a separate submission to ensure consideration, although there is no limit placed upon the number of submissions from a person or entity. Second, each submission should be titled, such as in an email's “subject” line, to reflect the topic contained therein. Third, submissions should not contain information associated with any particular patent application or patent, any particular examiner, or any particular art unit; any such submission will not be part of the study. Fourth, topics should focus on patent quality issues; topics relating to other issues such as management concerns or statutory changes are outside the scope of these case studies. Fifth, the submission should concisely explain the nature and purpose of the proposed study to aid the USPTO in selecting the best topic(s) for this pilot program; the submission should not include lengthy supporting documentation or arguments.
The USPTO will consider these suggestions and identify potential areas
This pilot program will help the USPTO determine the usefulness of this manner of public submission for case study topics as compared to currently-existing methods, such as public fora and external quality surveys. In addition, this pilot program will allow the USPTO to communicate to the public the case studies determined to be useful and the results of those studies.
The following example is provided to assist the public in providing high-quality submissions that best communicate a focused case study topic for consideration:
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing approval of revisions to the State Implementation Plan (SIP) submitted by the State of Texas through the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) on July 10, 2015. The Texas SIP submission revises 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 117 rules for control of nitrogen compounds to assist the Dallas-Fort Worth (DFW) moderate nonattainment area (NAA) in attaining the 2008 eight-hour ozone (O
Written comments must be received on or before January 20, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket No. EPA-R06-OAR-2015-0497, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Mr. James E. Grady, (214) 665-6745;
Throughout this document “we,” “us,” or “our” means “the EPA.”
On March 27, 2008, the EPA revised the primary and secondary O
On May 21, 2012, the EPA established initial area designations for most areas of the country with respect to the 2008 primary and secondary eight-hour O
Effective July 20, 2012, the DFW 2008 eight-hour O
States are required to adopt control measures that implement Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) on major sources of NO
On July 10, 2015 the EPA received, the TCEQ submitted rule revisions to 30 TAC, Chapter 117 “Control of Air Pollution from Nitrogen Compounds.” The State revised Chapter 117 for all major sources of NO
• Add NO
• Revoke an exemption for utility turbines and auxiliary steam boilers installed after November 15, 1992 in the DFW area;
• Provide compliance flexibility to affected units in all areas covered by Chapter 117 for owners or operators of boilers and process heaters used on a temporary basis (<60 calendar days);
• Repeal certain major source industrial rules and utility rules for the DFW area that are now obsolete due to the passing of compliance dates;
• Add compliance schedules for the new or revised RACT rules and add compliance dates for sources that become subject to these rules after the initial compliance date;
• Add definitions to reflect the change in attainment status of Wise County;
• Implement work practice standards or operating requirements
• Update associated monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements
• Establish exemptions
Table 2 contains a list of the sections of Chapter 117 with adopted subchapters, divisions, and key sections with modifications associated with the July 10, 2015 DFW 2008 eight-hour O
Table 3 contains a list of the sections of Chapter 117 with adopted subchapters, divisions, and key sections with new requirements associated with the July 10, 2015 DFW 2008 eight-hour O
Per TCEQ's request, the following sections listed in Table 4 below will not become a part of the EPA-approved Texas SIP. These rules pertain mainly to the control of carbon monoxide and ammonia emissions, which are not O
Table 5 contains subchapters, divisions, and key sections proposed for repeal from the SIP by the TCEQ. The TCEQ adopts the repeal of existing Subchapters B and C in Division 2 as well as sections 117.9010 and 117.9110 of Subchapter H in Division 1 because compliance dates for sources of NO
A complete summary along with all non-substantive changes pertaining to reformatting, restructuring, reorganizing, and administrative revisions will be referenced in the Technical Support Document (TSD), “30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 117 Control of Air Pollution from Nitrogen Compounds,” a copy of which is posted in the docket of this proposal.
Please refer to Table 6 for a list of NO
Various controls for each major source in Wise County are needed to achieve the required NO
It is estimated that the adopted rules will reduce the amount of NO
The EPA is proposing to approve the submitted TAC Chapter 117 SIP revisions into the SIP because they will assist the DFW area into attainment under the 2008 8-Hour O
In this action, the EPA is proposing to include in a final rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with the requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference revisions to the Texas regulations as described in the Proposed Action section above. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that states meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the proposed rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hydrocarbons, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen oxides, Ozone, Reasonably available control technology, Reporting and
42 U.S.C. 7401
National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research; Administration for Community Living; HHS.
Proposed rule.
This proposed rule would implement the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 and reflect the transfer of the National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR) from the Department of Education to the Department of Health and Human Services. The previous regulations were issued by the Department of Education. The rulemaking will consolidate the NIDILRR regulations into a single part, align the regulations with the current statute and HHS policies, and will provide guidance to NIDILRR grantees.
Comments are due on or before February 19, 2016.
You may submit comments in one of following ways (no duplicates, please): Written comments may be submitted through any of the methods specified below. Please do not submit duplicate comments.
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: You may (and we encourage you to) submit electronic comments on this regulation at
• Regular, Express, or Overnight Mail: You may mail written comments to the following address only: Administration for Community Living, Attention: NIDILRR NPRM, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, DC 20201. Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period.
• Individuals with a Disability: We will provide an appropriate accommodation, including alternative formats, upon request. To make such a request, please contact Marlina Moses-Gaither, (202) 795-7409 (Voice) or at
Greg Pugh, Administration for Community Living, telephone (202) 795-7422 (Voice). This is not a toll-free number. This document will be made available in alternative formats upon request.
The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 (“WIOA,” Pub. L. 113-128), signed into law on July 22, 2014, included significant changes to Title II of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. The first of these is the insertion of a new name, the National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (“NIDILRR,” which was previously the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research). WIOA also relocates NIDILRR from the Department of Education (“ED”) to the Administration for Community Living (“ACL”) of the Department of Health and Human Services.
The purpose of the Disability and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers program is to plan and conduct research, development, demonstrations, training, dissemination, and related activities, including international activities, to maximize the full inclusion and integration into society, employment, independent living, family support, and economic and social self-sufficiency of individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with the most severe disabilities, and improve the effectiveness of services authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 701
To this end, NIDILRR provides grants to establish and support:
• Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects;
• Field Initiated Projects;
• Advanced Rehabilitation Research Training Projects;
• Rehabilitation Research and Training Centers; and
• Rehabilitation Engineering Research Centers.
Eligible entities for awards under this program include States, public or private agencies and organizations, institutions of higher education, and Indian tribes and tribal organizations.
The purpose of the Research Fellowships program is to build research capacity by providing support to highly qualified individuals, including those who are individuals with disabilities, to perform research on rehabilitation and independent living of individuals with disabilities. Any individual is eligible for assistance under this program who has training and experience that indicate a potential for engaging in scientific research related to the solution of rehabilitation problems of individuals with disabilities. The program provides grants to support two categories of Fellowships: Distinguished Fellowships (for those with seven or more years of relevant research experience) and Merit Fellowships (for individuals in earlier stages of their careers in research).
The Special Projects and Demonstrations for Spinal Cord Injuries program provides assistance to establish innovative projects for the delivery, demonstration, and evaluation of comprehensive medical, vocational, and other rehabilitation services to meet the wide range of needs, including independent living, of individuals with spinal cord injuries. The entities eligible for an award under these Projects and Demonstrations are the same as for Disability and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers.
Department of Education regulations governing the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research are found at 34 CFR parts 350, 356, and 359. Part 350 sets forth regulations addressing the Disability and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program; part 356 sets forth regulations addressing Disability and Rehabilitation Research Fellowships; and part 359 sets forth regulations addressing Special Projects and Demonstrations for Spinal Cord Injuries. ACL proposes to streamline the NIDILRR regulations and to consolidate them into one part, 45 CFR part 1330. In our regulations, we propose to eliminate regulatory language included in the corresponding ED regulations that does not add further interpretation to the statutory language. We also propose to eliminate unnecessary regulatory
We propose creating a new part to 45 CFR, part 1330, entitled National Institute for Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research. We expect the Department of Education will be issuing regulations at a later date rescinding 34 CFR parts 350, 356, and 359.
Subpart A will contain general requirements for the main NIDILRR grant program.
Subpart B contains general requirements for awardees under the NIDILRR research program.
Subpart C describes what processes NIDILRR will use in the selection of awardees.
We also propose a factor for assessing the feasibility of implementing a proposed research design. This factor will assist peer reviewers to evaluate the quality of the research design, and whether it can be successfully completed, especially in light of the time and resources available. We propose to add this assessment factor to ensure that we sponsor high-quality research that can be carried out by the applicant. Without a factor related to
Additional proposed factors in this rule not included in ED regulations include the extent to which applicants obtain and use input from individuals with disabilities and other stakeholders to shape the proposed research activities. Another proposed factor requires that applicants identify and justify the stage of research to establish that the proposed research has a foundation in the current state of knowledge on the topic.
An important proposed addition to this section is a factor which allows for the assessment of development projects. Proposed factors and sub-factors are intended to improve the rigor and clarity of documentation and communication for proposed development projects; facilitate high quality peer-review; and subsequent management and oversight of funded projects. Conceptually, these factors span the research basis supporting a significant need and target population for a product; methodological elements common and appropriate to most development projects; and demonstration that the product is or is likely to be adopted by the target population and used for its intended purpose. ACL particularly solicits comments on this factor.
Subpart D contains information on programs awarding funding to research fellows, along with the eligibility requirements and selection criteria for these programs. This is significantly streamlined as compared to part 356 in the ED rules, but is included to signify that the program discussed in that part continue under HHS' administration. In keeping with established ED practice, these fellowships will be funded by grants to eligible fellows, as HHS believes that this supports the development of new and existing researchers in the fields of disability, independent living, and rehabilitation research.
Subpart E contains information on projects focusing on spinal cord injuries and eligibility requirements for these awards. This is significantly streamlined as compared to part 359 in the ED rules, but is included for the reasons stated in subpart D.
Existing ED regulations not carried over to this proposed rule are as follows:
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). The Department has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with the priorities and principles set forth in Executive Order 12866. Executive Order 12866 encourages agencies, as appropriate, to provide the public with meaningful participation in the regulatory process. The rulemaking implements the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014. In developing the final rule, we will consider input we received from the public including stakeholders. This proposed rule is not being treated as a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the proposed rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
The Secretary certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354), that this regulation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The primary impact of this proposed regulation is on entities applying for NIDILRR funding opportunities, specifically researchers, States, public or private agencies and organizations, institutions of higher education, and Indian tribes and tribal organizations. The proposed regulation does not have a significant economic impact on these entities. This proposed rule is in fact significantly shorter than, but with identical compliance requirements to, the regulations it replaces.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are required to provide 60-day notice in the
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Unfunded Mandates Act) requires that a covered agency prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in expenditures by State, local, or Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million, adjusted for inflation, or more in any one year.
If a covered agency must prepare a budgetary impact statement, section 205 further requires that it select the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternatives that achieves the objectives of the rule and is consistent with the statutory requirements. In addition, section 203 requires a plan for informing and advising any small government that may be significantly or uniquely impacted by a rule.
ACL has determined that this proposed rule does not result in the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments in the aggregate, or by the private sector of more than $100 million in any one year.
This proposed rule is not a major rule as defined in 5 U.S.C. Section 804(2).
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act of 1999 requires Federal agencies to determine whether a policy or regulation may affect family well-being. If the agency's conclusion is affirmative, then the agency must prepare an impact assessment addressing seven criteria specified in the law. These proposed regulations do not have an impact on family well-being as defined in the legislation.
Executive Order 13132 on “federalism” was signed August 4, 1999. The purposes of the Order are: “. . . to guarantee the division of governmental responsibilities between the national government and the States that was intended by the Framers of the Constitution, to ensure that the principles of federalism established by the Framers guide the executive departments and agencies in the formulation and implementation of policies, and to further the policies of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act . . .”
The Department certifies that this proposed rule does not have a substantial direct effect on States, on the relationship between the Federal government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
ACL is not aware of any specific State laws that would be preempted by the adoption of the regulation.
Grant programs, Research, Scholarships and fellowships.
For reasons set forth in the preamble, under the authority at 29 U.S.C. 709 and 3343, the Department of Health and Human Services proposes to add part 1330 of subchapter C title 45 to read as set forth below:
29 U.S.C. 709, 3343.
(a) The Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program provides grants to establish and support—
(1) The following Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research and Related Projects:
(i) Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects;
(ii) Field-Initiated Projects;
(iii) Advanced Rehabilitation Research Training Projects; and
(2) The following Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Centers:
(i) Rehabilitation Research and Training Centers;
(ii) Rehabilitation Engineering Research Centers.
(b) The purpose of the Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program is to plan and conduct research, development, demonstration projects, training, dissemination, and related activities, including international activities, to—
(1) Develop methods, procedures, and rehabilitation technology, that maximize the full inclusion and integration into society, employment, education, independent living, family support, and economic and social self-sufficiency of individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with the most severe disabilities; and
(2) Improve the effectiveness of services authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 701
(a) Unless otherwise stated in this part or in a determination by the NIDILRR Director, the following entities are eligible for an award under this program:
(1) States.
(2) Public or private agencies, including for-profit agencies.
(3) Public or private organizations, including for-profit organizations.
(4) Institutions of higher education.
(5) Indian tribes and tribal organizations.
(b) Other sources of regulation which may apply to awards under this part include but are not limited to:
(1) 45 CFR part 16—Procedures of the Departmental Grant Appeals Board.
(2) 45 CFR part 46—Protection of Human Subjects.
(3) 45 CFR part 75—Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for HHS Award.
(4) 2 CFR parts 376 and 382—Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension and Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance).
(5) 45 CFR part 80—Nondiscrimination under Programs Receiving Federal Assistance through the Department of Health and Human Services—Effectuation of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(6) 45 CFR part 81—Practice and Procedures—Practice and Procedure for Hearings Act under part 80 of this title.
(7) 45 CFR part 84—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Handicap in Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance.
(8) 45 CFR part 86—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance.
(9) 45 CFR part 87—Equal Treatment of Faith-Based Organizations.
(10) 45 CFR part 91—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Age in Programs or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance from HHS.
(11) 45 CFR part 93—New Restrictions on Lobbying.
As used in this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(e)
For any Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program competition, the Department may require in the application materials for the competition that the applicant identify the stage(s) of research in which it will focus the work of its proposed project or center. The four stages of research are—
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
For any Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program competition, the Department may require in the notice inviting applications for the competition that the applicant identify the stage(s) of development in which it will focus the work of its proposed project or center. The three stages of development are—
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) In carrying out a research activity under this program, an awardee must—
(1) Identify one or more hypotheses or research questions;
(2) Based on the hypotheses or research question identified, perform an intensive systematic study in accordance with its approved application directed toward—
(i) New or full scientific knowledge; or
(ii) Understanding of the subject or problem being studied.
(b) In carrying out a development activity under this program, an awardee must create, using knowledge and understanding gained from research, models, methods, tools, systems, materials, devices, systems, applications, devices, or standards that are adopted by and beneficial to the target population. Development activities span one or more stages of development.
(c) In carrying out a training activity under this program, an awardee shall conduct a planned and systematic sequence of supervised instruction that is designed to impart predetermined skills and knowledge.
(d) In carrying out a demonstration activity under this program, an awardee shall apply results derived from previous research, testing, or practice to determine the effectiveness of a new strategy or approach.
(e) In carrying out a utilization activity under this program, a grantee must relate research findings to practical applications in planning, policy making, program administration, and delivery of services to individuals with disabilities.
(f) In carrying out a dissemination activity under this program, a grantee must systematically distribute information or knowledge through a variety of ways to potential users or beneficiaries.
(g) In carrying out a technical assistance activity under this program, a grantee must provide expertise or information for use in problem-solving.
(a) If the director so indicates in the application materials or elsewhere, an applicant for assistance under this program must demonstrate in its application how it will address, in whole or in part, the needs of individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds.
(b) The approaches an applicant may take to meet this requirement may include one or more of the following:
(1) Proposing project objectives addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds.
(2) Demonstrating that the project will address a problem that is of particular significance to individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds.
(3) Demonstrating that individuals from minority backgrounds will be included in study samples in sufficient numbers to generate information pertinent to individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds.
(4) Drawing study samples and program participant rosters from populations or areas that include individuals from minority backgrounds.
(5) Providing outreach to individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds to ensure that they are aware of rehabilitation services, clinical care, or training offered by the project.
(6) Disseminating materials to or otherwise increasing the access to disability information among minority populations.
The purpose of peer review is to insure that—
(a) Those activities supported by the National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR) are of the highest scientific, administrative, and technical quality; and
(b) Activity results may be widely applied to appropriate target populations and rehabilitation problems.
(a) The Director refers each application for an award governed by those regulations in this part to a peer review panel established by the Director.
(b) Peer review panels review applications on the basis of the applicable selection criteria in § 1330.24.
(a) The Director selects as members of a peer review panel scientists and other experts in disability, independent living, rehabilitation or related fields who are qualified, on the basis of training, knowledge, or experience, to give expert advice on the merit of the applications under review.
(b) The scientific peer review process shall be conducted by individuals who are not Department of Health and Human Services employees.
(c) In selecting members to serve on a peer review panel, the Director may take into account the following factors:
(1) The level of formal scientific or technical education completed by potential panel members.
(2) The extent to which potential panel members have engaged in scientific, technical, or administrative activities appropriate to the category of applications that the panel will consider; the roles of potential panel members in those activities; and the quality of those activities.
(3) The recognition received by potential panel members as reflected by awards and other honors from scientific and professional agencies and organizations outside the Department.
(4) Whether the panel includes knowledgeable individuals with disabilities, or parents, family members, guardians, advocates, or authorized representatives of individuals with disabilities.
(5) Whether the panel includes individuals from diverse populations.
(a) The Director selects one or more of the selection criteria in § 1330.24 to evaluate an application;
(1) The Director establishes selection criteria based on statutory provisions that apply to the Program which may include, but are not limited to—
(A) Specific statutory selection criteria;
(B) Allowable activities;
(C) Application content requirements; or
(D) Other pre-award and post-award conditions; or
(2) The Director may use a combination of selection criteria established under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and selection criteria from § 1330.24 to evaluate a competition.
(3) For Field-Initiated Projects, the Director does not consider § 1330.24(b) (Responsiveness to the Absolute or Competitive Priority) in evaluating an application.
(b) In considering selection criteria in § 1330.24, the Director selects one or more of the factors listed in the criteria, but always considers the factor in § 1330.24(n) regarding members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability.
(c) The maximum possible score for an application is 100 points.
(d) In the application package or a notice published in the
(1) The selection criteria chosen and the maximum possible score for each of the selection criteria; and
(2) The factors selected for considering the selection criteria and if points are assigned to each factor, the maximum possible score for each factor under each criterion. If no points are assigned to each factor, the Director evaluates each factor equally.
(e) For all instances in which the Director chooses to allow field-initiated research and development, the selection criteria in § 1330.25 will apply, including the requirement that the applicant must achieve a score of 80 percent or more of maximum possible points.
In addition to criteria established under § 1330.23(a)(1), the Director may select one or more of the following criteria in evaluating an application:
(a)
(1) The extent to which the applicant clearly describes the need and target population.
(2) The extent to which the proposed activities further the purposes of the Act.
(3) The extent to which the proposed activities address a significant need of individuals with disabilities.
(4) The extent to which the proposed activities address a significant need of rehabilitation service providers.
(5) The extent to which the proposed activities address a significant need of those who provide services to individuals with disabilities.
(6) The extent to which the applicant proposes to provide training in a rehabilitation discipline or area of study in which there is a shortage of qualified researchers, or to a trainee population in which there is a need for more qualified researchers.
(7) The extent to which the proposed project will have beneficial impact on the target population.
(b)
(1) The extent to which the applicant addresses all requirements of the absolute or competitive priority.
(2) The extent to which the applicant's proposed activities are likely to achieve the purposes of the absolute or competitive priority.
(c)
(1) The extent to which the research activities constitute a coherent, sustained approach to research in the field, including a substantial addition to the state-of-the-art.
(2) The extent to which the methodology of each proposed research activity is meritorious, including consideration of the extent to which—
(i) The proposed design includes a comprehensive and informed review of the current literature, demonstrating knowledge of the state-of-the-art;
(ii) Each research hypothesis or research question, as appropriate, is theoretically sound and based on current knowledge;
(iii) Each sample is drawn from an appropriate, specified population and is of sufficient size to address the proposed hypotheses or research questions, as appropriate, and to support the proposed data analysis methods;
(iv) The source or sources of the data and the data collection methods are appropriate to address the proposed hypotheses or research questions and to
(v) The data analysis methods are appropriate;
(vi) Implementation of the proposed research design is feasible, given the current state of the science and the time and resources available;
(vii) Input of individuals with disabilities and other key stakeholders is used to shape the proposed research activities; and
(viii) The applicant identifies and justifies the stage of research being proposed and the research methods associated with the stage.
(3) The extent to which anticipated research results are likely to satisfy the original hypotheses or answer the original research questions, as appropriate, and could be used for planning additional research, including generation of new hypotheses or research questions, where applicable.
(4) The extent to which the stage of research is identified and justified in the description of the research project(s) being proposed.
(d)
(1) The extent to which the proposed project identifies a significant need and a well-defined target population for the new or improved product;
(2) The extent to which the proposed project methodology is meritorious, including consideration of the extent to which—
(i) The proposed project shows awareness of the state-of-the-art for current, related products;
(ii) The proposed project employs appropriate concepts, components, or systems to develop the new or improved product;
(iii) The proposed project employs appropriate samples in tests, trials, and other development activities.
(iv) The proposed project conducts development activities in appropriate environment(s);
(v) Input from individuals with disabilities and other key stakeholders is obtained to establish and guide proposed development activities; and
(vi) The applicant identifies and justifies the stage(s) of development for the proposed project; and activities associated with each stage.
(3) The new device or technique will be developed and tested in an appropriate environment;
(e)
(1) The extent to which the proposed demonstration activities build on previous research, testing, or practices.
(2) The extent to which the proposed demonstration activities include the use of proper methodological tools and theoretically sound procedures to determine the effectiveness of the strategy or approach.
(3) The extent to which the proposed demonstration activities include innovative and effective strategies or approaches.
(4) The extent to which the proposed demonstration activities are likely to contribute to current knowledge and practice and be a substantial addition to the state-of-the-art.
(5) The extent to which the proposed demonstration activities can be applied and replicated in other settings.
(f)
(1) The extent to which the proposed training materials are likely to be effective, including consideration of their quality, clarity, and variety.
(2) The extent to which the proposed training methods are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration.
(3) The extent to which the proposed training content—
(i) Covers all of the relevant aspects of the subject matter; and
(ii) If relevant, is based on new knowledge derived from research activities of the proposed project.
(4) The extent to which the proposed training materials, methods, and content are appropriate to the trainees, including consideration of the skill level of the trainees and the subject matter of the materials.
(5) The extent to which the proposed training materials and methods are accessible to individuals with disabilities.
(6) The extent to which the applicant's proposed recruitment program is likely to be effective in recruiting highly qualified trainees, including those who are individuals with disabilities.
(7) The extent to which the applicant is able to carry out the training activities, either directly or through another entity.
(8) The extent to which the proposed didactic and classroom training programs emphasize scientific methodology and are likely to develop highly qualified researchers.
(9) The extent to which the quality and extent of the academic mentorship, guidance, and supervision to be provided to each individual trainee are of a high level and are likely to develop highly qualified researchers.
(10) The extent to which the type, extent, and quality of the proposed research experience, including the opportunity to participate in advanced-level research, are likely to develop highly qualified researchers.
(11) The extent to which the opportunities for collegial and collaborative activities, exposure to outstanding scientists in the field, and opportunities to participate in the preparation of scholarly or scientific publications and presentations are extensive and appropriate.
(g)
(1) The extent to which the content of the information to be disseminated—
(i) Covers all of the relevant aspects of the subject matter; and
(ii) If appropriate, is based on new knowledge derived from research activities of the project.
(2) The extent to which the materials to be disseminated are likely to be effective and usable, including consideration of their quality, clarity, variety, and format.
(3) The extent to which the methods for dissemination are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration.
(4) The extent to which the materials and information to be disseminated and the methods for dissemination are appropriate to the target population, including consideration of the familiarity of the target population with the subject matter, format of the information, and subject matter.
(5) The extent to which the information to be disseminated will be accessible to individuals with disabilities.
(h)
(1) The extent to which the potential new users of the information or technology have a practical use for the information and are likely to adopt the practices or use the information or technology, including new devices.
(2) The extent to which the utilization strategies are likely to be effective.
(3) The extent to which the information or technology is likely to be of use in other settings.
(i)
(1) The extent to which the methods for providing technical assistance are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration.
(2) The extent to which the information to be provided through technical assistance covers all of the relevant aspects of the subject matter.
(3) The extent to which the technical assistance is appropriate to the target population, including consideration of the knowledge level of the target population, needs of the target population, and format for providing information.
(4) The extent to which the technical assistance is accessible to individuals with disabilities.
(j)
(1) The adequacy of the plan of operation to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, and timelines for accomplishing project tasks.
(2) The adequacy of the plan of operation to provide for using resources, equipment, and personnel to achieve each objective.
(k)
(1) The extent to which the applicant's proposed collaboration with one or more agencies, organizations, or institutions is likely to be effective in achieving the relevant proposed activities of the project.
(2) The extent to which agencies, organizations, or institutions demonstrate a commitment to collaborate with the applicant.
(3) The extent to which agencies, organizations, or institutions that commit to collaborate with the applicant have the capacity to carry out collaborative activities.
(l)
(1) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the proposed project activities.
(2) The extent to which the budget for the project, including any subcontracts, is adequately justified to support the proposed project activities.
(3) The extent to which the applicant is of sufficient size, scope, and quality to effectively carry out the activities in an efficient manner.
(m)
(1) The extent to which the plan of evaluation provides for periodic assessment of progress toward—
(i) Implementing the plan of operation; and
(ii) Achieving the project's intended outcomes and expected impacts.
(2) The extent to which the plan of evaluation will be used to improve the performance of the project through the feedback generated by its periodic assessments.
(3) The extent to which the plan of evaluation provides for periodic assessment of a project's progress that is based on identified performance measures that—
(i) Are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and expected impacts on the target population; and
(ii) Are objective, and quantifiable or qualitative, as appropriate.
(n)
(1) The extent to which the key personnel and other key staff have appropriate training and experience in disciplines required to conduct all proposed activities.
(2) The extent to which the commitment of staff time is adequate to accomplish all the proposed activities of the project.
(3) The extent to which the key personnel are knowledgeable about the methodology and literature of pertinent subject areas.
(4) The extent to which the project staff includes outstanding scientists in the field.
(5) The extent to which key personnel have up-to-date knowledge from research or effective practice in the subject area covered in the priority.
(o)
(1) The extent to which the applicant is committed to provide adequate facilities, equipment, other resources, including administrative support, and laboratories, if appropriate.
(2) The quality of an applicant's past performance in carrying out a grant.
(3) The extent to which the applicant has appropriate access to populations and organizations representing individuals with disabilities to support advanced disability, independent living and clinical rehabilitation research.
(4) The extent to which the facilities, equipment, and other resources are appropriately accessible to individuals with disabilities who may use the facilities, equipment, and other resources of the project.
(a) The Director reserves funds to support field-initiated applications funded under this part when those applications have been awarded points totaling 80 percent or more of the maximum possible points under the procedures described in § 1330.23.
(b) In making a final selection from applications received when NIDILRR uses field-initiated priorities, the Director may consider whether one of the following conditions is met and, if so, use this information to fund an application out of rank order:
(1) The proposed project represents a unique opportunity to advance rehabilitation and other knowledge to improve the lives of individual with disabilities.
(2) The proposed project complements or balances research activity already planned or funded by NIDILRR through its annual priorities or addresses the research in a new and promising way.
(a) The purpose of this program is to build research capacity by providing support to highly qualified individuals, including those who are individuals with disabilities, to perform research on rehabilitation, independent living, and other experiences and outcomes of individuals with disabilities.
(b) The eligibility requirements for the Fellows program are as follows:
(1) Only individuals are eligible to be recipients of Fellowships.
(2) Any individual is eligible for assistance under this program who has
(3) This program provides two categories of Fellowships: Merit Fellowships and Distinguished Fellowships.
(i) To be eligible for a Distinguished Fellowship, an individual must have seven or more years of research experience in subject areas, methods, or techniques relevant to disability and rehabilitation research and must have a doctorate, other terminal degree, or comparable academic qualifications.
(ii) The Director awards Merit Fellowships to individuals in earlier stages of their careers in research. To be eligible for a Merit Fellowship, an individual must have either advanced professional training or experience in independent study in an area which is directly pertinent to disability and rehabilitation.
(c) Fellowships will be awarded in the form of a grant to eligible individuals.
(d) In making a final selection of applicants to support under this program, the Director considers the extent to which applicants present a unique opportunity to effect a major advance in knowledge, address critical problems in innovative ways, present proposals which are consistent with the Institute's Long-Range Plan, build research capacity within the field, or complement and significantly increases the potential value of already planned research and related activities.
(a) This program provides assistance to establish innovative projects for the delivery, demonstration, and evaluation of comprehensive medical, vocational, independent living, and rehabilitation services to meet the wide range of needs of individuals with spinal cord injuries.
(b) The agencies and organizations eligible to apply under this program are described in 45 CFR 1330.2.
Denali Commission.
Notice of proposed NEPA implementation rule; request for public comment.
The Denali Commission proposes to establish 45 CFR Chapter IX and to add regulations for implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, and invites public comment on the proposed rule. All comments will be considered in preparing the final regulations, which will be made available to the public on the Commission's internet site at
Comments and related material must be received by January 20, 2016.
You may submit comments to this rule by any of the following methods:
All written comments will be available for public inspection during regular work hours at the 510 L Street, Suite 410 address listed above.
Mr. John Whittington, 907-271-1414.
Introduced by Congress in 1998, the Denali Commission (Commission) is an innovative federal-state partnership designed to provide critical utilities, infrastructure, and economic support throughout Alaska. With the creation of the Commission, Congress acknowledged the need for increased inter-agency cooperation and focus on Alaska's remote communities. Since its first meeting in April 1999, the Commission is credited with providing numerous cost-shared infrastructure projects across the State that exemplify effective and efficient partnership between federal and state agencies, and the private sector.
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and implementing regulations promulgated by the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) (40 CFR parts 1500-1508) establish a broad national policy to protect the quality of the human environment and to ensure that environmental considerations and associated public concerns are given careful attention and appropriate weight in all decisions of the federal government. Sections 102(2) of NEPA and 40 CFR 1505.1 and 1507.3 require federal agencies to develop and, as needed, revise implementing procedures consistent with the CEQ regulations. The Denali Commission proposes the following NEPA implementing procedures for complying with NEPA and the CEQ regulations. The remaining sections of
In accordance with CEQ regulations (40 CFR 1507.3), the Commission consulted with the CEQ prior to publication of the proposed rule. On August 10, 2004, the Commission published a proposed rule in the
The proposed rule published today reflects the Commission's consideration of and responses to the public comments received on the 2004 proposed rule.
The Commission received, reviewed and considered two letters of comment on the August 10, 2004
A comment was made to clarify the term “applicant” in subsection (a)(2). We reviewed the subsection and have clarified that an applicant can be a federal, state and local government or non-governmental partner or organization and also added “An
One comment noted ambiguity between the use of “responsible official” and “approving official” in §§ 900.106 and 900.302. To clarify, we added a definition of “Approving Official” in this section and made changes as noted in the section headers below. We no longer use the term “responsible official.”
The title has been changed to Federal and Intergovernmental Relationships to better describe the contents of the section. The description of those relationships and the Commission's responsibilities are also more fully explained in keeping with the Commission responsibilities under NEPA as set out in § 900.106 and as described in the following section.
One commenter said that environmental analysis responsibility was inappropriately delegated to applicants in this section, and noted that it remains the Commission's obligation to evaluate and take responsibility for the environmental analysis. We agree with the commenter that it is the Commission's obligation to evaluate the potential impacts of a proposed federal action (40 CFR 1506.5). We disagree with the commenter's conclusion that the proposed rule inappropriately delegates this responsibility to our applicants. The Commission's responsibilities outlined in § 900.106 clearly state that the Commission will evaluate, take responsibility for the scope and content of documents, and make the environmental finding. Clarifying language has been added to this section as well as sections 104, 108, 201, 303, 305, 402 and 403 to ensure that the Commission's responsibilities for meeting its NEPA obligations, such as those for conducting scoping (40 CFR 1501.7) and obtaining, assessing, and addressing comments (40 CFR 1503.1 and 1503.4), are clearly stated.
To further clarify from the comment noted above regarding the “approving official,” we added language to indicate the Federal Co-Chair shall designate the Commission's Approving Official whose responsibilities include providing direction and guidance to applicants.
The Public involvement section was revised to include a “variance” provision, allowing the Commission, in the interests of national security or the public health, safety, or welfare, to reduce any public comment periods that are not required by the CEQ Regulations, in new paragraph (d) in this section. The 2004 proposed rule included the variance provision as § 900.202(c) in the Emergency actions and variance section, and this was interpreted as being limited to public comment periods that apply to emergency actions. On the contrary, this provision, which also requires the Commission to publish a
One commenter objected to proposed paragraph 900.202(c) allowing the Commission to reduce any time periods that are not required by the CEQ regulations in the interests of national security or the public health, safety, or welfare, and suggested that we limit its scope to emergency actions outlined in paragraphs (a) and (b). We disagree. Paragraphs (a) and (b) refer to emergency actions, whereas paragraph (c) applies only to time periods not required by the CEQ regulations. We propose moving paragraph (c) from the Emergency actions § 900.202 to the Public involvement § 900.108 to underscore that it is not limited to emergency actions and that it has wider application. This provision is not designed to sidestep NEPA requirements, but rather to allow some flexibility within the Commission's own time periods, and this is now explicitly stated. Further, the threshold of “national security or the public health, safety and welfare” is high, and any time reduction requires both justification and notification.
A commenter suggested we include language from 40 CFR 1508.27(b)(10) as an extraordinary circumstance. We agree and have added paragraph (c)(10) to this section. We have also more fully explained the use of the checklist and the application of extraordinary circumstances.
Another suggestion under this section was to include Congressionally delegated LUD II's (USDA Forest Service Land Use Designation II) and areas important for customary and traditional uses of fish and wildlife resources, recreation, and critical wildlife habitat values, such as Old Growth Habitat as designated by the USDA Forest Service. We appreciate the suggestion but disagree that the additions are necessary. Critical wildlife habitats are covered under paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section, while paragraph (c)(12)(iii) covers natural resources and unique geographic characteristics. The listing of sensitive resources in paragraphs (c)(12)(i) through (iii) is not intended to be exhaustive, and the following list is more comprehensive than that listed in the CEQ regulations at 40 CFR 1508.27(b)(3). Further, in the event that a proposal does not have an adverse effect on an environmentally sensitive resource but is highly controversial, that will be considered an extraordinary circumstance and require environmental review.
In a different section a commenter asked for direction regarding FONSIs. After careful review, we found each reference to both FONSIs and NOIs and noted that each shall be prepared in accordance with this part. In this section, we clarified that FONSI's shall be prepared in accordance with subpart C of this part.
We propose to include a new section on Programmatic environmental reviews in § 900.207. This section acknowledges the Commission's ability to prepare or adopt programmatic NEPA documents, include programmatic EAs or programmatic EISs, and to tier to those documents when conducting NEPA reviews for subsequent project-specific actions. Proposed § 900.207 is intended to facilitate the Commission's use of programmatic EAs and programmatic EISs consistent with the CEQ final guidance, “Effective Use of Programmatic NEPA Reviews” (December 18, 2014).
For clarity, we now refer to the “Commission,” rather than the “responsible Commission official.” We note that FONSI's and NOI's shall be prepared in accordance with this part. We also explain the Commission's role and responsibilities and reiterate the principles set out in § 900.106, when applicants are involved.
The Commission's responsibility for providing notice of the availability of environmental documents has been clearly stated in paragraph (b).
One commenter noted that FONSI's are referenced twice in this section, but there is no information as to the content or availability of the FONSI. We have reviewed the section and added clarification directing readers to § 900.305.
The Commission's role and responsibilities have been clarified and the section states that the Commission is responsible for the governmental functions of compiling the public hearing summary or minutes, and written comments and responses record.
A suggestion was made to include language regarding sensitive resources in § 900.204 in paragraph (c) of this section to include consideration of other environmental processes. Sensitive resources are appropriately considered an extraordinary circumstance covered under § 900.204(c).
The role of an applicant and the Commission's role and responsibilities have been clarified. Language has been added to reemphasize the responsibilities of the Commission set out in § 900.106.
A commenter noted appreciation for our effort to provide examples of when to prepare an EIS, but thought our listing unreasonably narrow. We appreciate the comment, but disagree with the conclusion. The listing is not meant to be a comprehensive list, merely a guide. Our regulations, at § 900.206, do provide that an EIS is required when a project is determined to have a potentially significant impact on the human environment (40 CFR 1502.3) as the commenter requests.
A commenter noted the language in A5 could be construed to remove NEPA review at an early stage. We reviewed the section and disagree. The intent of this CATEX is to exclude the actual planning and design process of a proposal from NEPA review, not to exclude the entire proposal. In fact, the NEPA review begins in the facility planning and design phase. This CATEX is necessary to get to the point where NEPA review can begin.
A commenter was concerned that the actions in category A6 could disturb fish and wildlife populations or allow for actions incompatible with an area's conservation system unit values. We have included sensitive resources and subsistence activities in the list of extraordinary circumstances in § 900.204(c), which will address this concern.
Administrative practice and procedure, Environmental impact statements, Environmental protection.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Denali Commission proposes to establish Title 45 of the CFR, Chapter IX, consisting of parts 900 through 999 to read as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3121, 4321; 40 CFR parts 1500 through1508.
This regulation (45 CFR part 900) prescribes the policies and procedures of the Denali Commission (Commission) for implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347) and the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508). This regulation also addresses other related federal environmental laws, statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders that apply to Commission administrative actions. This part supplements, and is to be used in conjunction with, 40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508, consistent with 40 CFR 1507.3.
It is the policy of the Commission to:
(a) Comply with the procedures and policies of NEPA and other related environmental laws, regulations, and orders applicable to Commission actions;
(b) Provide guidance to applicants responsible for ensuring that proposals comply with all appropriate Commission requirements;
(c) Integrate NEPA requirements and other planning and environmental review procedures required by law or Commission practice so that all such procedures run concurrently rather than consecutively;
(d) Encourage and facilitate public involvement in Commission decisions that affect the quality of the human environment;
(e) Use the NEPA process to identify and assess reasonable alternatives to proposed Commission actions to avoid or minimize adverse effects upon the quality of the human environment;
(f) Use all practicable means consistent with NEPA and other essential considerations of national policy to restore or enhance the quality of the human environment and avoid or minimize any possible adverse effects of the Commission's actions upon the quality of the human environment; and
(g) Consider and give important weight to factors including customary and traditional uses of resources, recreation, and the objectives of Federal, regional, State, local and tribal land use plans, policies, and controls for the area concerned in developing proposals and making decisions in order to achieve a proper balance between the development and utilization of natural, cultural and human resources and the protection and enhancement of environmental quality (see NEPA section 101 and 40 CFR 1508.14). In particular the Commission will consider potential effects on subsistence activities, which are critically important to the daily existence of Alaska Native villages.
(a) For the purposes of this part, the definitions in the CEQ Regulations, 40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508, are adopted and supplemented as set out below. In the event of a conflict the CEQ Regulations apply.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(a) The following abbreviations are used throughout this part:
(1) CATEX—Categorical exclusions;
(2) CEQ—Council on Environmental Quality;
(3) EA—Environmental assessment;
(4) EIS—Environmental impact statement;
(5) FONSI—Finding of no significant impact;
(6) NEPA—National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended;
(7) NOI—Notice of intent;
(8) ROD—Record of decision.
The Denali Commission was created to deliver the services of the federal government in the most cost-effective manner practicable. In order to reduce administrative and overhead costs, the Commission partners with federal, state and local agencies and Alaska Native villages and commonly depends on these governmental agencies for project management. Consequently, the Commission generally relies on the expertise and processes already in use by partnering agencies to help prepare Commission NEPA analyses and documents.
(a) With federal partners, the Commission will work as either a joint lead agency (40 CFR 1501.5 and 1508.16) or cooperating agency (40 CFR 1501.6 and 1508.5). The Commission may invite other Federal agencies to serve as lead agency or as a cooperating agency.
(b) Consistent with 40 CFR 1508.5, the Commission will typically invite Alaska Native villages and state and local government partners to serve as cooperating agencies.
(c) Requests for the Commission to serve as a lead agency (40 CFR 1501.5(d)), for CEQ to determine which Federal agency shall be the lead agency (40 CFR 1501.5(e)), or for the Commission to serve as a cooperating agency (40 CFR 1501.6(a)(1)) shall be mailed to the Federal Co-Chair, Denali Commission; 510 L Street, Suite 410; Anchorage, AK 99501.
(b) Applicants shall work under Commission direction provided by the Approving Official, and assist the Commission in fulfilling its NEPA obligations by preparing NEPA analyses and documents that comply with the provisions of NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347), the CEQ regulations (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508), and the requirements set forth in this part.
(c) Applicants shall follow Commission direction when they assist the Commission with the following responsibilities, among others:
(1) Prepare and disseminate applicable environmental documentation concurrent with a proposal's engineering, planning, and design;
(2) Create and distribute public notices;
(3) Coordinate public hearings and meetings as required;
(4) Submit all environmental documents created pursuant to this part to the Commission for review and approval before public distribution;
(5) Participate in all Commission-conducted hearings or meetings;
(6) Consult with the Commission prior to obtaining the services of an environmental consultant; in the case that an EIS is required, the consultant or contractor will be selected by the Commission; and
(7) Implement mitigation measures included as voluntary commitments by the applicant or as requirements of the applicant in environmental documents.
(a) The Federal Co-Chair or his/her designee shall designate an Approving Official for each Commission proposal, and shall provide environmental guidance to the Approving Official;
(b) The Approving Official shall provide direction and guidance to the applicant as well as identification and development of required analyses and documentation;
(c) The Approving Official shall make an independent evaluation of the environmental issues, take responsibility for the scope and content of the environmental document (EA or EIS), and make the environmental finding; and
(d) The Approving Official shall ensure mitigation measures included in environmental documents are implemented.
In accordance with § 900.104, the Commission may defer the lead agency role to other federal agencies in accordance with 40 CFR 1501.5, and the Commission will then exercise its role as a cooperating agency in accordance with 40 CFR 1501.6.
(a) When public involvement is required pursuant to subparts C and D of this part, interested persons and the affected public shall be provided notice of the availability of environmental documents, NEPA-related hearings, and
(b) Applicants shall assist the Commission in providing the opportunity for public participation and considering the public comments on the proposal as described in subparts C and D of this part.
(c) Interested persons can obtain information or status reports on EISs and other elements of the NEPA process from the Commission's office at 510 L Street, Suite 410; Anchorage, Alaska 99501; or on the Commission Web site at
(d) In the interests of national security or the public health, safety, or welfare, the Commission may reduce any time periods that the Commission has established and that are not required by the CEQ Regulations. The Commission shall publish a notice on the Web site at
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) The Commission shall determine, under the procedures detailed in the CEQ Regulations (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508), and this part, whether any Commission proposal:
(1) Is categorically excluded from preparation of either an EA or an EIS;
(2) Requires preparation of an EA; or
(3) Requires preparation of an EIS.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Commission may prepare a NEPA document for any Commission action at any time in order to further the purposes of NEPA. This NEPA document may be done to analyze the consequences of ongoing activities, to support Commission planning, to assess the need for mitigation, to disclose fully the potential environmental consequences of Commission actions, or for any other reason. Documents prepared under this paragraph shall be prepared in the same manner as Commission documents prepared under this part.
(a)
(b)
(1) The action has not been segmented (too narrowly defined or broken down into small parts in order minimize its potential effects and avoid a higher level of NEPA review) and its scope includes the consideration of connected actions and, when evaluating extraordinary circumstances, cumulative impacts.
(2) No extraordinary circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section exist, unless resolved through other regulatory means.
(3) One categorical exclusion described in either section of Appendix A encompasses the proposed action.
(c)
(1) Have a reasonable likelihood of significant impacts on public health, public safety, or the environment;
(2) Have effects on the environment that are likely to be highly controversial or involve unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources;
(3) Have possible effects on the human environment that are highly uncertain, involve unique or unknown risks, or are scientifically controversial;
(4) Establish a precedent for future action or represent a decision in principle about future actions with potentially significant environmental effects;
(5) Relate to other actions with individually insignificant but cumulatively significant environmental effects;
(6) Have a greater scope or size than is normal for the category of action;
(7) Have the potential to degrade already existing poor environmental conditions or to initiate a degrading influence, activity, or effect in areas not already significantly modified from their natural condition;
(8) Have a disproportionately high and adverse effect on low income or minority populations (see Executive Order 12898);
(9) Limit access to and ceremonial use of Indian sacred sites on federal lands by Indian religious practitioners or adversely affect the physical integrity of such sacred sites (see Executive Order 13007);
(10) Threaten a violation of a federal, tribal, state or local law or requirement imposed for the protection of the environment;
(11) Have a reasonable likelihood of significant impact to subsistence activities; or
(12) Have a reasonable likelihood of significant impacts on environmentally sensitive resources, such as:
(i) Properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places;
(ii) Species listed, or proposed to be listed, on the List of Endangered or Threatened Species, or their habitat; or
(iii) Natural resources and unique geographic characteristics such as historic or cultural resources; park, recreation or refuge lands; wilderness areas; wild or scenic rivers; national natural landmarks; sole or principal drinking water aquifers; prime farmlands; special aquatic sites (defined under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act); floodplains; national monuments; and other ecologically significant or critical areas.
(a) An EA is required for all proposals, except those exempt or categorically excluded under this part, and those requiring or determined to require an EIS. EAs provide sufficient evidence and analysis to determine whether to prepare an EIS or a finding of no significant impact (FONSI).
(b) In addition, an EA may be prepared on any action at any time in order to assist in planning and decision making, to aid in the Commission's compliance with NEPA when no EIS is necessary, or to facilitate EIS preparation.
(c) EAs shall be prepared in accordance with subpart C of this part and shall contain analyses to support conclusions regarding environmental impacts. If a FONSI is proposed, it shall be prepared in accordance with § 900.305.
An EIS is required when the project is determined to have a potentially significant impact on the human environment. EISs shall be prepared in accordance with subpart D of this part.
(a) A programmatic NEPA review is used to assess the environmental impacts of a proposed action that is broad in reach, such as a program, plan, or policy (see 40 CFR 1502.4). Analyses of subsequent actions that fall within the program, plan, or policy may be tiered to the programmatic review, as described in 40 CFR 1502.20 and 1508.28.
(b) Programmatic NEPA reviews may take the form of a programmatic EA or a programmatic EIS.
(c) A programmatic EA shall meet all of the requirements for EAs in subpart C of this part, including those for content and public involvement. In order to adopt a programmatic EA prepared by another agency that did not provide the same public involvement opportunities as the Commission, the Commission shall provide notice of the availability of the programmatic EA and make it available for public comment consistent with § 900.303(b) and (c) before adopting it.
(d) A programmatic EIS shall meet all of the requirements for EISs in subpart D of this part and in 40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508.
(a) An EA shall include brief discussions of the need for the proposal; of alternatives to the proposal as required by NEPA section 102(2)(E); and of the environmental impacts of the proposal and alternatives. The EA shall also include a listing of agencies and persons consulted.
(b) An EA may describe a broad range of alternatives and proposed mitigation measures to facilitate planning and decisionmaking.
(c) The EA should also document compliance, to the extent possible, with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders, or provide reasonable assurance that those requirements can be met.
(d) The level of detail and depth of impact analysis will normally be limited to the minimum needed to determine the significance of potential environmental effects.
(a) The Commission may adopt an environmental document prepared for a proposal before the Commission by another agency or an applicant when the EA, or a portion thereof, addresses the proposed action and meets the
(b) An environmental document or portion thereof prepared for a proposal before the Commission by another agency or applicant, may be incorporated by reference in accordance with 40 CFR 1502.21 and used in preparing an EA in accordance with 40 CFR 1501.4(e) and 1506.5(a), provided that the Commission makes its own evaluation of the environmental issues and takes responsibility for the scope and content of the EA in accordance with 40 CFR 1506.5(b).
(c) The Commission may use an environmental document that, upon independent evaluation, is found not to comply with the requirements of an EA, if the document is incorporated by reference in accordance with 40 CFR 1502.21 and is augmented as necessary to meet the requirements of an EA or an EIS.
(d) If an EA is adopted or incorporated by reference under this section, the Commission shall prepare a notice of availability and proposed FONSI; or, if the EA results in the decision to do an EIS, the Commission shall prepare a notice of intent (NOI). In either case, the FONSI or NOI shall be prepared in accordance with this part and shall acknowledge the origin of the EA, and the Commission shall make its own evaluation of the environmental issues and take full responsibility for the scope and content of the EA in accordance with 40 CFR 1506.5(b).
(e) The Commission may adopt a programmatic EA prepared by another agency consistent with § 900.207(c).
(a) Commission approval is required before an EA is made available to the public and the notice of availability is published.
(b) The public shall be provided notice of the availability of EAs and draft FONSIs in accordance with 40 CFR 1506.6 and § 900.108(a) by the Approving Official. The Approving Official is responsible for making the EA available for public inspection and will provide hard copies on request to the affected units of Alaska Native/American Indian tribal organizations and/or local government.
(c) EAs and draft FONSIs will be available for public comment for not less than 15 calendar days but may be published for a longer period of time as determined by the Approving Official.
(d) Final Commission action will be taken after public comments received on an EA or draft FONSI are reviewed and considered.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) The proposed action is, or is closely similar to, one which normally requires the preparation of an environmental impact statement under § 900.405; or
(2) The nature of the proposed action is one without precedent.
Proposals that normally require preparation of an EA include the following:
(a) Initial field demonstration of a new technology; and
(b) Field trials of a new product or new uses of an existing technology.
(a) The Commission shall publish a NOI, as described in 40 CFR 1508.22, in the
(b) Publication of the NOI in the
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a) Supplements to either draft or final EISs shall be prepared, as prescribed in 40 CFR 1502.9, when substantial changes are proposed in a project that are relevant to environmental concerns; or when there are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and bearing on the proposed action or its impacts.
(b) Where action remains to be taken and the EIS is more than a year old, the Commission will review the EIS to determine whether it is adequate or requires supplementation.
(c) The Commission shall prepare, circulate and file a supplement to an EIS in the same fashion (exclusive of scoping) as a draft and final EIS. In addition, the supplement and accompanying administrative record shall be included in the administrative record for the proposal. When an applicant is involved, the applicant shall, under the direction of the approving official, provide assistance.
(d) An NOI to prepare a supplement to a final EIS will be published in those cases where a ROD has already been issued.
(a) The Commission may adopt a draft or final EIS or portion thereof (see 40 CFR 1506.3), including a programmatic EIS, prepared by another agency.
(b) If the actions covered by the original EIS and the proposal are substantially the same, the Commission shall recirculate it as a final statement. Otherwise, the Commission shall treat the statement as a draft and recirculate it except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Where the Commission is a cooperating agency, it may adopt the EIS of the lead agency without recirculating it when, after an independent review of the EIS, the Commission concludes that its comments and suggestions have been satisfied.
(d) When the Commission adopts an EIS which is not final within the agency that prepared it, or when the action it assesses is the subject of a referral under 40 CFR part 1504, or when the EIS's adequacy is the subject of a judicial action which is not final, the Commission shall so specify.
The Approving Official shall assure that an EIS will be prepared and issued for proposals when it is determined that any of the following conditions exist:
(a) The proposal may significantly affect the pattern and type of land use (industrial, commercial, agricultural, recreational, residential) or the growth and distribution of population;
(b) The use or effects of any structure or facility constructed or operated under the proposal may conflict with federal, tribal, state, regional or local land use plans or policies;
(c) The proposal may have significant adverse effects on special aquatic sites (defined under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act), including indirect and cumulative effects, or any major part of a structure or facility constructed or operated under the proposal may be located in special aquatic sites;
(d) The proposal may likely adversely affect species protected under the Endangered Species Act or their habitats, such as when a structure or a facility constructed or operated under the proposal may be located in the habitat;
(e) Implementation of the proposal may directly cause or induce changes that significantly:
(1) Displace population;
(2) Alter the character of existing residential areas; or
(3) Adversely affect a floodplain.
Actions consistent with any of the following categories are, in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, categorically excluded from further analysis in an EA or EIS:
A1. Routine administrative and management activities including, but not limited to, those activities related to budgeting, finance, personnel actions, procurement activities, compliance with applicable executive orders and procedures for sustainable or “greened” procurement, retaining legal counsel, public affairs activities (
A2. Routine activities that the Commission does to support its program partners and stakeholders, such as serving on task forces, ad hoc committees or representing Commission interests in other forums.
A3. Approving and issuing grants for administrative overhead support.
A4. Approving and issuing grants for social services, education and training programs, including but not limited to support for Head Start, senior citizen programs, drug treatment programs, and funding internships, except for projects involving construction, renovation, or changes in land use.
A5. Approving and issuing grants for facility planning and design.
A6. Nondestructive data collection, inventory, study, research, and monitoring activities (
A7. Research, planning grants and technical assistance projects that are not reasonably expected to commit the federal government to a course of action, to result in legislative proposals, or to result in direct development.
A8. Acquisition and installation of equipment including, but not limited to, EMS, emergency and non-expendable medical equipment (
Actions consistent with any of the following categories are, in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, categorically excluded from further analysis and documentation in an EA or EIS upon completion of the Denali Commission CATEX checklist:
B1. Upgrade, repair, maintenance, replacement, or minor renovations and additions to buildings, roads, harbors and
B2. Engineering studies and investigations that do not permanently change the environment.
B3. Construction or lease of new infrastructure including, but not limited to, health care facilities, community buildings, housing, and bulk fuel storage and power generation plants, where such lease or construction:
(a) Is at the site of existing infrastructure and capacity is not substantially increased; or
(b) Is for infrastructure of less than 12,000 square feet of useable space when less than two aces of surface land area are involved at a new site.
B4. Construction or modification of electric power stations or interconnection facilities (including, but not limited to, switching stations and support facilities).
B5. Construction of electric powerlines approximately ten miles in length or less, or approximately 20 miles in length or less within previously disturbed or developed powerline or pipeline rights-of-way.
B6. Upgrading or rebuilding approximately twenty miles in length or less of existing electric powerlines, which may involve minor relocations of small segments or the powerlines.
B7. Demolition, disposal, or improvements involving buildings or structures when done in accordance with applicable regulations, including those regulations applying to removal of asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and other hazardous materials.
B8. Project or program actions for which applicable environmental documentation has been prepared previously, by either the Commission or another federal agency, and environmental circumstances have not subsequently changed.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule; withdrawal.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service, or we), withdraw a 2003 proposed rule to approve a sustainable-use management plan developed by the Management Authority of Argentina for blue-fronted amazon parrots
This document is withdrawn as of December 21, 2015.
Craig Hoover, Chief, Division of Management Authority, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: IA; 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2095; facsimile 703-358-2298. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.
The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) is an international treaty designed to regulate international trade in certain animal and plant species that are now, or may become, threatened with extinction. These species are listed in the Appendices to CITES, which are available on the CITES Secretariat's Web site at
The Wild Bird Conservation Act of 1992 (WBCA) limits or prohibits import into the United States of exotic bird species to ensure that their wild populations are not harmed by international trade. It also encourages wild bird conservation programs in countries of origin by ensuring that all imports of such species are biologically sustainable and not detrimental to the survival of the species.
On November 16, 1993, we published a final rule in the
Argentina petitioned the Service to allow the import into the United States of blue-fronted amazon parrots
Later that year, on August 6, 2003, we published a proposed rule in the
On March 29, 2005, we published a notice in the
We reviewed the public comments received during the open comment periods for the notice and the proposed rule and new information that became available after the publication of the proposed rule. We also reevaluated information in our files, our proposed rule, and Argentina's request, in accordance with our approval criteria in 50 CFR 15.32. As a result, we determined that it was unlikely that we would be able to make a positive finding for the sustainable-use management plan developed by Argentina for blue-fronted amazon parrots under the WBCA. Subsequently, Argentina determined that the best course of action would be to withdraw their application. Argentina withdrew its application by letter (undated) from the CITES Management Authority of Argentina (Ministry of the Environment of Sustainable Development), therefore, we are withdrawing our proposed rule of August 6, 2003 (68 FR 46559).
The primary author of this document is Clifton A. Horton, Division of Management Authority, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (see
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Del Norte County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Crescent City, California. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with title II of the Act. Additional RAC information, including the meeting agenda and the meeting summary/minutes can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held January 7, 2016, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Del Norte County Unified School District, Redwood Room, 301 West Washington Boulevard, Crescent City, California.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Lynn Wright, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 707-441-3562 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
• Provide updates regarding status of Secure Rural Schools Title II program and funding; and
• Review and potentially recommend projects eligible for funding.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by January 4, 2016 to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Lynn Wright, RAC Coordinator, Six Rivers NF Office, 1330 Bayshore Way, Eureka, CA. 95501; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Del Norte County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Crescent City, California. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with title II of the Act. Additional RAC information, including the meeting agenda and the meeting summary/minutes can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held January 14, 2016, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Del Norte County Unified School District, Redwood Room, 301 West Washington Boulevard, Crescent City, California.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Lynn Wright, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 707-441-3562 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
• Provide updates regarding status of Secure Rural Schools Title II program and funding; and
• Review and recommend potential projects eligible for funding.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by January 7, 2016 to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Lynn Wright, RAC Coordinator, Six Rivers NF Office, 1330 Bayshore Way, Eureka, CA. 95501; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.
As directed by the National Forest Management Act (NFMA), the USDA Forest Service is preparing the Chugach National Forest's revised land management plan (forest plan), which requires preparation of an environmental impact statement (EIS). Publication of this notice marks the initiation of the public scoping period for the proposed action. This notice briefly describes the nature of the decision to be made, the proposed action, and information concerning public participation. It also provides estimated dates for filing the EIS, the name and address of the responsible agency official, and the individuals who can provide additional information. The revised forest plan will supersede the existing forest plan that was approved by the Regional Forester in 2002. The existing forest plan will remain in effect until the revised forest plan takes effect.
Comments concerning the proposed action provided in this notice will be most useful in the development of the proposed revised forest plan and draft EIS if received by February 17, 2016. The agency expects to release the proposed revised forest plan and draft EIS for formal comment by summer 2016 and a final EIS and draft record of decision by April 2017.
Comments may be sent in one of the following ways: (1) Via the Forest Plan Revision Web page at
Mary C. Rasmussen, Forest Plan Revision Team Leader, at
Several areas where changes are needed in the Chugach Forest Plan surfaced from the requirements of the 2012 Planning Rule for the National Forest System, findings from the development of the Assessment of the Chugach National Forest (a precursor document in the planning process that identified and evaluated the existing condition across the forest landscape), changes in conditions and demands since the 2002 forest plan, and public concerns to date.
The 2012 Planning Rule, which became effective May 9, 2012, requires inclusion of plan components that address social and economic sustainability, ecosystem services, and multiple uses integrated with the plan components for ecological sustainability and species diversity. Social and economic management direction is needed to provide people and communities with a range of social and economic benefits for present and future generations. To meet the Planning Rule's requirement to provide for ecological sustainability, management direction is needed that addresses ecosystem diversity (including key ecosystem characteristics and their integrity), in light of changes in climate, federal subsistence regulations, land ownership and recreational use patterns, and threats to ecosystem integrity from invasive species and pollution sources (
The Forest Service is preparing the Chugach National Forest revised land management plan. The detailed proposed action is available on the Forest's Web site at:
The proposed action includes plan components to maintain or restore ecological conditions that contribute to maintaining viable populations of dusky Canada goose
As the forest plan is revised, the responsible official will use the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
The responsible official will also determine whether to make new recommendations for Wilderness and other designated areas.
The revised forest plan will provide strategic direction and a framework for decision making during the life of the plan, but it will not make site-specific project decisions and will not dictate day-to-day administrative activities needed to carry on the Forest Service's internal operations. The authorization of project-level activities will be based on the direction contained in the revised forest plan, but will occur through subsequent project specific decision making, including NEPA analysis.
The revised forest plan will provide broad, strategic guidance designed to supplement, not replace, overarching laws and regulations. Though strategic guidance will be provided, no decisions will be made regarding the management of individual roads or trails, such as those that might be associated with a travel management plan under 36 CFR part 212. Some issues, although important, are beyond the authority or control of a forest plan and will not be addressed during this revision process. For example, the revision process cannot be used to modify inventoried roadless area boundaries established by the Roadless Area Conservation Rule.
The responsible official who will approve the Record of Decision is Terri Marceron, Forest Supervisor for the Chugach National Forest, 161 East 1st Avenue, Door 8, Anchorage, AK 99501.
Preparation of the revised forest plan for the Chugach National Forest began with the publication of a Notice of Initiation in the
This notice of intent initiates the scoping process, which guides the development of the EIS. Written comments received in response to this notice will be analyzed to further develop the proposed revised forest plan and identify potential significant issues. Significant issues will, in turn, form the basis for developing alternatives to the proposed action.
It is important that reviewers provide their comments such that they are useful to the agency's preparation of the EIS. Comments on the proposed action will be most valuable if received within 60 days of the publication of this notice and should clearly articulate the reviewer's opinions and concerns.
Comments received in response to this solicitation, including names and addresses of those who comment, will become part of the public record. Comments submitted anonymously will be accepted and considered; however, anonymous comments will not provide the Agency with the ability to provide the respondent with subsequent environmental documents. See the section below concerning the objection process and the requirements for filing an objection.
While we are interested in all comments related to the proposed action, the Forest Service is particularly interested in receiving comments about which if any areas of the Chugach National Forest should be included in the analysis of wilderness character. The areas analyzed will form the basis for recommendations for future Wilderness designation.
Beginning in March 2012, the Forest Service began to lay the foundation to engage the public about the forest plan revision process. The public and stakeholders were informed through press releases, letters and Web-based information, and the Forest Service partnered with the University of Alaska Anchorage (UAA) to hold 10 community workshops in the spring of 2012. Additionally, an online participatory mapping interface (Talking Points) was available for the public to use from April to November 2012.
On January 31, 2013, the Forest Service issued a news release announcing the beginning of the first phase of the planning process. On February 7, 2013, a legal notice was published in the Anchorage Daily News announcing the beginning of the assessment phase of the plan revision and upcoming opportunities for public engagement. Eighteen additional public meetings and workshops were held in local communities in 2013. In addition to these efforts, the Forest Service also conducted a series of targeted outreach efforts to federally recognized Alaska Native Tribes and Corporations, youth, new audiences, permittees, and neighboring landowners, including the State of Alaska, to capture stakeholder input for the assessment.
A public comment period with nine accompanying “open house” meetings was held in spring 2015 following publication of the following documents: Preliminary Need to Change Report; Draft Wilderness Inventory and Evaluation Report; Wild, Scenic and Recreational Rivers Evaluation Report; and a spring 2015 Plan Revision newsletter.
The public engagement strategy for early 2016 will focus on issue identification and alternative development. Engagement tools include: Keeping the Plan Revision Web page updated; notifying mailing list subscribers and interested parties when information is available; and soliciting invitations to stakeholder meetings to present additional forest plan revision information. Additional comment periods and public meetings will be scheduled to coincide with the availability of the revised forest plan and draft environmental impact statement expected in July 2016.
The decision to approve the revised forest plan for the Chugach National Forest will be subject to the objection process identified in 36 CFR 219 Subpart B (219.50 to 219.62). According to 36 CFR 219.53(a), those who may file an objection are individuals and entities who have submitted substantive formal comments related to plan revision during the opportunities provided for public comment during the planning process.
The detailed proposed action text describing preliminary desired conditions, objectives, standards, guidelines, and other plan content; the 2015 Need for Change; the 2014 Assessment; other documents that support the proposed action; and information from previous public meetings are posted on the Chugach National Forest's Web site at:
16 U.S.C. 1600-1614; 36 CFR part 219 [77 FR 21162-21276].
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of the determinations by the Department of Commerce (“Department”) and the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) that revocation of the antidumping duty (“AD”) order on certain potassium phosphate salts (“salts”) from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”) would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, the Department is publishing a notice of continuation of the antidumping duty order. As a result of the determinations by the Department and the ITC that revocation of the countervailing duty (“CVD”) order on salts from the PRC would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy and material injury to an industry in the United States, the Department is publishing a notice of continuation of the CVD order.
Effective Date: December 21, 2015.
Ryan Mullen, AD/CVD Operations, Office V (AD Order), or Jacky Arrowsmith, AD/CVD Operations, Office VII (CVD Order), Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5260 or (202) 482-5255, respectively.
On June 1, 2010, the Department published its
The phosphate salts covered by the scope of the order include anhydrous Dipotassium Phosphate (DKP) and Tetrapotassium Pyrophosphate (TKPP), whether anhydrous or in solution (collectively “phosphate salts”).
TKPP, also known as normal potassium pyrophosphate, Diphosphoric acid or Tetrapotassium salt, is a potassium salt with the formula K
DKP, also known as Dipotassium salt, Dipotassium hydrogen orthophosphate or Potassium phosphate, dibasic, has a chemical formula of K
The products covered by this order include the foregoing phosphate salts in all grades, whether food grade or technical grade. The products covered by this order also include anhydrous DKP without regard to the physical form, whether crushed, granule, powder or fines. Also covered are all forms of TKPP, whether crushed, granule, powder, fines or solution.
For purposes of the order, the narrative description is dispositive, and not the tariff heading, American Chemical Society, CAS registry number or CAS name, or the specific percentage chemical composition identified above.
As a result of the determinations by the Department and the ITC that revocation of the AD order would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and that revocation of the CVD order would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 751(d)(2) of the Act, the Department hereby orders the continuation of the AD and CVD orders on salts from the PRC. U.S. Customs and Border Protection will continue to collect AD and CVD cash deposits at the rates in effect at the time of entry for all imports of subject merchandise.
The effective date of the continuation of the AD and CVD orders will be the date of publication in the
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of an open meeting.
The United States Manufacturing Council (Council) will hold an open meeting via teleconference on Wednesday, January 20, 2016. The Council was established in April 2004 to advise the Secretary of Commerce on matters relating to the U.S. manufacturing industry. The purpose of the meeting is for Council members to review and deliberate on a recommendation by the Innovation, Research and Development Subcommittee focused on the National Network for Manufacturing Innovation Institutes for Manufacturing Innovation. The final agenda will be posted on the Department of Commerce Web site for the Council at
Wednesday, January 20, 2016, 12:00 p.m.-1:00 p.m. The deadline for members of the public to register, including requests to make comments during the meeting and for auxiliary aids, or to submit written comments for dissemination prior to the meeting, is 5 p.m. EST on January 11, 2016.
The meeting will be held by conference call. The call-in number and passcode will be provided by email to registrants. Requests to register (including to speak or for auxiliary aids) and any written comments should be submitted to: U.S. Manufacturing Council, U.S. Department of Commerce, Room 4043, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; email:
Archana Sahgal, U.S. Manufacturing Council, Room 4043, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, telephone: 202-482-4501, email:
In addition, any member of the public may submit pertinent written comments concerning the Council's affairs at any time before or after the meeting. Comments may be submitted to Archana Sahgal at the contact information indicated above. To be considered during the meeting, comments must be received no later than 5:00 p.m. EST on January 11, 2016, to ensure transmission to the Board prior to the meeting. Comments received after that date and time will be distributed to the members but may not be considered on the call. Copies of Council meeting minutes will be available within 90 days of the meeting.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of the respective determinations by the Department of Commerce (“the Department”) and the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) that revocation of the antidumping duty order on certain cut-to-length carbon steel plate (“CTL plate”) from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”), and the termination of the suspension agreements and the underlying antidumping duty investigations on CTL plate from the Russian Federation (“Russia”) and Ukraine (collectively, “the Agreements”), would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, the Department is publishing this notice of continuation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and continuation of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine.
Howard Smith (PRC), David Cordell (Russia) or Julie Santoboni (Ukraine), Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-5193, (202) 482-0408 or (202) 482-3063, respectively.
The Department initiated, and the ITC instituted, sunset reviews of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”).
As a result of its reviews, pursuant to sections 751(c) and 752 of the Act, the Department determined that revocation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and termination of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and notified the ITC of the magnitude of the margins likely to prevail, should the order and the Agreements be revoked or terminated, respectively.
On December 9, 2015, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, the ITC determined that revocation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and termination of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time.
Therefore, pursuant to section 351.218(f)(4) of the Department's regulations, the Department is publishing this notice of the continuation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and continuation of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine.
The products covered under the antidumping duty order and the Agreements are hot-rolled iron and non-alloy steel universal mill plates (
As a result of the respective determinations by the Department and the ITC that revocation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and termination of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 751(d)(2) of the Act, the Department hereby gives notice of the continuation of the antidumping duty order on CTL plate from the PRC and the continuation of the Agreements on CTL plate from Russia and Ukraine. The effective dates of continuation will be the date of publication in the
These five-year (sunset) reviews and notice are in accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and published pursuant to section 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(f)(4).
Pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Educational, Scientific and Cultural Materials Importation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-651, as amended by Pub. L. 106-36; 80 Stat. 897; 15 CFR part 301), we invite comments on the question of whether instruments of equivalent scientific value, for the purposes for which the instruments shown below are intended to be used, are being manufactured in the United States.
Comments must comply with 15 CFR 301.5(a)(3) and (4) of the regulations and be postmarked on or before (Insert date 20 days after publication in the
Docket Number: 15-048. Applicant: Battelle/Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, 790 6th Street, Richland, WA 99352. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI, Co., Czech Republic. Intended Use: The instrument will be used to study radioactive ceramic and metallic materials including irradiated fuel-type materials. Justification for Duty-Free Entry: There are no instruments of the same general category manufactured in the United States. Application accepted by Commissioner of Customs: October 30, 2015.
Docket Number: 15-050. Applicant: Rutgers University, 89 French Street, New Brunswick, NJ 08901. Instrument: Junior Micromanipulator unit with remote control system, shifting table and chamber unit parts. Manufacturer: Luigs & Neumann, Germany. Intended Use: The instrument will be used to simultaneously measure the microscopic electric signals generated from neurons, specifically the patch-clamp whole cell recordings from neurons, to identify specific alterations in synaptic transmission that leads to neuropsychiatric or neurological disorders. The instrument is a highly flexible, highly precise system, offering the highest mechanical resolution and smoothest movement because of its patented spindle nut system, which guarantees a unique and extraordinary stability for long term recordings. The step motor is decoupled preventing a thermal bridge from the motor to the machine and also prevents vibration
Docket Number: 15-053. Applicant: University of California at San Diego, 9500 Gilman Drive, MC 0651, GPL Building, Room H204, La Jolla, CA 92093-0651. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, the Netherlands. Intended Use: The instrument will be used to determine three-dimensional structures of macromolecules to understand their normal functions in the cell and thus how these functions are altered in disease states. Justification for Duty-Free Entry: There are no instruments of the same general category manufactured in the United States. Application accepted by Commissioner of Customs: November 2, 2015.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Workshop to discuss design considerations for a potential citizen science program.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) is considering developing a comprehensive citizen science program. This workshop will be convened to consider program goals and design, and gather input from constituents and potential regional partners and collaborators. See
The workshop will be held 1 p.m.-6 p.m., Tuesday, January 19, 2016; 8:30 a.m.-6 p.m., Wednesday, January 20, 2016; and 8:30 a.m.-5 p.m., Thursday, January 21, 2016.
The meeting will be held at the Town and Country Inn, 2008 Savannah Highway, Charleston, SC 29407; phone: (843) 571-1000.
John Carmichael, Science and Statistics Program Manager, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366 or toll free (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email:
Citizen science is a growing field in which trained members of the public collaborate and engage with scientists in the inquiry and discovery of new knowledge. Public participation in scientific research advances science, research, and policy and fosters an informed and engaged citizenship. The Council recognizes the desire of constituents to get involved and the need to have a well-designed program and accompanying sampling protocols to ensure that information collected through such efforts is useful. To meet this growing need, the Council intends to develop a comprehensive Citizen Science Program. The first step in this process is a workshop where interested citizens, fisheries managers and scientists, and citizen science practitioners will gather to develop recommendations for designing such a program. The product of this workshop will be a report to the Council addressing the workshop goals. The Council provided the following goals for the workshop:
(a) Research and monitoring activities appropriate for citizen science;
(b) Funded and unfunded opportunities and avenues to support citizen science;
This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 41 Assessment Webinar 4, 5 and 6.
The SEDAR 41 assessments of the South Atlantic stocks of red snapper and gray triggerfish will consist of a series of workshop and webinars: Data Workshops; an Assessment Workshop and webinars; and a Review Workshop. See
SEDAR 41 Assessment Webinar 4 will be held on Monday, January 11, 2016, from 9 a.m. until 1 p.m.; Assessment Webinar 5 will be held on Wednesday, January 27, 2016, from 1 p.m. until 5 p.m.; and Assessment Webinar 6 will be held on Wednesday, February 17, 2016, from 1 p.m. until 5 p.m.
Julia Byrd, SEDAR Coordinator, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions, have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a three-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report which compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report which describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include: Data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and non-governmental organizations (NGOs); international experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion in the Assessment webinar are as follows:
Participants will discuss any remaining modeling issues from the Assessment Workshop.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 46 post-workshop webinar II for Caribbean Data-limited Species.
The SEDAR 46 assessment of the Caribbean Data-limited Species will consist of one in-person workshop and a series of webinars. See
The SEDAR 46 post-workshop webinar II will be held from 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. on January 11, 2016.
Julie A. Neer, SEDAR Coordinator; phone: (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a multi-step process including: (1) Data/Assessment Workshop, and (2) a series of webinars. The product of the Data/Assessment Workshop is a report which compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses, and describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, HMS Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and NGO's; International experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion in the Assessment Process webinars are as follows:
1. Using datasets and initial assessment analysis recommended from the In-person Workshop, panelists will employ assessment models to evaluate stock status, estimate population benchmarks and management criteria, and project future conditions.
2. Participants will recommend the most appropriate methods and configurations for determining stock
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Secretary of Defense, DoD.
Notice to alter a System of Records.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense proposes to alter a system of records, DMDC 16 DoD, entitled “Interoperability Layer Service (IoLS)” to evaluate individuals' eligibility for access to DoD facilities or installations and implement security standards controlling entry to DoD facilities and installations. This process includes vetting to determine the fitness of an individual requesting or requiring access, issuance of local access credentials for members of the public requesting access to DoD facilities and installations, and managing and providing updated security and credential information on these individuals. To ensure that identity and law enforcement information is considered when determining whether to grant physical access to DoD facilities and installations.
Comments will be accepted on or before January 20, 2016. This proposed action will be effective the date following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
•
Ms. Cindy Allard, Chief, OSD/JS Privacy Office, Freedom of Information Directorate, Washington Headquarters Service, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1155, or by phone at (571) 372-0461.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the
The proposed system report, as required by U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on October 29, 2015, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).
Interoperability Layer Service (IoLS) (February 27, 2014, 79 FR 11091)
Delete entry and replace with “Identity Management Engine for Security and Analysis (IMESA)”
Delete entry and replace with “Any individual seeking access to a DoD facility or installation, and all individuals with felony warrants listed in the Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI) National Crime Information Center's (NCIC) Wanted Person File, all individuals maintained in the NCIC National Sex Offender Registry (NSOR) File and all individuals maintained in the FBI's Terrorist Screening Database (TSDB) records.”
Delete entry and replace with “Information on individuals identified in the IMESA Interoperability Layer Service (IoLS) DoD Population Database: DoD ID number, Social Security Number (SSN), last name, date of birth, credential type, issuance, and expiration information; and security alert information (alert type, alert source, case number).
Information on individuals identified in the IMESA IoLS Local Population Database: Full name; date of birth; SSN; Local Population identifier; foreign national ID; gender; race; citizenship information; contact information (
The following will be included for individuals about whom records are maintained in the FBI's NCIC Wanted Person File, FBI's NCIC NSOR File, and FBI's TSDB records: Identity information (to include alternate identity information): SSN; full name; gender; race; ethnicity; address; place of
Delete entry and replace with “10 U.S.C. 113, Secretary of Defense; DoD Directive 1000.25, DoD Personnel Identity Protection (PIP) Program; DoD Instruction 5200.08, Security of DoD Installations and Resources and the DoD Physical Security Review Board (PSRB); DoD 5200.08-R, Physical Security Program; DoD Directive 5200.27, Acquisition of Information Concerning Persons and Organizations not Affiliated with the Department of Defense (Exception to policy memos); Directive-Type Memorandum (DTM) 09-012, Interim Policy Guidance for DoD Physical Access Control; DTM 14-005, DoD Identity Management Capability Enterprise Services Application (IMESA) Access to FBI National Crime Information Center (NCIC) Files; and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.”
Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the records contained herein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
If a system of records maintained by a DoD Component to carry out its functions indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory in nature, and whether arising by general statute or by regulation, rule, or order issued pursuant thereto, the relevant records in the system of records may be referred, as a routine use, to the agency concerned, whether federal, state, local, or foreign, charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation, or order issued pursuant thereto.
Disclosure from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be made to a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of that individual.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to any component of the Department of Justice for the purpose of representing the Department of Defense, or any officer, employee or member of the Department in pending or potential litigation to which the record is pertinent.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to the National Archives and Records Administration for the purpose of records management inspections conducted under authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
A record from a system of records maintained by a Component may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) The Component suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of the information in the system of records has been compromised; (2) the Component has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Component or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Components efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.
The DoD Blanket Routine Uses set forth at the beginning of the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) compilation of systems of records notices may apply to this system. The complete list of DoD Blanket Routine Uses can be found online at:
Delete entry and replace with “Access to these records is role-based and is limited to those individuals requiring access in the performance of their official duties. Audit logs will be maintained to document access to data. All data transfers and information retrievals using remote communication facilities are encrypted. Access to individual records requires role-based access and use of a Common Access Card (CAC) and PIN. Records are maintained in encrypted databases in a controlled area accessible only to authorized personnel. Entry to these areas is restricted by the use of locks, guards, and administrative procedures. All individuals granted access to this system of records are to receive Information Assurance and Privacy Act training annually.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records will be destroyed five (5) years after no access by all DoD Physical Access Control Systems (PACS) associated to that individual OR after all PACS have submitted a de-registration request for the individual.”
Department of Defense, Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Policy).
Federal Advisory Committee Meeting Notice.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce the following Federal advisory committee meeting of the Defense Policy Board (DPB). This meeting will be closed to the public.
The Pentagon, 2000 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-2000.
Ms. Ann Hansen, 2000 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-2000. Phone: (703) 571-9232.
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5
Written statements that do not pertain to a scheduled meeting of the DPB may be submitted at any time. However, if individual comments pertain to a specific topic being discussed at a planned meeting, then these statements must be submitted no later than five business days prior to the meeting in question. The DFO will review all submitted written statements and provide copies to all committee members.
Federal Student Aid (FSA), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before February 19, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Beth Grebeldinger, 202-377-4018.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
Part I of the Formula Grant Electronic Application System for Indian Education (EASIE) Applications Available: January 25, 2016.
Deadline for Transmittal of Part I Applications: February 26, 2016.
Part II of the Formula Grant EASIE Applications Available: April 11, 2016.
Deadline for Transmittal of Part II Applications: May 13, 2016.
Applicants must meet the deadlines for both EASIE Part I and Part II to receive a grant. Any application not meeting the Part I and Part II deadlines will not be considered for funding. Failure to submit the required supplemental documentation, described under
In addition, under section 7116 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA), the Secretary will, upon receipt of an acceptable plan for the integration of education and related services, and in cooperation with other relevant Federal agencies, authorize the entity receiving the funds under this program to consolidate all Federal formula funds that are to be used exclusively for Indian students. Instructions for submitting an integration of education and related services plan are included in the EASIE, which is described under
Under the Formula Grants program, applicants are required to develop the project for which an application is made: (a) In open consultation with parents and teachers of Indian students and, if appropriate, Indian students from secondary schools, including through public hearings held to provide a full opportunity to understand the program and to offer recommendations regarding the program (section 7114(c)(3)(C) of the ESEA); (b) with the participation of a parent committee selected in accordance with section 7114(c)(4) of the ESEA; and (c) with the written approval of that parent committee (section 7114(c)(4) of the ESEA).
The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian tribes.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
2. a.
b.
1.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain a copy of the application package in an accessible format (
2.
a.
(i) In EASIE Part I, applicants that are tribes must upload their verification of eligibility no later than the deadline for transmittal of EASIE Part I, which is February 26, 2016. The details of the verification process, which is necessary to meet the statutory eligibility requirements for tribes, are in the application package. Tribes may use the sample agreement for Tribes Applying in Lieu of LEAs, which is available in EASIE as a downloadable document, as a guide.
(ii) In EASIE Part I, an applicant that is the lead LEA for a consortium of LEAs must upload a consortium agreement that meets the requirements of 34 CFR 75.128(b) no later than the deadline for transmittal of EASIE Part I, which is February 26, 2016. The consortium may use the sample agreement, which is available in EASIE as a downloadable document, as a guide.
(iii) In EASIE Part II, an applicant that is an LEA or consortia of LEAs must upload the Indian Parent Committee Approval form no later than the deadline for transmittal of EASIE Part II, which is May 13, 2016. The required form is available in EASIE.
3.
Part I of the Formula Grant EASIE Applications Available: January 25, 2016.
Deadline for Transmittal of Part I Applications: February 26, 2016, 8:00:00 p.m., Washington, DC time.
Part II of the Formula Grant EASIE Applications Available: April 11, 2016.
Deadline for Transmittal of Part II Applications: May 13, 2016, 8:00:00 p.m., Washington, DC time.
Part III Formula Grant EASIE Annual Performance Report (APR) Available: September 19, 2016.
Deadline for Transmittal of Part III APR: October 21, 2016, 8:00:00 p.m., Washington, DC time.
Applications and the APR for grants under this program must be submitted electronically using EASIE. For information (including dates and times) about how to submit your application electronically, or in paper format by mail or hand delivery if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirements, please refer to
We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.
Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under
Below are tables summarizing the FY 2016 EASIE deadlines for Part I, Part II and Part III, the APR.
Applicants must meet the deadlines for Part I to be eligible to complete Part II of the application process.
Grantees receiving grants in FY 2016 must also complete Part III, the APR.
4.
5.
6.
a. Have a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number and a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN);
b. Register both your DUNS number and TIN with the System for Award Management (SAM) (formerly the Central Contractor Registry), the Government's primary registrant database;
c. Provide your DUNS number and TIN on your application; and
d. Maintain an active SAM registration with current information while your application is under review by the Department and, if you are awarded a grant, during the project period.
You can obtain a DUNS number from Dun and Bradstreet at the following Web site:
If you are a corporate entity, agency, institution, or organization, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an individual, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service or the Social Security Administration. If you need a new TIN,
The SAM registration process can take approximately seven business days, but may take upwards of several weeks, depending on the completeness and accuracy of the data you enter into the SAM database. Thus, if you think you might want to apply for Federal financial assistance under a program administered by the Department, please allow sufficient time to obtain and register your DUNS number and TIN. We strongly recommend that you register early.
Once your SAM registration is active, it may be 24 to 48 hours before you can access the information in, and submit an application through, Grants.gov.
If you are currently registered with SAM, you may not need to make any changes. However, please make certain that the TIN associated with your DUNS number is correct. Also note that you will need to update your registration annually. This may take three or more business days.
Information about SAM is available at
7.
a.
Applications for grants under the Formula Grants program, CFDA number 84.060A, must be submitted electronically using the EASIE application located in the EDF
Applications submitted in paper format will be rejected unless you qualify for one of the exceptions to the electronic submission requirement described later in this section under
The EASIE application is divided into three parts.
Part I, Student Count, provides the appropriate data-entry screens to submit your verified Indian student count totals. All applicants must submit a current Indian student count for FY 2016. Applicants must use the Indian Student Eligibility Certification Form (ED 506 Form) to document eligible Indian students; however Bureau of Indian Education schools may use either Indian School Equalization Program (ISEP) count or ED 506 Form count to verify Indian student count.
Applicants that are either an LEA or a tribe must document their Indian student counts by completing the following procedures: (1) The LEA or tribe must submit an ED 506 Form for each Indian child included in the count; (2) all ED 506 Forms included in the count must be completed, signed, and dated by the parent, and be on file with the LEA or tribe; (3) the LEA or tribe must maintain a copy of the student enrollment roster(s) covering the same period of time indicated in the application as the “count period,” and (4) each Indian child included in the count must be listed on the LEA's enrollment roster(s) for at least one day during the count period.
Bureau of Indian Education schools will be required to enter either their ISEP count or ED 506 Form count as an Indian student count in Part I of the application.
In Part I, applicants will indicate the time span for the project objectives and corresponding activities and services for American Indian/Alaska Native (AI/AN) students. Applicants can choose to set objectives that remain the same for up to four years in order to facilitate data collection and enhance long-term planning. Grantees that have previously established multiyear project objectives will not have to re-enter information in EASIE Part II if they have no changes to their project objectives, activities, or coordination of services. Grantees that previously established multiyear project objectives and would like to change the objectives, activities, or coordination of services for FY 2016 will need to indicate in Part I the duration of the new selections.
In EASIE Part II, new applicants or applicants making changes to either the objectives, activities, or coordination of services must: (1) Identify, from a list of possible programs (
In EASIE Part III, grantees must submit a performance report. More information on annual performance reporting is provided later in section V. of this notice, titled
• You do not have access to the Internet; or
• You do not have the capacity to upload documents to the EASIE system;
• No later than two weeks before the application deadline date for Part I (14 calendar days or, if the fourteenth calendar day before the application deadline date falls on a Federal holiday, the next business day following the Federal holiday), you mail or fax a written statement to the Department, explaining which of the two grounds for an exception prevents you from using the Internet to submit your application.
If you mail your written statement to the Department, it must be postmarked no later than two weeks before the application deadline date. If you fax your written statement to the Department, we must receive the faxed statement no later than two weeks before the application deadline date.
Address and mail or fax your statement to: Bernard Garcia, U.S. Department of Education, Office of Indian Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W115, Washington, DC 20202-6335. FAX: (202) 205-0606.
Your paper application must be submitted in accordance with the mail or hand delivery instructions described in this notice.
b.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you may mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier) your application to the Department. You must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline dates for both Part I and Part II, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Indian Education, Attention: CFDA Number 84.060A, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W115, Washington, DC 20202-6335.
You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:
(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.
(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.
(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.
(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.
If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:
(1) A private metered postmark.
(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.
The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.
We will not consider applications postmarked after the application deadline date for Part I or Part II.
c.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you (or a courier service) may deliver your paper application to the Department by hand. You must deliver the original and two copies of your application by hand, on or before the application deadline dates for both Part I and Part II, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Indian Education, Attention: CFDA Number 84.060A, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W115, Washington, DC 20202-6335.
The program office accepts hand deliveries daily between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.
If you mail or hand deliver your application to the Department—
(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department— in Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, including suffix letter, if any, of the competition under which you are submitting your application; and
(2) The program office will mail you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should contact the program office at (202) 260-3774.
1.
2.
3.
(b) You must submit a performance report using the EDF
(c) Under 34 CFR 75.250(b), the Secretary may provide a grantee with additional funding for data collection analysis and reporting. In this case the Secretary establishes a data collection period.
4.
For questions about the Formula Grants program, contact Bernard Garcia, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W115, Washington, DC 20202-6335. Telephone: (202)260-1454 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf or a text telephone, call the EDFacts Partner Support Center, toll free, at 1-888-403-3336 (888-403-EDEN).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Federal Student Aid (FSA), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 20, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Beth Grebeldinger, 202-377-4018.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Federal Student Aid (FSA), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 20, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Beth Grebeldinger, 202-377-4018.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of application.
Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. (Applicant or CEE) has applied for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before January 20, 2016.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C.§ 824a(e)).
On November 30, 2015, DOE received an application from CEE for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada as a power marketer for five years using existing international transmission facilities.
In its application, CEE states that it does not own or operate any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that CEE proposes to export to Canada would be surplus energy purchased from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by CEE have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning CEE's application to export electric energy to Canada should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-416. An additional copy is to be provided directly to both Thomas DiCapua and James J. Dixon, Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc., 100 Summit Lake Drive, Suite 410, Valhalla, NY 10595 and to both Peter P. Thieman and Stuart A. Caplan, Dentons US LLP, 1301 K Street NW., Suite 600, East Tower, Washington, DC 20005.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy.
Notice and request for OMB review and comment.
The Department of Energy (DOE) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance, a proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed collection will be used to report the progress of participants in the DOE Better Buildings programs, including the Better Buildings Challenge, Better Buildings, Better Plants program, and the Better Buildings Alliance. These voluntary programs are intended to drive greater energy efficiency in the commercial and industrial marketplace to create cost savings and jobs. This will be accomplished by highlighting the ways participants overcome market barriers and persistent obstacles with replicable, marketplace solutions. These programs will showcase real solutions and partner with industry leaders to better understand policy and technical opportunities. Since the published 60-Day Notice and request for comments on October 2, 2015, 80 FR 59758, there are noted changes to the following supplemental information items: (5) Annual Estimated Number of Respondents is increased from 480 to 740; (6) Annual Estimated Number of Total Responses is reduced from 972 to 933; (7) Annual Estimated Number of Burden Hours is reduced from 2,720 to 2,709.25; and (8) Annual Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping Cost Burden is reduced from $107,349 to $106,934.
Comments regarding this collection must be received on or before January 20, 2016. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, please advise the DOE Desk Officer at OMB of your intention to make a submission as soon as possible. The Desk Officer may be telephoned at 202-395-4718.
Written comments should be sent to the DOE Desk Officer, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10102, 735 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.
And to Andre de Fontaine, EE-5F/Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585 or by fax at 202-586-5234 or by email at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Andre de Fontaine, EE-5F/Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585 or by fax at 202-586-5234 or by email at
This information collection request contains: (1)
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding Avalon Solar Partners II LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 6, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This constitutes notice, in accordance with 18 CFR 385.2201(b), of the receipt of prohibited and exempt off-the-record communications.
Order No. 607 (64 FR 51222, September 22, 1999) requires Commission decisional employees, who make or receive a prohibited or exempt off-the-record communication relevant to the merits of a contested proceeding, to deliver to the Secretary of the Commission, a copy of the communication, if written, or a summary of the substance of any oral communication.
Prohibited communications are included in a public, non-decisional file associated with, but not a part of, the decisional record of the proceeding. Unless the Commission determines that the prohibited communication and any responses thereto should become a part of the decisional record, the prohibited off-the-record communication will not be considered by the Commission in reaching its decision. Parties to a proceeding may seek the opportunity to respond to any facts or contentions made in a prohibited off-the-record communication, and may request that the Commission place the prohibited communication and responses thereto in the decisional record. The Commission will grant such a request only when it determines that fairness so requires. Any person identified below as having made a prohibited off-the-record communication shall serve the document on all parties listed on the official service list for the applicable proceeding in accordance with Rule 2010, 18 CFR 385.2010.
Exempt off-the-record communications are included in the decisional record of the proceeding, unless the communication was with a cooperating agency as described by 40 CFR 1501.6, made under 18 CFR 385.2201(e)(1)(v).
The following is a list of off-the-record communications recently received by the Secretary of the Commission. The communications listed are grouped by docket numbers in ascending order. These filings are available for electronic review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at
Take notice that on December 11, 2015, City of Pasadena, California submitted its tariff filing: Pasadena 2016 Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment Update to be effective 1/1/2016.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. On or before the comment date, it is not necessary to serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding RE Mustang LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 6, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Notice of information collections and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on the requirements and burden
Comments on the collections of information are due February 19, 2016.
You may submit comments (identified by Docket No. IC16-4-000) by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
FERC-500 is an application (for water projects with more than 5 megawatt capacity) for a hydropower license or exemption. FERC-500 includes certain reporting requirements in 18 CFR 4, 5, 8, 16, 141, 154.15, and 292. Depending on the type of application, it may include project description, schedule, resource allocation, project operation, construction schedule, cost, and financing; and an environmental report.
After an application is filed, the Federal agencies with responsibilities under the Federal Power Act (FPA) and other statutes,
Submittal of the FERC-500 application is necessary to fulfill the requirements of the FPA in order for the Commission to make the required finding that the proposal is economically, technically, and environmentally sound, and is best adapted to a comprehensive plan for improving/developing a waterway or waterways.
The average burden cost per application over the period FY 2012 through FY 2015 was approximately $2,570,797.
This reporting requirements results from the Commission's being required to “assess and collect fees and annual charges in any fiscal year in amounts equal to all of the costs incurred by the Commission in that fiscal year.”
This reporting requirement applies only to the recovery of annual charges assessed to entities in the natural gas program.
The provisions governing the assessment of annual charges are codified in Part 382 of the Commission's regulations.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding Tranquillity LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 6, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding RE Mustang 3 LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 6, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that ORPC Alaska 2, LLC, permittee for the proposed East Foreland Tidal Energy Project, has requested that its preliminary permit be terminated. A successive permit was issued on June 16, 2014, and would have expired on June 1, 2016.
The preliminary permit for Project No. 13821 will remain in effect until the close of business, January 13, 2016. But, if the Commission is closed on this day, then the permit remains in effect until the close of business on the next day in which the Commission is open.
Take notice that on December 9, 2015, City of Riverside, California submitted its tariff filing: Riverside 2016 Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment Update to be effective 1/1/2016.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. On or before the
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding RE Mustang 4 LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure
(18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 6, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Description: Application under FPA Section 203 of Twin Eagle Resource Management, LLC, et. al.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Description: Updated Market Power Analysis for the Southwest Power Pool Region of Broken Bow Wind II, LLC, et. al.
Description: Compliance filing: 12-14-15_SPS Compliance Filing to be effective 10/20/2014.
Description: Report Filing: Refund Report to be effective N/A.
Description: Report Filing: Refund Report to be effective N/A.
Description: Tariff Amendment: 2015-12-14_SA 1503 NSP-Mankato Sub. 2nd Rev. GIA (G261) to be effective 11/10/2015.
Description: § 205(d) Rate Filing: TNC-RE Roserock Interconnection Agreement to be effective 11/19/2015.
Description: § 205(d) Rate Filing: PSO-Coffeyville Pricing Schedule Filing to be effective 3/1/2016.
Description: Tariff Cancellation: Notice of Cancellation of MBR Tariff to be effective 12/15/2015.
Description: Baseline eTariff Filing: Baseline—MBR Tariff to be effective 1/28/2016.
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Description: Tariff Amendment: Supplement to MBR Application to be effective 1/12/2016.
Description: Clarification to November 20, 2015 BioUrja Power, LLC tariff filing.
Description: Tariff Cancellation: notice of cancellation to be effective 12/15/2015.
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that on November 30, 2015, East Cheyenne Gas Storage, LLC (East Cheyenne) filed in Docket No. CP16-25-000, pursuant to Section 7 (c) of the Natural Gas Act and Part 157 of the regulations of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission), a request to amend the certificate of public convenience and necessity issued by the Commission on August 2, 2010, in Docket No. CP10-34-000 as amended in Docket Nos. CP11-40-000, CP12-35-000, CP12-124-000, and CP14-486-000.
Any questions concerning this application may be directed to: James Hoff, Vice President, Reservoir Engineering, East Cheyenne Gas Storage, LLC, 10370 Richmond Avenue, Suite 510, Houston, Texas 77042, telephone: (713) 403-6467, facsimile: (888) 861-5701.
East Cheyenne seeks authorization to expand the existing certificated boundaries of the Project's reservoirs in the West Peetz and Lewis Creek fields as well as the buffer zone surrounding the reservoirs located in Logan County, Colorado, all as more fully set forth in the application which is on file with the Commission and open for public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS) or EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA.
There are two ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project. First, any person wishing to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceedings for this project should, on or before the comment date stated below, file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.10). A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties. A party must submit seven copies of filings made with the Commission and must mail a copy to the applicant and to every other party in the proceeding. Only parties to the proceeding can ask for court review of Commission orders in the proceeding.
However, a person does not have to intervene in order to have comments considered. The second way to
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commenters will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with he Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commenters will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commenters will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests, and interventions via the internet in lieu of paper. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site (
This filing is accessible on-line at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)'s Office of Transportation and Air Quality (OTAQ) plans to authorize various contractors to access information which will be submitted to the EPA under Title II of the Clean Air Act that may be claimed as, or may be determined to be, confidential business information (CBI). Access to this information, which is related to registration of fuels and fuel additives under 40 CFR part 79; various fuels reporting programs under 40 CFR part 80; and reporting of various greenhouse gas reporting items under the mandatory reporting rule of 40 CFR part 98, subparts A, LL and MM will begin on December 31, 2015.
The EPA will accept comments on this Notice through December 28, 2015.
Jaimee Dong, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., MC 6405A, Washington, DC, 20004; telephone number: 202-343-9672; fax number: 202-343-2800; email address:
This action is directed to the general public. However, this action may be of particular interest to parties who submit or have previously submitted information to the EPA regarding the following programs: fuel and fuel additive registration (40 CFR part 79); and various fuels programs including reformulated gasoline, anti-dumping, gasoline sulfur, ultra low sulfur diesel, benzene content, and the renewable fuel standard (40 CFR part 80). Parties who may be interested include refiners, importers, producers of renewable fuels, parties who engage in RIN transactions, and all those who submit compliance reports to the EPA via any method (
This action may also be of particular interest to parties such as suppliers of coal-based liquid fuels and suppliers of petroleum products, as described in 40 CFR part 98 subparts LL and MM, respectively. (40 CFR part 98, subpart A contains general provisions related to registration and reporting.) Parties who may be interested in this notice include refiners, importers, and exporters of these products.
This
The EPA has established a public docket for this
All documents in the docket are identified in the docket index available at
Materials listed under Docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2015-0806 will be available for public viewing at the EPA Docket Center Reading Room, WJC West Building, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004. The EPA Docket Center Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding Federal holidays. The telephone number for the Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the Air and Radiation Docket is (202) 566-1742.
The EPA's Office of Transportation and Air Quality (OTAQ) has responsibility for protecting public health and the environment by regulating air pollution from motor vehicles, engines, and the fuels used to operate them, and by encouraging travel choices that minimize emissions. In order to implement various Clean Air Act programs, and to permit regulated entities flexibility in meeting regulatory requirements (
In accordance with 40 CFR 2.301(h), we have determined that the contractors, subcontractors, and grantees (collectively referred to as “contractors”) listed below require access to CBI submitted to us under the Clean Air Act and in connection with the Mandatory Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Reporting Rule [40 CFR part 98, subparts A (general registration and reporting provisions) LL, and MM], as well as various OTAQ programs related to fuels, vehicles, and engines (40 CFR parts 79 and 80) and we are providing notice and an opportunity to comment. OTAQ collects this data in order to monitor compliance with Clean Air Act programs and, in many cases, to permit regulated parties flexibility in meeting regulatory requirements. For example, data that may contain CBI are collected to register fuels and fuel additives prior to introduction into commerce. Certain programs are designed to permit regulated parties an opportunity to comply on average, or to engage in transactions using various types of credits. For example, OTAQ collects information about batches of gasoline that refiners produce to ensure compliance with reformulated gasoline standards. We are issuing this
Under Contract Number EP-C-11-007, CSRA, located at 3170 Fairview Park Drive, Falls Church, VA 22042, and at 650 Peter Jefferson Parkway, Suite 300, Charlottesville, VA 22901, and its subcontractor, Ecco Select, 1301 Oak Street, Suite 400, Kansas City, MO 64106, provide report processing, program support, technical support, and information technology services that involve access to information claimed as CBI related to 40 CFR part 79, 40 CFR part 80, and 40 CFR part 98 subparts A, LL, and MM. Access to data, including information claimed as CBI, will commence on December 31, 2015. and will continue until June 30, 2016. If the contract is extended, this access will continue for the remainder of the contract without further notice.
OTAQ utilizes the services of enrollees under the Senior Environmental Employment (SEE) program. Some SEE enrollees are provided through Grant Number CQ-834621, the National Association for Hispanic Elderly (NAHE), located at 234 East Colorado Boulevard, Suite 300, Pasadena, CA 91101, and through Grant Numbers CQ-835372 and CQ-835572, the Senior Service America, Inc. (SSAI), located at 8403 Colesville Road, Suite 1200, Silver Spring, MD 20910. Access to data relating to all of OTAQ's programs and to subparts A, LL, and MM of the Mandatory GHG Reporting Rule, including information claimed as CBI, is ongoing until December 31, 2016 for Grant Number CQ-834621, October 14, 2016 for Grant Number CQ-835372, and September 30, 2016 for Grant Number CQ-835572. If these grants are extended, this access will continue for the remainder of the grants and any future extensions without further notice.
OTAQ also has fellows provided via the Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education (ORISE) Intern/Research Participation Program. Some participants are provided through Interagency Agreement Number DW89924039, the ORISE, located at 1299 Bethel Valley Road, Building SC-200, Oak Ridge, TN 37830. Access to data relating to all of OTAQ's programs and to subparts A, LL, and MM of the Mandatory GHG Reporting Rule, including information claimed as CBI, but excluding CBI under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), is ongoing until September 30, 2016. If the program is extended, this access will continue for the remainder of the program and any future extensions without further notice.
Parties who want further information about this
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a public meeting of the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) Sulfur Oxides Panel and a public teleconference of the Chartered CASAC and CASAC Sulfur Oxides Panel to review of EPA's
The face-to-face meeting will be held on Wednesday, January 27, 2016, and Thursday, January 28, 2016. The teleconference will be held on Wednesday, April 6, 2016 from 2:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. (Eastern Time).
Any member of the public wishing to obtain information concerning the public
The CASAC was established pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1977, codified at 42 U.S.C. 7409(d)(2), to review air quality criteria and National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and recommend any new NAAQS and revisions of existing criteria and NAAQS as may be appropriate. The CASAC is a Federal Advisory Committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., App. 2. Section 109(d)(1) of the CAA requires that the Agency periodically review and revise, as appropriate, the air quality criteria and the NAAQS for the six “criteria” air pollutants, including sulfur oxides. EPA is currently reviewing the primary (health-based) NAAQS for sulfur dioxide (SO
Federal advisory committees and panels, including scientific advisory committees, provide independent advice to EPA. Members of the public can submit comments for a federal advisory committee to consider as it develops advice for EPA. Interested members of the public may submit relevant written or oral information on the topic of this advisory activity, and/or the group conducting the activity, for the CASAC to consider during the advisory process. Input from the public to the CASAC will have the most impact if it provides specific scientific or technical information or analysis for CASAC panels to consider or if it relates to the clarity or accuracy of the technical information. Members of the public wishing to provide comment should contact the DFO directly.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office of the Science Advisor announces two separate public meetings of the Human Studies Review Board to advise the Agency on the ethical and scientific reviews of EPA research with human subjects.
A public virtual meeting will be held on January 12-13, 2016, from 1:00 p.m. to approximately 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time each day. A separate teleconference meeting is planned for Wednesday, March 30, 2016, from 1:00 p.m. to approximately 2:30 p.m. for the HSRB to finalize its Final Report of the January 12-13, 2016 meeting.
Both of these meetings will be conducted entirely on the Internet using Adobe Connect. For detailed access information visit the HSRB Web site:
Any member of the public who wishes to receive further information should contact Jim Downing on telephone number (202) 564-2468; fax number: (202) 564-2070; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general. This Notice may, however, be of particular interest to persons who conduct or assess human studies, especially studies on substances regulated by the EPA, or to persons who are, or may be required to conduct testing of chemical substances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. This notice might also be of special interest to participants of studies involving human subjects, or representatives of study participants or experts on community engagement. The Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may have interest in human subjects research. If you have any questions regarding this notice, consult with Jim Downing listed under
In addition to using regulations.gov, you may access this
The Agency's position paper(s), charge/questions to the HSRB, and the meeting agenda will be available by late December 2015. In addition, the Agency may provide additional background documents as the materials become available. You may obtain electronic copies of these documents, and other related documents that are available electronically, from the regulations.gov Web site and the EPA HSRB Web site at
You may find the following suggestions helpful for preparing your comments:
1. Explain your views as clearly as possible.
2. Describe any assumptions that you used.
3. Provide copies of any technical information and/or data that you used to support your views.
4. Provide specific examples to illustrate your concerns and suggest alternatives.
5. To ensure proper receipt by the EPA, be sure to identify the Docket ID number assigned to this action in the subject line on the first page of your response. You may also provide the name, date, and
You may participate in these meetings by following the instructions in this section. To ensure proper receipt by the EPA, it is imperative that you identify Docket ID number EPA-HQ-ORD-2015-0588 in the subject line on the first page of your request.
The HSRB is a Federal advisory committee operating in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act 5 U.S.C. App.2 9. The HSRB provides advice, information, and recommendations to the EPA on issues related to scientific and ethical aspects of human subjects research. The major objectives of the HSRB are to provide advice and recommendations on: (1) Research proposals and protocols; (2) reports of completed research with human subjects; and (3) how to strengthen EPA's programs for protection of human subjects of research. The HSRB reports to the EPA Administrator through the Agency's Science Advisor.
On Wednesday, March 30, 2016 the HSRB will approve its Final Report of the January 12-13, 2016 meeting.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of proposed reissuance of NPDES General Permit and request for public comment.
The Director, Office of Water and Watersheds, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 10, is proposing to reissue a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Federal Aquaculture Facilities and Aquaculture Facilities Located in Indian Country within the Boundaries of Washington State (General Permit). The draft General Permit contains effluent limitations, along with administrative reporting and monitoring requirements, as well as standard conditions,
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1341, requires EPA to seek a certification from the State of Washington, and Indian Tribes with Treatment as a State for Water Quality Standards, that the conditions of the General Permit are stringent enough to comply with State water quality standards. The Washington Department of Ecology (Ecology) and the Lummi, Makah, Spokane, and Tulalip Tribes have provided draft certification that the draft General Permit complies with applicable Water Quality Standards. EPA will seek final certification from Ecology and tribes prior to issuing the General Permit. This is also notice of the draft § 401 certification provided by Ecology and tribes. Persons wishing to comment on the draft § 401 certifications should send written comments to the contacts in the fact sheet.
The public comment period for the draft General Permit will be from the date of publication of this Notice until March 31, 2016. Comments must be received or postmarked by no later than midnight Pacific Standard Time on March 31, 2016. All comments related to the draft General Permit and Fact Sheet received by EPA Region 10 by the comment deadline will be considered prior to issuing the General Permit.
Copies of the documents are also available for viewing and downloading at:
Additional information can be obtained by contacting Catherine Gockel, Office of Water and Watersheds, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10. Contact information is included above.
to either beneficially or adversely affect any threatened or endangered species. EPA has analyzed the discharges proposed to be authorized by the draft General Permit, and their potential to adversely affect any of the threatened or endangered species or their designated critical habitat areas in the vicinity of the discharges. Based on this analysis, EPA has determined that the issuance of this permit is not likely to adversely affect any threatened or endangered species in the vicinity of the discharge.
Section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, generally requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions (defined to be the same as rules subject to the RFA) on tribal, state, and local governments, and the private sector. However, General NPDES Permits are not rules subject to
This action is taken under the authority of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1342. I hereby provide public notice of the Draft General Permit for Federal Aquaculture Facilities and Aquaculture Facilities Located in Indian Country within the Boundaries of Washington State in accordance with 40 CFR 124.10.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA is opening a comment period to allow for further public comment on lead test kits and other field testing options as suggested in EPA's Fiscal Year 2015 Appropriations Act policy rider. Among other things, the 2008 Lead Renovation, Repair, and Painting rule (RRP) established performance recognition criteria for lead test kits for use as an option to determine if regulated lead-based paint is not present in target housing and child-occupied facilities. The use of an EPA-recognized lead test kit, when used by a trained professional, can reliably determine that regulated lead-based paint is not present by virtue of a negative result. The RRP rule also established negative response and positive response criteria for lead test kits recognized by EPA. No lead test kit has been developed that meets the positive response criterion. On June 4, 2015, EPA hosted a public meeting and webinar to solicit input from stakeholders in an effort to understand the current state of the science for lead test kits and lead-based paint field testing alternatives, as well as the existing market and potential availability of additional lead test kits. To date, no company's lead test kit has met both the negative response and positive response criteria outlined in the RRP rule. Based on stakeholder input, EPA is unaware of any lead test kit available now or in the foreseeable future that would meet both of the performance criteria.
Comments must be received on or before February 19, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2015-0780, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
The Agency's lead information Contact Us form at
This document is directed to stakeholders that develop, manufacture and/or sell lead test kits or other lead-based paint field testing instruments. You may be potentially affected by this action if you manufacture or sell lead test kits, or if you use lead test kits to determine if lead-safe work practices are required under the RRP rule to perform renovations for compensation in target housing or child-occupied facilities. Examples of child-occupied facilities are day-care centers, preschools, and kindergarten classrooms.
1.
2.
On April 22, 2008, EPA published the Lead Renovation, Repair, and Painting rule. It requires contractors to use lead-safe work practices during renovation, repair, and painting activities that disturb lead-based paint in target housing and child-occupied facilities built before 1978 unless a determination can be made that no lead-based paint would be disturbed during the renovation or repair (Ref. 1). The use of an EPA-recognized lead test kit, when used by a trained professional, can reliably determine that regulated lead-based paint is not present by virtue of a negative result. The federal standards for lead-based paint in target housing and child-occupied facilities is a lead content in paint that equals or exceeds a level of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter (mg/cm
The RRP rule established negative response and positive response criteria outlined in 40 CFR 745.88(c) for lead test kits recognized by EPA. Lead test kits recognized before September 1, 2010, must meet only the negative response criterion outlined in 40 CFR 745.88(c)(1). The negative response
Lead test kits recognized after September 1, 2010, must meet both the negative response and positive response criteria outlined in 40 CFR 745.88(c)(1) and (2). The positive response criterion states that for paint containing lead below the regulated level, 1.0 mg/cm
To date no lead test kit has met both of the performance criteria outlined in the RRP rule. However, there are two EPA-recognized lead test kits commercially available nationwide that meet the negative response criterion and continue to be recognized by EPA on such basis.
The report accompanying the EPA Fiscal Year 2015 Appropriations Act included a policy rider that states:
Lead Test Kit-In 2008, EPA adopted the Lead Renovation, Repair, and Painting rule which included criteria by which the Agency could certify a test kit that contractors could use onsite to comply with the rule; yet, 6 years later no kit has been developed that meet these standards. The Agency is directed to prioritize efforts with stakeholders in fiscal year 2015 to identity solutions that would allow for a test kit to meet the criteria within the 2008 rule to reduce costs for consumers, remodelers and families to comply with the rule. If no solution is reached by the end of the fiscal year, EPA should revisit the test kit criteria in the 2008 rule and solicit public comment on alternatives (Ref. 2).
In response, EPA solicited input from stakeholders in an effort to understand the current state of the science for lead test kits and lead-based paint field testing alternatives, as well as the existing market and potential availability of additional lead test kits (Ref. 3). On June 4, 2015, EPA hosted a public meeting and webinar with stakeholders including lead test kit developers and manufacturers, non-governmental organizations, trade associations, National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (NLLAP) accreditation organizations and laboratories, and state and federal government staff members. Ninety-five people participated in the meeting and 12 public comments were submitted to the public docket. EPA also held three individual meetings with lead test kit developers and trade associations.
EPA has carefully reviewed the comments and recommendations received through these stakeholder outreach efforts. Stakeholders provided comments on the following topics: lead test kits, X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) testing, limiting the scope of the RRP rule, NLLAP testing, the lead-based paint definition, EPA's Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) Program, the economic analysis supporting the RRP rule, and harmonization of regulatory standards. Based on stakeholder input, EPA is unaware of any lead test kit available now or in the foreseeable future that would meet both the positive response and negative response criteria. EPA concluded that no recommendation received thus far would provide an immediate solution to allow for a lead test kit that would meet both of the performance criteria and have the potential to “reduce costs for consumers, remodelers and families,” per the EPA Fiscal Year 2015 Appropriations Act policy rider.
At this time, EPA has no plans or resources to sponsor additional testing of kits as was done previously through the agency's ETV Program. However, lead test kit manufacturers are allowed at any time to submit to EPA data on their kit's performance that is based on an EPA approved ETV-equivalent test protocol. If a newly-developed lead test kit is shown to meet both the positive response and negative response criteria, EPA would recognize the lead test kit as meeting both criteria under 40 CFR 745.88(c).
Given this current status and the input received from stakeholders, EPA is opening a comment period to allow for further public comment on lead test kits and other field testing options as suggested in EPA Fiscal Year 2015 Appropriations Act policy rider. Without proposing any regulatory amendments at this time, EPA is specifically soliciting comment on the following potential lead test kit and field testing options:
• Proposing to eliminate the positive response criterion;
• Proposing to modify the positive response criterion;
• Maintaining the current negative response and positive response criteria;
• Proposing to provide reduced RRP certification training requirements for XRF technicians; and
• Exploring any other lead-based paint field testing technology that would provide reduced costs for consumers, remodelers and families to comply with the RRP rule.
Commenters should provide technical information and data used to substantiate your recommendation. See the commenting tips at
Additionally and separately, EPA will provide a subsequent opportunity to provide public comment through the Regulatory Flexibility Act, section 610, review of the RRP rule. Public comments requested at that time will be related to broader stakeholder recommendations regarding the RRP rule. For more information about the Regulatory Flexibility Act, section 610, reviews, please visit
As indicated under
15 U.S.C. 2601
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The EPA Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a public teleconference to review a draft SAB report on the EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) Toxicological Review of Benzo[a]pyrene.
The public teleconference for the Chartered SAB will be conducted on Tuesday January 26, 2016 from 2:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time).
The public teleconference will be conducted by telephone only.
Any member of the public wishing to obtain information concerning the public teleconference may contact Mr. Thomas Carpenter, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), EPA Science Advisory Board Staff Office (1400R), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; by telephone/voice mail at (202) 564-4885 or at
The SAB was established pursuant to the Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Authorization Act (ERDDAA), codified at 42 U.S.C. 4365, to provide independent scientific and technical advice to the Administrator on the technical basis for Agency positions and regulations. The SAB is a federal advisory committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., App. 2. Pursuant to FACA and EPA policy, notice is hereby given that the chartered SAB will hold a public teleconference to conduct a quality review of the draft SAB report on the IRIS programs Toxicological Assessment for Benzo[a]pyrene. The SAB undertook this review at the request of the EPA's Office of Research and Development (ORD). Quality review is a key function of the chartered SAB. Draft reports prepared by SAB committees, panels, or work groups must be reviewed and approved by the chartered SAB before transmittal to the EPA Administrator. Consistent with FACA, the chartered SAB makes a determination in a public meeting about each draft report and determines whether the report is ready to be transmitted to the EPA Administrator.
For the EPA's Toxicological Review of Benzo[a]pyrene, External Review Draft (September, 2014), the ORD conducted a qualitative characterization of the hazards for benzo[a]pyrene, including a cancer descriptor of the chemical's human carcinogenic potential, cancer risk estimates for oral, inhalation and dermal exposure, and noncancer toxicity values for chronic oral (reference dose) and inhalation (reference concentration) exposure. Information about this advisory activity can be found on the Web at:
Federal advisory committees and panels, including scientific advisory committees, provide independent advice to EPA. Members of the public can submit comments for a federal advisory committee to consider as it develops advice for EPA. Input from the public to the SAB will have the most impact if it provides specific scientific or technical information or analysis for SAB panels to consider or if it relates to the clarity or accuracy of the technical information.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; correction.
EPA issued a notice in the
Mick Yanchulis, Information Technology and Resources Management Division (7502P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 347-0237; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general. Although this action may be of particular interest to persons who produce or use pesticides, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0634, is available at
This notice is being issued to correct Table 2 of the cancellation notice. This correction removes 1 entry which was inadvertently included.
FR Doc. 2015-28765 published in the
1. On page 70208, in Table 2, remove the complete entry for: “070950-00003.”
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of proposed consent decree; request for public comment.
In accordance with section 113(g) of the Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA” or the “Act”), notice is hereby given of a proposed consent decree to address a lawsuit filed by Sierra Club and Physicians For Social Responsibility—Los Angeles (“Plaintiffs”) in the United States District Court for the Central District of California:
Written comments on the proposed consent decree must be received by
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID number EPA-HQ-OGC-2015-0677, online at
Geoffrey L. Wilcox, Air and Radiation Law Office (2344A), Office of General Counsel, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone: (202) 564-5601; fax number: (202) 564-5603; email address:
The proposed consent decree would resolve a lawsuit filed by the Plaintiffs seeking to compel EPA to take actions required under CAA section 110(k)(2)-(4). The Plaintiffs' lawsuit alleged that EPA has a mandatory duty to take final action to approve or disapprove, in whole or in part, the portions of the South Coast Air Quality Management District's Final 2012 Air Quality Management Plan that address attainment of the 2006 PM
For a period of thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this notice, the Agency will accept written comments relating to the proposed consent decree from persons who are not named as parties or intervenors to the litigation in question. EPA or the Department of Justice may withdraw or withhold consent to the proposed consent decree if the comments disclose facts or considerations that indicate that such consent is inappropriate, improper, inadequate, or inconsistent with the requirements of the Act. Unless EPA or the Department of Justice determines that consent to this proposed consent decree should be withdrawn, the terms of the consent decree will be affirmed. EPA published a prior notice of this proposed consent decree on October 21, 2015. In order to assure that all parties have notice of the proposed consent decree, EPA is providing this additional notice and opportunity to comment upon the proposed consent decree pursuant to section 113(g).
The official public docket for this action (identified by EPA-HQ-OGC-2015-0677) contains a copy of the proposed consent decree. The official public docket is available for public viewing at the Office of Environmental
An electronic version of the public docket is available through
It is important to note that EPA's policy is that public comments, whether submitted electronically or in paper, will be made available for public viewing online at
You may submit comments as provided in the
If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name, mailing address, and an email address or other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. This ensures that you can be identified as the submitter of the comment and allows EPA to contact you in case EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties or needs further information on the substance of your comment. Any identifying or contact information provided in the body of a comment will be included as part of the comment that is placed in the official public docket, and made available in EPA's electronic public docket. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment.
Use of the
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as Receiver for Security Bank, N.A., North Lauderdale, Florida (“the Receiver”) intends to terminate its receivership for said institution. The FDIC was appointed receiver of Security Bank, N.A. on May 4, 2012. The liquidation of the receivership assets has been completed. To the extent permitted by available funds and in accordance with law, the Receiver will be making a final dividend payment to proven creditors.
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this Notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this Notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 32.1, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than January 14, 2016.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Prabal Chakrabarti, Senior Vice
1.
B. Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (Colette A. Fried, Assistant Vice President) 230 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60690-1414:
1.
C. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis (Jacquelyn K. Brunmeier, Assistant Vice President) 90 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480-0291:
1.
D. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President) 1 Memorial Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64198-0001:
1.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than January 4, 2016.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President) 1 Memorial Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64198-0001:
1.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice.
Under the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA)(42 U.S.C. 300aa-26), the CDC must develop vaccine information materials that all health care providers are required to give to patients/parents prior to administration of specific vaccines. On May 20, 2015, CDC published a notice in the
Beginning no later than March 1, 2016, each health care provider who administers pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV13) to any child or adult in the United States shall provide copies of the relevant vaccine information materials contained in this notice, in conformance with the November 5, 2015 CDC Instructions for the Use of Vaccine Information Statements prior to providing such vaccinations.
Suzanne Johnson-DeLeon (
The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-660), as amended by section 708 of Public Law 103-183, added section 2126 to the Public Health Service Act. Section 2126, codified at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-26, requires the Secretary of Health and Human Services to develop and disseminate vaccine information materials for distribution by all health care providers in the United States to any patient (or to the parent or legal representative in the case of a child) receiving vaccines covered under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP).
Development and revision of the vaccine information materials, also known as Vaccine Information Statements (VIS), have been delegated by the Secretary to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Section 2126 requires that the materials be developed, or revised, after notice to the public, with a 60-day comment period, and in consultation with the Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines, appropriate health care provider and parent organizations, and the Food and Drug Administration. The law also requires that the information contained in the materials be based on available data and information, be presented in understandable terms, and include:
(1) A concise description of the benefits of the vaccine,
(2) A concise description of the risks associated with the vaccine,
(3) A statement of the availability of the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, and
(4) Such other relevant information as may be determined by the Secretary.
The vaccines initially covered under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program were diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella, and poliomyelitis vaccines. Since April 15, 1992, any health care
The pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV13) information materials referenced in this notice were developed in consultation with the Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines, the Food and Drug Administration, and parent and healthcare provider organizations. Following consultation and review of comments submitted, the vaccine information materials covering pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV13) have been finalized and are available to download from
With publication of this notice, as of March 1, 2016, all health care providers will be required to provide copies of these updated pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV13) information materials prior to immunization in conformance with CDC's November 5, 2015 Instructions for the Use of Vaccine Information Statements.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing efforts to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on the
Written comments must be received on or before February 19, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2015-0115 by any of the following methods:
All public comment should be submitted through the Federal eRulemaking portal (Regulations.gov) or by U.S. mail to the address listed above.
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact the Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; to develop, acquire, install and utilize technology and systems for the purpose of collecting, validating and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; to train personnel and to be able to respond to a collection of information, to search data sources, to complete and review the collection of information; and to transmit or otherwise disclose the information.
Management Information System for Comprehensive Cancer Control Programs (OMB No. 0920-0841, exp. 3/31/2016)—Revision—National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and
From 2007-2012, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) provided funding to all 50 states, the District of Columbia, seven tribes/tribal organizations, and seven territories/U.S. Pacific Island Jurisdictions through the National Cancer Prevention and Control Program (CDC Funding Opportunity Announcement [FOA] DP07-703). New five-year cooperative agreements were established in June 2012 under FOA DP12-1205 (“Cancer Prevention and Control Program for State, Territorial and Tribal Organizations”). From 2012-2015, a subset of 13 awardees received additional funding for demonstration programs to advance cancer control using policy, systems, and environmental change strategies.
Since 2010, cancer prevention and control (CPC) awardees have used an electronic management information system (MIS) to submit semi-annual progress reports to CDC (“Management Information System for Comprehensive Cancer Control Programs,” OMB No. 0920-0841, exp. 3/31/2016). The progress reports satisfy federal reporting requirements and allow CDC to provide targeted technical assistance to awardees while monitoring their activities and progress. The MIS also provides CDC with the capacity to respond in a timely manner to requests for information from the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Congress, and other sources.
CDC plans to request a revision of the current MIS-based reporting system. Minor modifications will be made to standardize and streamline data entry; for example, the open-ended text boxes previously used to develop objectives will be replaced with a drop-down menu of evidence-based indicators. The modifications will also make MIS entries and output more user-friendly for CDC staff who use the MIS to monitor and evaluate specific program outcomes. The search function will also be modified to search for these indicators.
All 65 DP12-1205 cancer prevention and control awardees will continue to submit semi-annual reports to CDC through the end of the cooperative agreement period. These reports include information about personnel, resources, finances, planning, action plans, and progress. Information will be submitted by the program director for the state, territory, or tribal cancer control program. Awardees will be responsible for verifying their current information and entering new objectives and progress. To minimize respondent burden, information that has not changed does not need to be re-entered into the MIS. The estimated burden for ongoing system maintenance and semi-annual reporting is being reduced from three hours per response to two hours per response.
CDC anticipates that DP12-1205 will be succeeded in 2017 by a new FOA based on similar objectives and a comparable monitoring and evaluation plan. The burden table includes an annualized, one-time allocation of two hours response per response for initial population of the MIS with information that is specific to the new FOA. Due to annualization, this activity is represented in the table as 22 awardees instead of 65 awardees. CDC is considering a change in the frequency of progress reporting, effective with the new FOA. Routine progress reporting is likely to occur once per year instead of twice per year.
OMB approval will be requested for three years. The total estimated annualized burden for this reporting period will decrease due to a reduction in the estimated burden per response for semi-annual reporting; a reduction in the estimated burden per response for populating the MIS with information specific to the new FOA; and discontinuation of semi-annual reporting for demonstration program activities.
Awardees are required to submit the requested information to CDC as a condition of funding. CDC will use the information submitted by awardees to identify training and technical assistance needs, monitor compliance with cooperative agreement requirements, evaluate progress made in achieving program-specific goals, and obtain information needed to respond to Congressional and other inquiries regarding program activities and effectiveness. All information will be collected electronically. There are no costs to respondents other than their time.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS)
Notice
Under the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA)(42 U.S.C. 300aa-26), the CDC must develop vaccine information materials that all health care providers are required to give to patients/parents prior to administration of specific vaccines. On January 9, 2015, CDC published a notice in the
Beginning no later than March 1, 2016, each health care provider who chooses to use the multiple pediatric vaccines Vaccine Information Statement (“Your Child's First Vaccines”) when administering multiple pediatric vaccines to any child in the United States shall provide copies of the relevant vaccine information materials contained in this notice rather than the previous edition (dated October 22, 2014) in conformance with the November 5, 2015 CDC Instructions for the Use of Vaccine Information Statements prior to providing such vaccinations.
Suzanne Johnson-DeLeon (
The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-660), as amended by section 708 of Public Law 103-183, added section 2126 to the Public Health Service Act. Section 2126, codified at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-26, requires the Secretary of Health and Human Services to develop and disseminate vaccine information materials for distribution by all health care providers in the United States to any patient (or to the parent or legal representative in the case of a child) receiving vaccines covered under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP).
Development and revision of the vaccine information materials, also known as Vaccine Information Statements (VIS), have been delegated by the Secretary to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Section 2126 requires that the materials be developed, or revised, after notice to the public, with a 60-day comment period, and in consultation with the Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines, appropriate health care provider and parent organizations, and the Food and Drug Administration. The law also requires that the information contained in the materials be based on available data and information, be presented in understandable terms, and include:
(1) A concise description of the benefits of the vaccine,
(2) A concise description of the risks associated with the vaccine,
(3) A statement of the availability of the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, and
(4) Such other relevant information as may be determined by the Secretary.
The vaccines initially covered under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program were diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella and poliomyelitis vaccines. Since April 15, 1992, any health care provider in the United States who intends to administer one of these covered vaccines is required to provide copies of the relevant vaccine information materials prior to administration of any of these vaccines. Since then, the following vaccines have been added to the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, requiring use of vaccine information materials for them as well: Hepatitis B,
The multiple pediatric vaccines information materials referenced in this notice were developed in consultation with the Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines, the Food and Drug Administration, and parent and healthcare provider organizations. Following consultation and review of comments submitted, the vaccine information materials covering multiple pediatric vaccines (“Your Child's First Vaccines”) have been finalized and are available to download from
With publication of this notice, as of March 1, 2016, all health care providers who choose to use the multiple pediatric vaccines Vaccine Information Statement (“Your Child's First Vaccines”) when administering multiple pediatric vaccines to any child in the United States shall provide copies of the relevant vaccine information materials contained in this notice rather than the previous edition (dated October 22, 2014) in conformance with CDC's November 5, 2015 Instructions for the Use of Vaccine Information Statements.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Request for information.
This request for information solicits public comment on the processes and procedures that we could use to leverage new legal authorities to— incentivize and reward exceptional Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC) contract performance; publish performance information on each MAC,
To be assured consideration, written or electronic comments must be received at one of the addresses provided below, no later than 5 p.m. on February 19, 2016.
In commenting, refer to file code CMS-1653-NC. Because of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by facsimile (FAX) transmission.
You may submit comments in one of four ways (please choose only one of the ways listed):
1.
2.
Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period.
3.
4.
(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not readily available to persons without Federal government identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being filed.)
b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD—Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address, call telephone number (410) 786-9994 in advance to schedule your arrival with one of our staff members.
Comments erroneously mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment period.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Debra Bowman, (410) 786-4941. Phyllis Atkins-Mackey, (410) 786-9362. Megan Martino, (215) 861-4425. Sue Pelella, (215) 861-4245.
Comments received timely will also be available for public inspection as they are received, generally beginning approximately 3 weeks after publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1-800-743-3951.
For several decades after Medicare's inception in 1966, private health care insurers, known as Part A Fiscal Intermediaries (FI) and Part B carriers, processed medical claims for Medicare beneficiaries. Section 911 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108-173) added section 1874A to the Social Security Act (the Act) to require the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) to replace Part A FIs and Part B carriers with Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs). This contracting reform was intended to improve Medicare's administrative services to beneficiaries and health care providers through the use of new contracting tools, including competition and performance incentives.
Currently, we award MAC contracts through use of competitive procedures in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). As authorized by the MMA, we established MACs as multistate, regional contractors responsible for administering both Medicare Part A and Medicare Part B claims. The transition from the Part A FIs and Part B carriers to MACs began in 2006, and the last FI and carrier contractor operations ended by September 2013.
We rely on a network of 16 MACs to process Medicare claims, including 12 MACs that administer both Part A and Part B claims and 4 MACs that specialize in administering Part B claims for durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies. MACs serve as the primary operational contact between the Medicare Fee-For-Service (FFS) program and approximately 1.5 million health care providers and suppliers enrolled in the program. MACs process Medicare claims, enroll health care providers and suppliers in the Medicare program, educate providers and suppliers on Medicare billing requirements, and answer provider and supplier inquiries. Collectively, the MACs process nearly 4.9 million Medicare claims each business day and disburse more than $365 billion annually in program payments.
Section 509(a) of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (MACRA) (Pub. L. 114-10) extended the maximum length of a MAC contract, inclusive of all option and renewal periods, from 5 years to 10 years. Section 509(c) of MACRA added a clause to section 1874A(b)(3)(A) of the Act that requires the Secretary, to the extent possible without compromising the process for entering into and renewing contracts with MACs, to make available to the public the performance of each MAC with respect to such performance requirements and measurement standards.
The Government Accountability Office (GAO) has recently noted that, now that we have accomplished the major milestone of fully implementing and transitioning to the MAC environment, we have the opportunity to consider whether some additional contracting mechanisms could be utilized to further improve MAC performance. Consistent with the new authority provided under MACRA and the recommendation provided by GAO, we are evaluating numerous elements of our MAC acquisition strategy, including potential adjustments to our MAC contract terms and conditions. The scope of our evaluation includes the processes and procedures that we use for awarding the MAC contracts and administering the MAC contracts after award.
We currently use a cost-plus-award-fee contract type for the MAC contracts, meaning that MACs are financially incentivized and rewarded with
Prior to the enactment of MACRA, the law required that MAC contracts be recompeted no less frequently than once every 5 years, which created the potential for frequent turnover in these critical contracts and disruption for Medicare providers and suppliers. With the enactment of MACRA, we are now able to renew a MAC contract for up to 10 years and reduce the potential for frequent turnover if the MAC meets or exceeds our performance objectives; conversely, we may still utilize competitive procedures sooner than 10 years in the event that a MAC does not meet our performance objectives. In concert with or in (partial or full) replacement of our award fee process, we are considering incorporating an “award term” concept into MAC contracting, meaning that we may incentivize and reward consistently, well-performing MACs with a longer-term contract (but not longer than 10 years). For example, MACs that consistently exceed our performance standards may be rewarded with a longer-term contract (up to 10 years); whereas, MACs that do not consistently exceed our performance standards may be limited to a shorter-term contract (more or less than 5 years). Therefore, we are soliciting public comment on the following questions regarding MAC incentives for exceptional performance:
• Do you have any concerns or suggestions related to development of a potential “award term” strategy and plan?
• Do you have any other suggestions for incentivizing and rewarding exceptional MAC performance?
• Are there any specific metrics or evaluation criteria that would be valuable in measuring the level and quality of the service provided by a MAC?
• Are there any specific metrics or evaluation criteria that would be valuable in measuring the level and quality of the MAC's relationships (including education and outreach) with providers?
Section 509(c) of MACRA directs us to make some MAC performance metrics available to the public, to the extent that doing so can be done in a manner that does not compromise the competitive procurement process. Therefore, we are requesting comment on the following questions regarding MAC performance transparency:
• With regard to the MAC's quality and level of service and performance, what types or kinds of information should be published for public release?
• If we were to publish the results of the evaluation of a MAC's performance on our Web site, which types of metrics or information should be made available for public release?
We are also soliciting public comment on potential MAC jurisdictional changes. Currently, there are 12 A/B MAC jurisdictions; in 2010, we announced a plan to consolidate FFS claims operations to 10 A/B MAC jurisdictions over the course of several years. However, in 2014, we announced that we were postponing the consolidation of Jurisdictions 8 (which encompasses the states of Indiana and Michigan) and 15 (which encompasses Kentucky and Ohio) to form “Jurisdiction I” and the consolidation of Jurisdictions 5 (Iowa, Kansas, Missouri and Nebraska) and 6 (Illinois, Minnesota, and Wisconsin) to form “Jurisdiction G.” For more information on our 2010 strategy for consolidating A/B MAC jurisdictions, as well as our 2014 decision to postpone the final 2 jurisdictional consolidations, see
Accordingly, we are requesting comment on the following question:
• What would the advantages and disadvantages be if CMS completed the last two MAC consolidations?
This request for information document does not impose any information collection requirements. In accordance with the implementing regulations of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) at 5 CFR 1320.3(h)(4), we believe it is a general solicitation of comments from the public. Therefore, it is exempt from the requirements of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501
Because of the large number of public comments we normally receive on
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Janie Kim at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Lee L. Zwanziger at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.
Notice.
In compliance with Section 3507(a)(1)(D) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) has submitted an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. Comments submitted during the first public review of this ICR will be provided to OMB. OMB will accept further comments from the public during the review and approval period.
Comments on this ICR should be received no later than January 20, 2016.
Submit your comments, including the Information Collection Request Title, to the desk officer for HRSA, either by email to
To request a copy of the clearance requests submitted to OMB for review, email the HRSA Information Collection Clearance Officer at
This information will be used to demonstrate accountability with legislative and programmatic requirements. It will also be used to monitor and provide continued oversight for grantee performance and to target technical assistance resources to grantees. In the future, it is anticipated that Home Visiting Program funding decisions may be allocated based on grantee performance, including on benchmark performance areas.
National Institutes of Health, HHS.
Notice.
The inventions listed below are owned by an agency of the U.S. Government and are available for licensing in the U.S. in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404 to achieve expeditious commercialization of results of federally-funded research and development. Foreign patent applications are filed on selected inventions to extend market coverage for companies and may also be available for licensing.
Licensing information and copies of the U.S. patent applications listed below may be obtained by emailing the indicated licensing contact at the National Heart, Lung, and Blood, Office of Technology Transfer and Development Office of Technology Transfer, 31 Center Drive Room 4A29, MSC2479, Bethesda, MD 20892-2479; telephone: 301-402-5579. A signed Confidential Disclosure Agreement may be required to receive copies of the patent applications.
Technology description follows.
The invention relates to fluorescent nanodiamonds (FNDs) and their uses as fiducial markers for microscopy. FNDs are bright fluorescent probes that do not blink or bleach and have broad fluorescence excitation and emission peaks. The fluorescence intensity can be readily controlled by the size of the FND, the number of fluorescent centers produced in the nanodiamonds, or
Intellectual Property: HHS Reference No. E-217-2015/0-US-01
Licensing Contact: Michael Shmilovich, Esq, CLP; 301-435-5019;
Collaborative Research Opportunity: The National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute seeks statements of capability or interest from parties interested in collaborative research to further develop and evaluate metallic nanoparticle vesicles for cancer phototherapy. For collaboration opportunities, please contact Vincent Kolesnitchenko, Ph.D. at
Under the provisions of Section 3507(a)(1)(D) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the National Institutes of Health, has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for review and approval of the information collection listed below. This proposed information collection was previously published in the
Direct Comments to OMB: Written comments and/or suggestions regarding the item(s) contained in this notice, especially regarding the estimated public burden and associated response time, should be directed to the: Office of Management and Budget, Office of Regulatory Affairs,
Comment Due Date: Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of the date of this publication.
To obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, or request more information on the proposed project, contact: Ms. Dione Washington, Health Science Policy Analyst, Office of Strategic Planning, Initiative Development and Analysis, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, Maryland 20892, or call a non-toll-free number 240 669 2100 or Email your request, including your address to
Proposed Collection: Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (NIAID), 0925-0668, Expiration Date 1/31/2016, EXTENSION, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID).
OMB approval is requested for 3 years. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 16,100.
In compliance with Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 concerning opportunity for public comment on proposed collections of information, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects. To request more information on the proposed projects or to obtain a copy of the information collection plans, call the SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer on (240) 276-1243.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Center for Mental Health Services (CMHS), is requesting clearance for the new data collection associated with the CSE. The CSE is a multicomponent evaluation of two SAMHSA programs—Behavioral Health Treatment Court Collaborative (BHTCC) and Transforming Lives through Supported Employment (SE). SE intends to promote recovery for individuals with serious mental illness, substance
The purpose of the CSE is to (1) describe and assess BHTCC and SE grantee activities and procedures, including the intermediate or direct effects of the programs on participants; (2) document the application and sanctioned adaptations of BHTCC programs in the justice system and of the SE Program; and (3) design and implement plans to disseminate knowledge about how to replicate effective projects in other States, territories, tribal nations, and communities. Findings will inform current grantees, policymakers, and the field about ways to transform the behavioral health system to cultivate resiliency and recovery, actively collaborate with and engage, and improve service delivery for individuals with serious mental, substance, and co-occurring disorders who are in recovery.
Eight data collection activities compose the CSE—five for administration with BHTCC program grantees and three to be conducted with SE program grantees.
The estimated response burden to collect this information associated with the CSE is as follows, annualized over the requested three-year clearance period, as presented below:
Send comments to Summer King, SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer, Room 2-1057, One Choke Cherry Road, Rockville, MD 20857
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice and request for comments; extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Biometric Identity. This is a proposed extension of an
Written comments should be received on or before January 20, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the OMB Desk Officer for Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and sent via electronic mail to
Requests for additional information should be directed to Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, at 202-325-0265.
This proposed information collection was previously published in the
The federal statutes that mandate DHS to create a biometric entry and exit system include: Section 2(a) of the Immigration and Naturalization Service Data Management Improvement Act of 2000 (DMIA), Public Law 106-215, 114 Stat. 337 (2000); Section 205 of the Visa Waiver Permanent Program Act of 2000, Public Law 106-396, 114 Stat. 1637, 1641 (2000); Section 414 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), Public Law 107-56, 115 Stat. 272, 353 (2001); Section 302 of the Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002 (Border Security Act), Public Law 107-173, 116 Stat. 543, 552, (2002); Section 7208 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (IRTPA), Public Law 108-458, 118 Stat. 3638, 3817 (2004); and Section 711 of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, Public Law 110-52, 121 Stat. 266 (2007).
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the availability of a final comprehensive conservation plan (CCP) and finding of no significant impact (FONSI) for the environmental assessment (EA) for the Whittlesey Creek National Wildlife Refuge (Refuge, NWR). In this final CCP, we describe how we intend to manage the refuge for the next 15 years.
You will find the final CCP, a summary of the final CCP, and the EA/FONSI on the planning Web site at
•
•
Tom Kerr, 715-246-7784.
With this notice, we complete the CCP process for Whittlesey Creek National Wildlife Refuge, which we began by publishing a notice of intent in the
The National Wildlife Refuge System Administration Act of 1966, as amended by the National Wildlife Refuge System Improvement Act of 1997 (16 U.S.C. 668dd-668ee) (Administration Act), requires us to develop a CCP for each national wildlife refuge. The purpose in developing a CCP is to provide refuge managers with a 15-year strategy for achieving refuge purposes and contributing toward the mission of the National Wildlife Refuge System (NWRS), consistent with sound principles of fish and wildlife management, conservation, legal mandates, and Service policies. In addition to outlining broad management direction on conserving wildlife and their habitats, CCPs identify wildlife-dependent recreational opportunities available to the public, including opportunities for hunting, fishing, wildlife observation and photography, and environmental education and interpretation. We will review and update the CCP at least every 15 years in accordance with the Administration Act.
Each unit of the NWRS was established for specific purposes. We use these purposes as the foundation for developing and prioritizing the management goals and objectives for each refuge within the NWRS mission, and to determine how the public can use each refuge. The planning process is a way for us and the public to evaluate management goals and objectives that will ensure the best possible approach to wildlife, plant, and habitat conservation, while providing for wildlife-dependent recreation opportunities that are compatible with each refuge's establishing purposes and the mission of the NWRS.
The final CCP may be found at
The selected alternative focuses on continued participation in the interagency coaster brook trout restoration program in Whittlesey Creek. The quantity and quality of coldwater stream, forest, and coastal wetland habitat for native fish, migratory birds, and other wildlife will increase. Floodplain and watershed hydrology will better emulate natural seasonal and long-term variability. Service participation in the Northern Great Lakes Visitor Center (NGLVC) partnership will continue. Refuge staff will participate in NGLVC programs that align with the NWRS mission and Refuge purposes. A detailed description of objectives and actions included in this selected alternative is found in chapter 4 of the final CCP.
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Interior.
Notice of a new information collection, Are literature searches finding your publications?
We (the U.S. Geological Survey) will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) described below. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, and as part of our continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, we invite the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on this IC.
To ensure that your comments are considered, we must receive them on or before February 19, 2016.
You may submit comments on this information collection to the Information Collection Clearance Officer, U.S. Geological Survey, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive MS 807, Reston, VA 20192 (mail); (703) 648-7197 (fax); or
Abigail Lynch, Research Fish Biologist, at (703) 648-4097 or
Inland fisheries are especially vulnerable to the impacts of climate change at a global scale; although inland fish are vital to ecosystem health and function and provide invaluable ecosystem services to communities worldwide, much research remains to be done. Researchers have been projecting and documenting impacts of climate change on fisheries since the 1980s; thus, there is a large body of literature available online. Traditional search engines provide large outputs of studies and reports that must be individually screened for relevance when searching for climate change effects on fisheries. This large output could result in the exclusion of some studies in analyses of the effects of climate change on inland fisheries. Our goal is to compare traditional literature search methods with using a network of fisheries professionals to identify relevant climate change and fisheries studies to determine if both methods yield similar or dissimilar results.
We plan to query research scientists belonging to major professional fisheries societies via electronic correspondence and request a list of their already published references to include in the collection. We are specifically looking for published studies addressing projected and documented effects of climate change on fisheries. The information will be used to generate a scientific manuscript. The only Personal Identifiable Information we will collect is the scientist's name. Our information collection request directly aligns to the mission of the USGS National Climate Change and Wildlife Science Center (NCCWSC). One of NCCWSC's goals is to deliver products, information, and tools to scientists and stakeholders on climate change and wildlife science, and the resulting manuscript aligns with these goals.
We are soliciting comments as to: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the agency to perform its duties, including whether the information is useful; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) how to minimize the burden on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please note that the comments submitted in response to this notice are a matter of public record. Before including your personal mailing address, phone number, email address, or other personally identifiable information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personally identifiable information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personally identifiable information from public view, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Department of the Interior.
Notice of a new information collection, Climate Change Effects on Wildlife Virtual Library
We, U.S. Geological Survey, will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) described below. As required by the Paperwork
To ensure that your comments are considered, we must receive them on or before February 19, 2016.
You may submit comments on this information collection to the Information Collection Clearance Officer, U.S. Geological Survey, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive MS 807, Reston, VA 20192 (mail); (703) 648-7197 (fax); or
Abigail Lynch, Research Fish Biologist, at (703) 648-4097 or
Wildlife is an essential recreational, commercial, and cultural resource to communities worldwide, while also being vital to ecosystem health and function. For our purposes, the term wildlife encompasses mammals, fish, amphibians, reptiles and birds. As climate change and other anthropogenic activities continue to threaten wildlife at a global scale, continued research and increased understanding of the effects of climate change on organisms is imperative for future wildlife management and conservation. Researchers have been studying and speculating on the effects of climate change on wildlife for decades; thus, there is a large body of climate change and wildlife literature available. Traditional search engines provide large outputs of studies and reports that must be individually screened for relevance when searching for climate change effects on specific taxonomic groups. This large output can be burdensome and could result in the exclusion of some studies in analyses. Our goal is to streamline this process for researchers and the public by having a virtual collection of studies highlighting climate change effects (both projected and documented) on wildlife at a global scale. This collection would provide researchers with quicker and easier access to get the information they need in less time and with less effort.
We plan to query research scientists belonging to professional societies and list servers via electronic correspondence and request a list of their already published references to include in the collection. We are specifically looking for published studies addressing projected and documented effects of climate change on wildlife. None of the information contains personal identifiable information. We plan to store all this information in a virtual bibliography that can be updated by a USGS point of contact as more studies are published and included in the database. Furthermore, some of this information may be used to generate external reports (
We are soliciting comments as to: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the agency to perform its duties, including whether the information is useful; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) how to minimize the burden on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please note that the comments submitted in response to this notice are a matter of public record. Before including your personal mailing address, phone number, email address, or other personally identifiable information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personally identifiable information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personally identifiable information from public view, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice.
In this notice, the Office of Self-Governance (OSG) establishes a deadline of March 1, 2016, for Indian tribes/consortia to submit completed applications to begin participation in the tribal self-governance program in Fiscal Year 2017 or Calendar Year 2017.
Completed application packages must be received by the Director, Office of Self-Governance, by March 1, 2016.
Application packages for inclusion in the applicant pool should be sent to Ms. Sharee M. Freeman, Director, Office of Self-Governance, Department of the Interior, Mail Stop 355-G-SIB, 1951 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20240.
Dr. Kenneth D. Reinfeld, Office of Self-Governance, telephone (703) 390-6551.
Under the Tribal Self-Governance Act of 1994 (Pub. L. 103-413), as amended by the
The regulations at 25 CFRs 1000.10 to 1000.31 will be used to govern the application and selection process for tribes/consortia to begin their participation in the tribal self-governance program in Fiscal Year 2017 and Calendar Year 2017. Applicants should be guided by the requirements in these subparts in preparing their applications. Copies of these subparts may be obtained from the information contact person identified in this notice.
Tribes/consortia wishing to be considered for participation in the tribal self-governance program for fiscal year 2017 or calendar year 2017 must respond to this notice, except for those tribes/consortia which are: (1) Currently involved in negotiations with the Department; or (2) one of the 115 tribal entities with signed agreements.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), as implemented by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in 5 CFR 1320, a person is not required to respond to a collection of information by a Federal Agency unless the collection displays a valid OMB control number. The application and reporting requirements related to this program are considered to be a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA. These submissions are required to obtain and/or retain a benefit. The OMB has approved the information collections related to this program and has assigned control number 1076-0143, Tribal Self-Governance Program, which expires January 31, 2016. We estimate the annual burden associated with this collection to average 55 hours per respondent. This includes the time for reviewing instructions and gathering and submitting the information to the Department. Comments regarding this collection may be directed to: Information Collection Clearance Officer, Office of Regulatory Affairs & Collaborative Action—Indian Affairs, 1849 C Street NW., MS-3642-MIB, Washington, DC 20240.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of availability.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) announces the availability of the Record of Decision (ROD) for the Approved Resource Management Plan (RMP) for the Prehistoric Trackways National Monument (Monument) located in southern New Mexico. The New Mexico Acting State Director signed the ROD on November 5, 2015, which constitutes the final decision of the BLM and makes the Approved RMP effective immediately.
Copies of the ROD/Approved RMP are available upon request from the District Manager, Las Cruces District Office, Bureau of Land Management, 1800 Marquess Street, Las Cruces, NM 88005 or via
Jennifer Montoya, Planning and Environmental Specialist, telephone 575-525-4316; address 1800 Marquess Street, Las Cruces, NM 88005; email
The Approved RMP provides a comprehensive management plan for the long-term protection and management of the Monument, totaling 5,255 acres of surface estate in southern New Mexico. The RMP prescribes appropriate uses and management of the Monument, consistent with the provisions of its designating legislation (Omnibus Public Land Management Act of 2009), and replaces the 1993 Mimbres RMP within the Monument boundaries. Major issues associated with the Monument include Paleontological Research and Protection, Interpretation and Education, Trails and Travel Management, Recreation and Visitor Services, Wildlife, Livestock, Vegetation, wilderness characteristics, recreational target shooting closures, Visual Resources, and Socioeconomics.
The Approved RMP is very similar to the one set forth in the Preferred Alternative for the Prehistoric Trackways National Monument Proposed RMP/Final Environmental (EIS) published in December 2014. Modifications to the proposed plan corrected errors that were noted during review of the Proposed RMP/Final EIS and provide further clarification for decisions in travel management planning and visitor services.
The RMP process began with a Notice of Intent (NOI) published in the
Certain decisions in the Approved RMP are implementation decisions and are appealable to the Interior Board of Land Appeals. These implementation level decisions include the approval of the Comprehensive Trails and Travel Management Plan. The decisions are included within Chapter 2 of the Approved RMP and Appendix C of the Proposed RMP/Final EIS, and implementation decisions are denoted with asterisks where appropriate. Any party adversely affected by the proposed route designations may appeal within 30 days of publication of this Notice of Availability pursuant to 43 CFR, part 4, subpart E. The appeal should state the specific route(s), as identified in Appendix C of the Proposed RMP/Final EIS, on which the decision is being appealed. The appeal must be filed with the Las Cruces District Manager at the above listed address. Please consult the appropriate regulations (43 CFR, part 4, subpart E) for further appeal requirements.
40 CFR 1506.6
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
Pursuant to applicable provisions of the Federal Recreation Enhancement Act (REA), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Bishop Field Office proposes to change the fee structure at all five of its developed campgrounds in Inyo and Mono counties, California, and by this notice is announcing the opening of the comment period. The fee proposal results from analysis and planning direction provided by the Bishop Campground Business Plan, which outlines operational goals of the area and the purpose of the fee program.
To ensure that comments will be considered, the BLM must receive written comments on its proposal to change the fee structure at campgrounds in the Bishop Field Office by January 20, 2016. Effective 4 months after publication of this notice, the BLM Bishop Field Office would initiate changes in fee collection at its five developed campgrounds unless the BLM publishes a
You may submit comments on this fee collection proposal by any of the following methods:
• Email:
• Mail: Bureau of Land Management, Bishop Field Office, Attn: Rebecca Brooke, 351 Pacu Lane, Suite 100, Bishop, CA 93514
Copies of the fee proposal are available at the Bishop Field Office at the above address and online at
Steven Nelson, Field Manager, telephone: (760) 872-5011 or at the address above. Persons who use a telecommunication device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1 (800) 877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
Pursuant to the Federal Lands and Recreation Enhancement Act (REA) (16 U.S.C. 6801
Fees for the campgrounds were established in 2005 and have not changed since then. Long-term camping permits are currently available for four of the five campgrounds for either 30 days or the entire summer season (approximately 8 months). Tuttle Creek, Goodale Creek, Horton Creek, and Crowley Lake campgrounds underwent significant upgrades from 2010 to 2012, including installation of new toilets, fire rings, picnic tables, information boards, and other amenities. In addition, potable water was installed at three campgrounds and a horse corral and group campsite at one campground. The total cost of upgrades was $3.6 million.
The current and proposed fee schedule for the BLM Bishop Field Office campgrounds is:
The goal of the proposed fee structure is to retain visitors in BLM campgrounds while providing a small amount of additional revenue for campground maintenance and improvements. By allowing the Field Manager discretion to set future fees within a range, there is flexibility as visitor use patterns and campground operating costs change over time.
The current and proposed fee structure for long-term camping permits are:
The objective of the proposed changes to long-term camping permits is to limit costs associated with long-term occupancy of campsites, thereby reducing the overall campground operation costs.
The BLM Bishop Field Office has outlined the rationale for this fee proposal in the Bishop Campground Business Plan. In order to inform the public, the Bishop Field Office conducted three open house events in July 2013. The Business Plan includes information on visitation to and operational expenses associated with the five campgrounds along with a market analysis of local campsites. The plan is available on line at:
This and future adjustments in the fees charged at these five campgrounds would be made in accordance with the plan and with notification and input from the Central California Resource Advisory Committee and the public. Fee amounts will be posted onsite and online at the Bishop Field Office Web site at:
The BLM welcomes public comments on this proposal. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
16 U.S.C. 6803 (b) and 43 CFR 2932.13
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice that it will proceed with full reviews pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 to determine whether revocation of the antidumping duty orders on chlorinated isocyanurates from China and Spain would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury within a reasonably foreseeable time. A schedule for the reviews will be established and announced at a later date.
Joanna Lo (202-205-1888), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
On December 7, 2015, the Commission determined that it should proceed to full reviews in the subject five-year reviews pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)). With respect to both investigations, the Commission found that the domestic respondent interested party group response to its notice of institution (80 FR 52789, September 1, 2015) was adequate and the respondent interested
These reviews are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.62 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at EDIS,
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at USITC.
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to section 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of ParkerVision, Inc. on December 15, 2015. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain RF capable integrated circuits and products containing the same. The complaint names as respondents Apple Inc. of Cupertino, CA; LG Electronics, Inc. of South Korea; LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc. of Englewood Cliffs, NJ; LG Electronics Mobilecomm U.S.A., Inc. of San Diego, CA; Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. of South Korea; Samsung Electronics America, Inc. of Ridgefield Park, NJ; Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC of Richardson, TX; Samsung Semiconductor, Inc. of San Jose, CA; and QUALCOMM Incorporated of San Diego, CA. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a limited exclusion order, cease and desist orders, and a bond upon respondents' alleged infringing articles during the 60-day Presidential review period pursuant to 19 U.S.C. 1337(j).
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or section 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (“Docket No. 3106”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of sections 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
Employment and Training Administration (ETA), Labor.
Notice of a virtual public meeting.
Pursuant to section 10 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App. 2 section 10), notice is hereby given to announce an open virtual meeting of the Advisory Committee on Apprenticeship (ACA) on Thursday, January 28, 2016. The meeting will convene virtually at
The meeting will begin at approximately 1:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on Thursday, January 28, 2016, at
The Designated Federal Official, Mr. John V. Ladd, Administrator, Office of Apprenticeship, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room C-5321, Washington, DC 20210, Telephone: (202) 693-2796 (this is not a toll-free number).
In order to promote openness, and increase public participation, webinar and audio conference technology will be used throughout the meeting. Webinar and audio instructions will be prominently posted on the Office of Apprenticeship homepage:
All meeting participants are being asked to submit a notice of intent to attend by Thursday, January 14, 2016, via email to Mr. John V. Ladd at:
1. If individuals have special needs and/or disabilities that will require special accommodations, please contact Kenya Huckaby on (202) 693-3795 or via email at
2. Any member of the public who wishes to file written data or comments pertaining to the agenda may do so by sending the data or comments to Mr. John V. Ladd via email at
3. See below regarding members of the public wishing to speak at the ACA meeting.
The purpose of the meeting is to focus on apprenticeship awareness, and current partnerships and outreach campaigns in order to seek advice from the ACA on industry issues and how best to increase Registered Apprenticeships across the country and beyond. The agenda will cover the following topics:
The agenda and meeting logistics may be updated should priority items come before the ACA between the time of this publication and the scheduled date of the ACA meeting. All meeting updates will be posted to the Office of Apprenticeship's homepage:
December 21, 28, 2015, January 4, 11, 18, 25, 2016.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public and Closed.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of December 21, 2015.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of December 28, 2015.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 4, 2016.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 11, 2016.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 18, 2016.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 25, 2016.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Week of December 14, 2015.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public.
This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at
By a vote of 4-0 on December 17, 2015, the Commission determined pursuant to U.S.C. 552b(e) and '9.107(a) of the Commission's rules that the above referenced Affirmation Session be held with less than one week notice to the public. The meeting is scheduled on December 17, 2015.
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing concerning an additional Global Expedited Package Services 3 negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On December 14, 2015, the Postal Service filed notice that it has entered into an additional Global Expedited Package Services 3 (GEPS 3) negotiated service agreement (Agreement).
To support its Notice, the Postal Service filed a copy of the Agreement, a copy of the Governors' Decision authorizing the product, a certification of compliance with 39 U.S.C. 3633(a), and an application for non-public treatment of certain materials. It also filed supporting financial workpapers.
The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-43 for consideration of matters raised by the Notice.
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's filing is consistent with 39 U.S.C. 3632, 3633, or 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comments are due no later than December 22, 2015. The public portions of the filing can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission appoints Curtis E. Kidd to serve as Public Representative in this docket.
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-43 for consideration of the matters raised by the Postal Service's Notice.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Curtis E. Kidd is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding (Public Representative).
3. Comments are due no later than December 22, 2015.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing concerning an additional Global Reseller Expedited Package Contracts 2 negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On December 14, 2015, the Postal Service filed notice that it has entered into an additional Global Reseller Expedited Package Contracts 2 (GREP 2) negotiated service agreement (Agreement).
To support its Notice, the Postal Service filed a copy of the Agreement, a copy of the Governors' Decision authorizing the product, a certification of compliance with 39 U.S.C. 3633(a), and an application for non-public treatment of certain materials. It also filed supporting financial workpapers.
The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-44 for consideration of matters raised by the Notice.
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's filing is consistent with 39 U.S.C. 3632, 3633, or 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comments are due no later than December 22, 2015. The public portions of the filing can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission appoints Lyudmila Y. Bzhilyanskaya to serve as Public Representative in this docket.
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-44 for consideration of the matters raised by the Postal Service's Notice.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Lyudmila Y. Bzhilyanskaya is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding (Public Representative).
3. Comments are due no later than December 22, 2015.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
On November 12, 2015, the NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
FINRA is proposing to amend NASD Rule 1022 (Categories of Principal Registration) and NASD Rule 1032 (Categories of Representative Registration) to remove the deadline by
The text of the proposed rule change is available on FINRA's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, FINRA included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. FINRA has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
In 2002, FINRA modified the following registration categories to include the activities of engaging in and supervising securities futures: (1) Registered Options Principal (Series 4); (2) Limited Principal—General Securities Sales Supervisor (Series 9/10); (3) General Securities Representative (Series 7); and (4) Registered Options Representative (Series 42).
Consequently, in 2002, FINRA, the National Futures Association (“NFA”), and the Institute for Financial Markets collaborated to develop a free web-based training program consisting of a series of modules intended to satisfy FINRA's firm-element continuing education requirement and NFA's training requirement (“Security Futures Training Modules”). Although the Security Futures Training Modules are not the only program that FINRA and NFA Members can use to satisfy their security futures training requirements, FINRA is not aware of any alternative training programs used by firms. Moreover, even if a firm were to use an alternative training program, the program must cover all applicable subjects specified in the content outline provided by FINRA. Since inception in 2002 through May 2015, just over 15,000 individuals have completed the Security Futures Training Modules. In 2014, only 180 registered individuals completed the Security Futures Training Modules (18 FINRA registrants and 162 NFA-only registrants).
At the time trading in security futures commenced, FINRA considered replacing the firm-element continuing education requirement with revised qualification examinations for the registration categories that address security futures; however, due to low trading volume in security futures and limited interest for registered representatives to engage in security futures business, such qualification examinations have not been implemented. Accordingly, on three prior occasions, FINRA has extended the deadline for completing a firm-element continuing education requirement.
Current data on trading volume has shown there to be very limited trading activity in security futures.
FINRA has filed the proposed rule change for immediate effectiveness and has requested that the SEC waive the requirement that the proposed rule change not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing, so that FINRA can implement the proposed rule change on December 31, 2015.
FINRA believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of section 15A(b)(6) of the Act,
FINRA does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change will allow eligible registrants to complete a firm-element continuing education program that will qualify them to engage in a security futures business in lieu of a qualification examination.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative prior to 30 days after the date of filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Form N-14 (17 CFR 239.23) is the form for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a
We estimate that approximately 124 funds each file one new registration statement on Form N-14 annually, and that 68 funds each file one amendment to a registration statement on Form N-14 annually. Based on conversations with fund representatives, we estimate that the reporting burden is approximately 620 hours per respondent for a new Form N-14 registration statement and 300 hours per respondent for amending the Form N-14 registration statement. This time is spent, for example, preparing and reviewing the registration statements. Accordingly, we calculate the total estimated annual internal burden of responding to Form N-14 to be approximately 97,280 hours. In addition to the burden hours, based on conversations with fund representatives, we estimate that the total cost burden of compliance with the information collection requirements of Form N-14 is approximately $27,500 for preparing and filing an initial registration statement on Form N-14 and approximately $16,000 for preparing and filing an amendment to a registration statement on Form N-14. This includes, for example, the cost of goods and services purchased to prepare and update registration statements on Form N-14, such as for the services of outside counsel. Accordingly, we calculate the total estimated annual cost burden of responding to Form N-14 to be approximately $4,498,000.
Estimates of average burden hours are made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act and are not derived from a comprehensive or even representative survey or study of the costs of Commission rules and forms. The collection of information under Form N-14 is mandatory. The information provided under Form N-14 will not be kept confidential. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
Please direct your written comments to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, C/O Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549; or send an email to:
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to (1) amend Rule 13 to eliminate Good til Cancelled (“GTC”) Orders and Stop Orders, and (2) make conforming changes to Rules 49, 61, 70, 104, 109, 115A, 116, 118, 123, 123A, 123C, 123D, 1000, 1004 and 6140. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 13 to eliminate GTC Orders (which are also defined as “Open” Orders) and Stop Orders, and make conforming changes to Rules 49, 61, 70, 104, 109, 115A, 116, 118, 123, 123A, 123C, 123D, 1000, 1004, and 6140. The Exchange proposes to eliminate these order types in order to streamline its rules and reduce complexity among its order type offerings.
Because of the technology changes associated with the proposed rule change, the Exchange proposes to announce the implementation date of the elimination of the order types via Trader Update.
The Exchange proposes to eliminate, and thus delete from its rules, the GTC Order defined in Rule 13(b)(2). A GTC Order is a limit order that remains in effect until it is either executed or cancelled.
• Delete Rule 13(b)(2), which defines the GTC Order;
• delete Rule 13(d)(1)(B)(iv), which provides that interest designated as GTC may not be designated as a Mid-Point Passive Liquidity (“MPL”) Order;
• delete Rules 13(f)(1) and (2), which describes the Do Not Reduce (“DNR”) and Do Not Increase (“DNI”) modifiers, which are modifiers that are used only in connection with GTC Orders. In addition to being used for GTC Orders, these modifiers are also used for Stop Orders, which the Exchange is also proposing to eliminate;
• amend Rule 13(f)(5)(B), which provides that the Exchange shall reject GTC Orders with an Self-Trade Prevention (“STP”) Modifier.
Second, the Exchange proposes to eliminate Stop Orders. A Stop Order is an order to buy or sell a stock at the market once the price of the stock reaches a specified price known as the “stop price.” Specifically, a Stop Order to buy becomes a market order when a transaction in the security occurs at or above the stop price after the order is received into Exchange systems or is manually represented by a Floor broker. A Stop Order to sell becomes a market order when a transaction in the security occurs at or below the stop price after the order is received into Exchange systems or manually represented by a Floor broker.
• Delete Rule 13(e)(7) [sic], which defines a Stop Order;
• delete Rule 13(f)(1) and (2), which describes the DNR and DNI modifiers as noted above;
• amend Rule 13(f)(5), which provides that the STP modifier is available for Stop Orders; and
• delete Supplementary Material .30, which governs the election of Stop Orders for certain enumerated securities.
The Exchange proposes certain conforming amendments to Rules 49, 61, 70, 104, 109, 115A, 116, 118, 123, 123A, 123C, 123D, 1000, 1004, and 6140 to reflect the elimination of GTC Orders and Stop Orders as described above as follows:
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 49 (Emergency Powers), which addresses the Exchange's emergency powers, to delete subsection (b)(1)(B), which permits the Exchange to accept cancellations of GTC orders during an emergency condition.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 61 (Recognized Quotations), which governs bids and offers in securities. Under Rule 61(a)(ii), transactions in part of a round lot are published to the Consolidated Tape and may elect Stop Orders. The Exchange proposes to eliminate the reference to electing Stop Orders.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 70 (Execution of Floor Broker Interest), governing execution of Floor broker interest known as e-Quotes. Under Rule 70(a)(1), e-Quotes cannot include, among others, unelected Stop Orders or a GTC, DNR and DNI modifier. The Exchange proposes to delete these references.
• The Exchange proposes to amend 104 (Dealings and Responsibilities of DMMs), which prohibits DMM units from entering, among others, GTC Modifiers, DNR Modifiers, DNI Modifiers, and Stop Orders. The Exchange proposes to delete these references to GTC, DNR and DNI modifiers and Stop Orders in subsection (b)(vi).
• Rule 109 (Limitation on “Stopping” Stock) was rescinded in 1983. The Exchange proposes to delete the heading and replace it with “Reserved.” The Exchange also proposes to delete “See Rule 112.10
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 115A (“Orders at Opening”), which governs orders at the opening, to remove subsection (a), which prohibits DMMs, trading assistants and anyone acting on their behalf from using the Exchange Display Book system in a manner designed to discover inappropriately information about unelected stop orders when arranging the open or to otherwise attempt to obtain information regarding unelected stop orders and to renumber the rule accordingly.
• The Exchange proposes to delete Supplementary Material .40(A) and .50 of Rule 116 (“ ‘Stop’ Constitutes Guarantee”), which provides that an agreement by a member to “stop” stock at a specified price constitutes a guarantee of a purchase or sale by the member of the security at that price. Supplementary Material .40(A) provides that Stop Orders elected based on the closing price are automatically and systemically converted to market orders and included in the total number of market-at-the-close orders executed at the close. Supplementary Material .50, similar to Rule 104(b)(vi), prohibits DMMs, trading assistants and anyone acting on their behalf from using the Display Book system in a manner designed to discover inappropriately information about unelected stop orders when arranging the close or to otherwise attempt to obtain information regarding unelected stop orders.
• The Exchange proposes to delete Rule 118 (Orders To Be Reduced and Increased on Ex-Date), which governs the adjustment of GTC buy orders
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123 (Record of Orders), which imposes certain recordkeeping and order entry requirements, to eliminate the reference to Stop Orders in subsection (e)(iii)(7) and stop price in paragraph (e)(iii)(8) of Rule 123. The Exchange also proposes to delete outdated references to auction market and auction limit orders in Rule 123(e)(iii)(7), which the Exchange either eliminated or did not implement.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Supplementary Material .20 of Rule 123A (Miscellaneous Requirements), which governs changes in day orders, to remove the final clause of the first paragraph requiring members to request that customers and correspondents file GTC Orders wherever possible rather than repeating the same order each morning. The Exchange also proposes to delete the second paragraph of Supplementary Material .20 in its entirety, which provides that a Day Order changed to an Open Order is considered a new order and must be added to the Exchange's Book after other orders previously received at the same price. As noted above, an Open Order is another term for a GTC Order.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123C (The Closing Procedures), which specifies the procedures to be followed at the close of trading on the Exchange, to delete references to Stop Orders in paragraphs 6(a)(i)(C) and 6(a)(i)(D)(ii) of Rule 123C. The Exchange also proposes to delete paragraph 8(a)(iv) of Rule 123C, which describes election of Stop Orders as part of the Closing Print.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123D (Openings and Halts in Trading), which specifies that Exchange systems may open one or more securities electronically if a DMM cannot facilitate the opening of trading as required by Exchange rules. First, the Exchange proposes to replace the references to Rule 115A(b) with references to Rule 115A(a). Second, the Exchange proposes to delete subsection (a)(3)(C)(ii), which provides that Stop Orders elected based on the opening price would trade second in time priority when interest that is otherwise guaranteed to participate in an opening trade would cause an opening price to be outside the Opening Price Range (as defined therein). Third, to reflect the deletion of subsection (a)(3)(C)(ii) and the removal of Stop Orders from second in time priority, the Exchange proposes to re-number subsections (a)(3)(C)(iii) through (v) and re-order priority for Limit Orders (current subsection (a)(3)(C)(iii)) from third to second, for G-quotes (current subsection (a)(3)(C)(iv)) from fourth to third, and for all other limit interest priced equal to the open (current subsection (a)(3)(v)) from fifth to fourth.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1000 (Automatic Executions), which provides for automatic executions by Exchange systems. Rule 1000(c) provides that incoming market orders, including an elected stop order, or marketable limit order to buy (sell) will not execute or route to another market center at a price above (below) the Trading Collar applicable when automatic executions are in effect and calculated pursuant to Rule 1000(c)(i). The Exchange proposes to delete the reference to elected stop order in paragraph (c) of Rule 1000.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1004 (Election of Buy Minus, Sell Plus and Stop Orders), which provides that automatic executions of transactions reported to the Consolidated Tape shall elect, among others, stop orders electable at the price of such executions and that any stop order so elected shall be automatically executed as market orders pursuant to Exchange rules. The Exchange proposes to delete the references to Stop Orders, including in the heading.
Finally, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6140 (Other Trading Practices), which governs a number of prohibited trading practices. First, the Exchange proposes to delete Rule 6140(h)(1), which provides that a member or member organization may, but is not obligated to, accept a stop order in designated securities, and defines buy stop orders (Rule 6140(h)(1)(A)) and sell stop orders (Rule 6140(h)(1)(B)). Second, the Exchange proposes to delete Rule 6140(h)(2), which provides that a member or member organization may, but is not obligated to, accept stop limit orders in designated securities and that when a transaction occurs at a stop price, the stop limit order to buy or sell becomes a limit order at the limit price. Current subsection (i) of Rule 6140 would become new subsection (h).
The proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b)
Specifically, the Exchange believes that eliminating GTC Orders and Stop Orders removes impediments to and perfects a national market system by simplifying functionality and complexity of its order types. The Exchange believes that eliminating these order types would not be inconsistent with the public interest and the protection of investors because investors will not be harmed and in fact would benefit from the removal of complex functionality. Because Stop Orders, when elected, can exacerbate market volatility and result in executions in declining markets at prices significantly different than the quoted price, the Exchange believes that eliminating them would reduce the potential for orders on the Exchange to cause significant price dislocation. The Exchange also believes that eliminating GTC Orders would benefit investors because it shifts the responsibility to monitor best execution obligations on behalf of a customer to the member organization entering the order, rather than leaving a GTC order at the Exchange until it gets executed.
The Exchange further believes that deleting corresponding references in Exchange rules to deleted order types also removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market by ensuring that members, regulators and the public can more easily navigate the Exchange's rulebook and better understand the orders types available for trading on the Exchange. Removing obsolete cross references also furthers the goal of transparency and adds clarity to the Exchange's rules.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed change is not designed to address any competitive issue but
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On October 30, 2015, National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) proposed rule change SR-NSCC-2015-007 pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The following is a description of the proposed rule change, as provided by NSCC:
Settlement of AIP Payments is done on a prefunded basis. On each date for which settlement will occur (“Settlement Date”), an AIP participant (“AIP Member”) that is in a debit position for such day must satisfy its full debit balance before NSCC will settle any contra-side credit positions with respect to such AIP Member. NSCC simply passes AIP Payments from one AIP Member to the contra-side AIP Member without netting and without guaranteeing payment, and settlement of AIP Payments is segregated from all other money settlement at NSCC.
Participation in AIP is governed by Rule 53 of NSCC's Rules. A party seeking to be an AIP Member is required to enter into a separate AIP membership agreement with NSCC, even if it is otherwise a participant of other NSCC services.
AIP Members are divided into two categories—“AIP Manufacturers” and “AIP Distributors”. AIP Manufacturers act on behalf of, or under authority of, the sponsor, general partner, or other party responsible for the creation or manufacturing of an eligible alternative investment product (“Eligible AIP Product”). AIP Manufacturers are generally the fund entities themselves (“Funds”). AIP Distributors act on behalf of, or under authority of, a customer or other investor in an Eligible AIP Product. AIP Distributors are generally the broker/dealers whose clients invest in Eligible AIP Products.
Within AIP, a fund administrator is a party engaged under contract to provide administrative services with respect to one or more Eligible AIP Products and is eligible to be an AIP Member as an AIP Manufacturer (“AIP Fund Administrator”). In general, AIP Fund Administrators process AIP transactions with respect to their various Fund clients by creating separate sub-accounts within AIP, each of which is attributable to a specific Fund client. In this structure, the Fund client generally would not be an AIP Member.
Under the current AIP Rules, AIP Fund Administrators are responsible for all activities related to their sub-accounts. These activities include, for example, submitting, reviewing, and confirming order instructions, reviewing and confirming settlement statements, and making AIP Payments. With respect to making AIP Payments, the Rules provide that on Settlement Date all sub-account obligations roll up to the AIP Fund Administrator's primary AIP account. These obligations are then presented to the AIP Fund Administrator's settlement bank for gross debit settlement and gross credit settlement.
Because AIP Fund Administrators are responsible for settlement of AIP Payments, an AIP Fund Administrator in a debit position on Settlement Date must assure that each applicable Fund client has timely delivered payment to such AIP Fund Administrator's settlement bank. To the extent that a single Fund client fails to deliver its payment on Settlement Date (and the AIP Fund Administrator is not otherwise able to cover such Fund's shortfall), NSCC is required to reverse all of the AIP Fund Administrator's contra-side credit positions for the day, including the contra-side credit positions attributable to Funds that actually did pay.
In recent months, NSCC has learned from several fund administrators interested in becoming AIP Members that the responsibility to make AIP Payments at NSCC is a responsibility that fund administrators generally do not undertake outside of AIP. In the current processing environment outside of AIP, fund administrators perform all transaction processing functions for their Funds, but they generally do not control money settlement.
As explained by certain fund administrators to NSCC, the current AIP Payment structure as applied to AIP Fund Administrators has slowed adoption of AIP by the fund administrator community.
An AIP Fund Administrator choosing to create an AIP Settling Sub-Account will designate to NSCC the applicable Fund client with responsibility for settlement of AIP Payments with respect to such AIP Settling Sub-Account. Such designated Fund will not be an AIP Member (“AIP Non-Member Fund”). Each such AIP Non-Member Fund will enter into a standard agreement pursuant to which an NSCC-approved AIP Settling Bank will perform settlement services directly for the AIP Non-Member Fund (“Appointment of AIP Settling Bank and AIP Settling Bank Agreement”).
Under the proposal, AIP Fund Administrators will remain responsible for all activities with respect to their AIP Settling Sub-Accounts, except that AIP Fund Administrators will not be responsible for settling AIP Payments. For example, AIP Fund Administrators will remain responsible for order processing applicable to their AIP Settling Sub-Accounts, including submitting, reviewing, and confirming order instructions. In addition, AIP Fund Administrators will be responsible for informing their AIP Non-Member Funds of their respective daily AIP Payment obligations. All reporting, liability, and indemnification obligations to NSCC under NSCC's Rules will remain with the AIP Fund Administrator.
As is the case today, settlement of all AIP Payments will be done on a prefunded basis. NSCC will not net or guarantee any AIP Payments with respect to AIP Settling Sub-Accounts, and all settlement of AIP Payments (including those of AIP Non-Member Funds) will continue to be segregated from all other money settlement at NSCC.
Prior to NSCC approving any AIP Settling Sub-Account, NSCC will require the applicable AIP Fund Administrator to enter into documentation and/or agreements, or otherwise procure documentation and/or agreements, in such form as required by NSCC from time to time, which will contain:
• The AIP Fund Administrator's acknowledgement and agreement that it will be responsible for all matters, activities, liabilities, and obligations applicable to AIP Members under the Rules with respect to such AIP Settling Sub-Account, except for settlement of AIP Payments;
• the AIP Fund Administrator's agreement to indemnify NSCC for any loss, liability, or expense sustained by NSCC in connection with, arising from, or related to such AIP Settling Sub-Account, including with respect to the
• the AIP Fund Administrator's agreement that it will be responsible for (A) all charges incurred and payments due under Rule 26 (Bills Rendered) for the processing of AIP Settling Sub-Account transactions through AIP and (B) any other charges that may be incurred with respect to such AIP Settling Sub-Account under Rule 24 (Charges for Services Rendered);
• the AIP Fund Administrator's designation of the AIP Non-Member Fund with responsibility for making AIP Payments with respect to such AIP Settling Sub-Account;
• the AIP Non-Member Fund's consent and approval with respect to such designation;
• the AIP Fund Administrator's agreement of its obligation to notify NSCC of changes in condition to the AIP Non-Member Fund that would otherwise require notice to NSCC under Rule 2B (Ongoing Membership Requirements and Monitoring) or Rule 20 (Insolvency);
• the AIP Fund Administrator's agreement of its obligation to notify the applicable AIP Non-Member Fund of such AIP Non-Member Fund's daily AIP Payment balance; and
• the AIP Non-Member Fund's appointment of an AIP Settling Bank, and such AIP Settling Bank's agreement to act as AIP Settling Bank for such AIP Non-Member Fund.
In addition, the applicable AIP Fund Administrator will need to obtain from the applicable AIP Non-Member Fund tax documentation in such form as required by NSCC from time to time, and with respect to any AIP Non-Member Fund that is treated as a non-U.S. entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the AIP Fund Administrator will need to provide NSCC with an executed FATCA certification from such AIP Non-Member Fund in the form approved by NSCC.
On a going-forward basis with respect to FATCA, AIP Fund Administrators will need to obtain from their AIP Non-Member Funds periodic tax documentation, including FATCA certifications to the extent applicable, and provide such documentation to NSCC. Failure to provide such tax documentation, including FATCA certifications, in the manner and timeframes set forth by NSCC from time to time will result in revocation of NSCC's approval, in NSCC's sole and absolute discretion, of such AIP Settling Sub-Account.
Under the proposal, AIP Fund Administrators will be required to indemnify NSCC for any loss, liability, or expense sustained by NSCC in connection with, arising from, or related to FATCA in respect of their AIP Settling Sub-Accounts. The FATCA-related provisions in this proposed rule change are substantially similar to the current provisions in the Rules governing how NSCC monitors and treats its non-U.S. members with respect to FATCA.
In connection with this proposal, NSCC will amend the following Rules:
• The following new defined terms will be created: “AIP Fund Administrator”, “AIP Non-Member Fund”, and “AIP Settling Sub-Account”, each of which will be defined or further described in Rule 53 (Alternative Investment Product Services and Members).
• The defined term “AIP Settling Bank” will be amended to: Provide that AIP Settling Banks undertake to perform settlement services for AIP Members, as well as for AIP Non-Member Funds; and correct an incorrect Rule citation within the defined term.
The description of “AIP Settling Bank Only Member” as a type of NSCC Limited Member will be amended to provide that AIP Settling Bank Only Members undertake to perform settlement services with respect to AIP on behalf of AIP Members, as well as AIP Non-Member Funds.
The Rule will be amended to: Permit AIP Fund Administrators to create AIP Settling Sub-Accounts and address the agreements and documents that NSCC will require prior to approving any such AIP Settling Sub-Account; describe the tax and FATCA-related requirements in connection with creating and maintaining such AIP Settling Sub-Accounts; describe the settlement process with respect to AIP Settling Sub-Accounts; state that NSCC will not notify any AIP Non-Member Fund of any debit or credit balance and identify that it is the AIP Fund Administrator's obligation to notify each such AIP Non-Member Fund of its applicable debit or credit balance; state that NSCC will not guarantee AIP Payments to any AIP Non-Member Fund; specify that NSCC will not be liable for the acts, delays, omissions, bankruptcy, or insolvency of any AIP Non-Member Fund unless the Corporation was grossly negligent, engaged in willful misconduct, or in violation of federal securities laws for which there is a private right of action; and address applicable technical changes in connection with the foregoing.
The Rule will be amended to provide that AIP Settling Banks may undertake to: Perform settlement services on behalf of AIP Non-Member Funds; describe the settlement process with respect to AIP Settling Sub-Accounts; and make certain technical corrections.
The Rule will be amended to specify that NSCC will not be liable for the acts, delays, omissions, bankruptcy, or insolvency of any AIP Non-Member Fund unless the Corporation was grossly negligent, engaged in willful misconduct, or in violation of federal securities laws for which there is a private right of action; and make clear that NSCC will not be responsible for the completeness or accuracy of any AIP data received from or transmitted to an AIP Member (including an AIP Fund Administrator with respect to any AIP Settling Sub-Account thereof), nor for any errors, omissions, or delays which may occur in the transmission of such AIP data to or from an AIP Member (including an AIP Fund Administrator with respect to any AIP Settling Sub-Account thereof).
The Rule will be amended to make clear that settlement with respect to AIP Settling Sub-Accounts is not guaranteed and that NSCC will reverse any credit previously given to any AIP Member (including any AIP Settling Sub-Account) that is the contra-side to an AIP Member (including a contra-side AIP Settling Sub-Account) whose payment was not received by NSCC.
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act
In allowing settlement at the sub-account level, NSCC (i) will be fostering cooperation and coordination with fund administrators and Funds that are involved in the processing of alternative investment securities transactions, and (ii) will be removing an impediment to the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of alternative investment securities transactions at the sub-account level. As such, the Commission believes that the proposal is consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
On the basis of the foregoing, the Commission finds that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Act and in particular with the requirements of section 17A of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to change a representation relating to the number of components in the CBOE S&P 500 Put Write Index, the index underlying the WisdomTree Put Write Strategy Fund (“Fund”). The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) has approved listing and trading of shares of the Fund on the Exchange under Commentary .01 to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3) (“Investment Company Units”).
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Commission has approved a proposed rule change relating to listing and trading on the Exchange of shares (“Shares”) of the Fund on the Exchange under Commentary .01 to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3)
The Shares will be offered by the WisdomTree Trust (“Trust”), which was established as a Delaware statutory trust on December 15, 2005. The Trust is registered with the Commission as an investment company and has filed a registration statement on Form N-1A (“Registration Statement”) with the Commission on behalf of the Fund.
The Exchange proposes to change a representation made in the Prior Release relating to the number of components in the CBOE S&P 500 Put Write Index (“Index”), the index underlying the Fund.
As described in the Prior Release, the Fund's investment objective will be to seek investment results that, before fees and expenses, closely correspond to the price and yield performance of the Index. The Index was developed and is maintained by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (“CBOE” or the “Index Provider”). The Fund's investment objective is to seek investment results that, before fees and expenses, closely correspond to the price and yield performance of the Index. The Index tracks the value of a passive investment strategy, which consists of overlaying of S&P 500 Index put options (“SPX Puts”) over a money market account, invested in one and three-month Treasury bills (“PUT Strategy”). The SPX Puts are struck at-the-money and are sold on a monthly basis, usually the third Friday of the month (
As stated in the Prior Release, the Exchange submitted a proposed rule change (
As stated in the Prior Release, the Shares will conform to the initial and continued listing criteria under NYSE Arca Equities Rules 5.2(j)(3) and 5.5(g)(2), except that the Index will not meet the requirements of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .01(a)(A)(1-5) in that the Index will consist of one series of options based on US Component Stocks (
The Exchange believes it is appropriate to strike from the Prior Release the representation that the Index will include a minimum of 20 components and would meet the numerical requirements of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .01(a)(A)(4) because such Commentary is inapplicable to an index containing options components and because the Index does not include a minimum of 20 components. The Exchange believes that such deletion will not adversely impact investors or the public interest in that the Index is based on CBOE-traded puts on one of the most widely-followed broad-based market indexes—the S&P 500.
S&P 500 Index options traded on CBOE are highly liquid, with average daily trading volume in 2014 of 888,089 contracts, with a notional size per contract of $200,000.
The trading volume of the at-the-money SPX Puts as of approximately 12:00 noon on Roll Dates compares favorably with at-the-money (as of approximately 12:00 noon) put options on other major indexes on Roll Dates. For example, the trading volume of comparable 30-day put options trading at-the-money as of 12:00 noon on each of the Roll Dates above on the Russell 2000 Index (“RUT”) was as follows: For
The daily high, low and last reported sales prices on each of the Roll Dates for SPX Puts at-the-money as of approximately 12:00 noon were as follows: Roll Date of April 17, 2015 (expiry May 15, 2015), strike price of 2080, daily high: $34.65, low: $23.45, last: $28.70; Roll Date of May 15, 2015 (expiry June 19, 2015), strike price of 2120, daily high: $32.70, low: $29.00, last: $29.00; and Roll Date of June 19, 2015 (expiry July 17, 2015), strike price of 2110, daily high: $30.40, low: $24.20, last: $30.40.
The Exchange estimates that on launch date, the Fund would hold approximately $2.5-$5.0 million in cash and cash equivalents (
The Exchange believes that sufficient protections are in place to protect against market manipulation of the Fund's Shares and SPX Puts for several reasons: (i) Surveillances administered by each of the Exchange, CBOE and FINRA designed to detect violations of the federal securities laws and self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) rules; (ii) the large number of financial instruments tied to the specified securities; and (iii) the exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) creation/redemption arbitrage mechanism tied to the large pool of liquidity of each of the Fund's underlying investments, as more fully described below.
Trading in the Shares and the underlying Fund instruments will be subject to the federal securities laws and Exchange, CBOE and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules and surveillance programs.
SPX options are among the most liquid index options in the U.S. and derive their value from the actively traded S&P 500 Index components. SPX options are cash-settled with no delivery of stocks or ETFs, and trade in competitive auction markets with price and quote transparency. The Exchange believes the highly regulated S&P 500 options markets and the broad base and scope of the S&P 500 Index make securities that derive their value from that index, including S&P 500 options, less susceptible to potential market manipulation in view of market capitalization and liquidity of the S&P 500 Index components, price and quote transparency, and arbitrage opportunities.
Because the pricing of the Shares is tied to the Fund's underlying assets (cash, Treasuries and SPX Puts), all of which are traded in efficient, diversified and liquid markets, the Exchange also expects the liquidity in the congruent creation/redemption arbitrage mechanism to keep the Shares' market pricing in line such that the Shares' pricing would not materially differ from their net asset value. The Exchange believes that the efficiency and liquidity of the markets for SPX Puts, related derivatives, and S&P 500 Index components are sufficiently great as to deter fraudulent or manipulative acts associated with the Fund's Share price. Coupled with the extensive surveillance programs of the SROs described above, the Exchange does not believe that trading in the Fund's Shares, as proposed, would present manipulation concerns.
The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by regulatory staff of the Exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws.
The surveillances referred to above generally focus on detecting securities trading outside their normal patterns, which could be indicative of manipulative or other violative activity. When such situations are detected, surveillance analysis follows and investigations are opened, where appropriate, to review the behavior of all relevant parties for all relevant trading violations.
FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or the regulatory staff of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and SPX Index options with other markets and other entities that are members of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”), and FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or the regulatory staff of the Exchange, may obtain trading information regarding trading such securities from such markets and other entities. In addition, the regulatory staff of the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in such securities from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.
In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the
The basis under the Act for this proposed rule change is the requirement under section 6(b)(5)
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the Shares will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3). The Exchange has in place surveillance procedures that are adequate to properly monitor trading in the Shares in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by regulatory staff of the Exchange or FINRA on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or the regulatory staff of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and SPX Index options with other markets and other entities that are members of ISG, and FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or the regulatory staff of the Exchange, may obtain trading information regarding trading such securities from such markets and other entities. In addition, the regulatory staff of the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in such securities from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. The Exchange believes it is appropriate to strike from the Prior Release the representation that the Index will include a minimum of 20 components and would meet the numerical requirements of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .01(a)(A)(4), as described above. The Exchange believes that such deletion will not adversely impact investors or the public interest in that the Index is based on CBOE-traded puts on the S&P 500, which are highly liquid and actively traded. The Exchange represents that S&P 500 Index options traded on CBOE are highly liquid, with average daily trading volume in 2014 of 888,089 contracts, with a notional size per contract of $200,000.
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that trading in the Shares is subject to all requirements of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3). The Index is based on CBOE-traded puts on the S&P 500, which are highly liquid and actively traded. The Web site for the Fund will include a form of the prospectus for the Fund and additional data relating to NAV and other applicable quantitative information. In addition, as stated in the Prior Notice, investors will have ready access to information regarding the Fund's holdings, the Intraday Indicative Value, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. As noted above, the Exchange has in place surveillance procedures relating to trading in the Shares and may obtain information via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, as stated in the Prior Release, investors will have ready access to information regarding the Fund's holdings, the Intraday Indicative Value, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. The proposed rule change will enhance competition by permitting listing and trading of an additional type of index-based exchange-traded fund whose underlying index includes an options component.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an Email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's transaction fees at Chapter XV, Section 2 entitled “NASDAQ Options Market—Fees and Rebates,” which governs pricing for Nasdaq members using the NASDAQ Options Market (“NOM”), Nasdaq's facility for executing and routing standardized equity and index options.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes various changes to the NOM transaction fees and rebates set forth at Chapter XV, Section 2 for executing and routing standardized equity and index options under the Non-Penny Pilot Options program, as well as other changes.
The proposed changes are as follows:
1. Increase fees from $0.94 to $1.10 per contract for all Participant categories other than Customer, which remains at $0.85 per contract.
2. Offer Participants that send Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and/or Broker-Dealer order flow an opportunity to lower the Fees for Removing Liquidity in Non-Penny Pilot Options from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract provided they qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot
3. Offer Participants that send NOM Market Maker order flow an opportunity to lower the Fee for Removing Liquidity in Non-Penny Pilot Options from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract provided they qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
1. Reduce the Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity in Non-Penny Pilot Options from $0.84 to $0.80 per contract.
2. Offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity by $0.10 per contract by qualifying for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 in a month for a total rebate of $.90 per contract.
3. Offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity by qualifying for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a month, by increasing the current additional rebate from $0.01 to $0.20 per contract, in addition to the proposed $0.80 per contract Customer rebate for a total rebate of $1.00 per contract.
1. Amend note “c” criteria (3)(a) to decrease the percentage of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contract per day in a month from 0.85% to 0.75%.
2. Amend note “c” criteria 3(b) to increase the amount of Consolidated Volume by increasing the percentage from 1.00% to 1.10% or more of Consolidated Volume in a month.
3. Conform the language in the rule text in note “1” and note “c.”
Each specific change is described in greater detail below.
The Exchange proposes, beginning December 1, 2015, to increase the Professional,
The Exchange proposes, beginning December 1, 2015, to decrease the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.84 to $0.80 per contract. While the Exchange is decreasing this Customer rebate, it will also offer Participants an opportunity to obtain a higher rebate by adding liquidity to NOM. Participants that send Customer order flow will have an opportunity to earn an additional Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity of $0.10 per contract, in addition to the proposed $0.80 per contract rebate, for a total rebate of $0.90 per contract, by qualifying for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 in a month. Also Participants that send Customer order flow will continue to be offered an opportunity to earn an increased additional Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity by qualifying for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a month, but the additional rebate will increase from $0.01 to $0.20 per contract, above the proposed $0.80 per contract rebate, for a total rebate of $1.00 per contract in a month. The Exchange believes that, while the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity is being decreased, the opportunity to earn a higher rebate by adding liquidity will incentivize Participants to select NOM as a venue and in turn benefit other market participants with the opportunity to interact with such liquidity.
The Exchange proposes to amend current note “c” which permits Participants that qualify for the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity
First, the Exchange proposes to amend note “c” to amend criteria (3)(a) to decrease the percentage of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contract per day in a month from 0.85% to 0.75%. The Exchange believes that this decrease will offer Participants an opportunity to qualify for this incentive by amending the qualification to require less volume. Second, the Exchange proposes to amend criteria 3(b) to increase the amount of Consolidated Volume by increasing the percentage from 1.00% to 1.10% or more of Consolidated Volume in a month to achieve the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity for each transaction which adds liquidity in Penny Pilot Options. While this note 3(b) incentive requirement is being increased, the other requirement in note 3(a) is being lowered. The Exchange believes that this incentive will continue to encourage Participants to add even more liquidity on NOM to earn a higher rebate. The Exchange is not amending the other criteria, (1) and (2), in note “c” to qualify for the additional rebate. Also, note “c” is being amended to add the phrase “in a month” for additional clarity.
Finally, the Exchange proposes to conform the language in the rule text in note “1” of Chapter XV, Section 2(1) by rewording the rule text for consistency and also referring to “a month” instead of a “given month.”
Nasdaq believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.94 to $1.10 per contract is reasonable, because these fees serve to offset the Exchange's incentives to increase the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer rebate up to $1.00 per contract. The Exchange is amending the Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity to pay a proposed decreased rebate of $0.80 per contract, but with an opportunity to earn a higher rebate of $0.90 per contract or $1.00 per contract, depending on the Participant's qualifications for Customer or Professional Rebates to Add Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options. The Exchange seeks to encourage Participants to send more Customer or Professional Order flow to obtain an even higher Customer rebate than is offered today.
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.94 to $1.10 per contract is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because all Participants, other than Customers, are being assessed the same Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity. Customer order flow, unlike other order flow, enhances liquidity on the Exchange for the benefit of all market participants and benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attracts market makers. Customers continue to be assessed the lowest Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity of $0.85 per contract.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants an opportunity to reduce the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract is reasonable, because the Exchange believes that offering Participants an opportunity to reduce fees by qualifying for Customer or Professional Rebates to Add Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options Tiers 7 or 8 will benefit all Participants from the increased liquidity such rebate tiers will attract to the Exchange, while reducing fees.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants an opportunity to reduce the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because all non-Customer Participants may qualify for this fee discount. Customers pay a lower fee of $0.85 per contract, because Customer order flow enhances liquidity on the Exchange for the benefit of all market participants and benefits all market participants by providing more
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send NOM Market Maker order flow an opportunity to reduce the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract is reasonable, because the Exchange seeks to encourage Participants to send more Penny and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options order flow to NOM to obtain the discount. Offering to reduce NOM Market Maker fees for Participants that qualify for the lower Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, as well as the higher Tiers 7 and 8,
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send NOM Market Maker order flow an opportunity to reduce the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because NOM Market Makers, unlike other market participants, add value through continuous quoting
The Exchange's proposal to decrease the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.84 to $0.80 per contract is reasonable, because although the rebate is being decreased by $0.04 per contract, the Exchange is also offering Participants an opportunity to earn a higher rebate by sending Customer or Professional order flow to NOM. The Exchange proposes to offer Participants the opportunity to increase the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity to either $0.90 or $1.00 per contract, depending on the Participant's qualifications for Customer or Professional Rebates to Add Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options. Today, only Customers are entitled to receive a Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity of $0.84 per contract. The Exchange will continue to offer Participants the opportunity to receive a rebate for Customer orders, albeit a reduced rebate. Also, by offering an opportunity to earn a higher Customer rebate through the addition of certain order flow to NOM, the Exchange seeks to encourage Participants to send more Customer or Professional Order flow, which benefits all market participants because they are afforded an opportunity to interact with the increased order flow. Customer liquidity offers unique benefits to the market which benefits all market participants. Also, the Exchange believes that encouraging Participants to add Professional liquidity creates competition among options exchanges, because the Exchange believes that the rebates may cause market participants to select NOM as a venue to send Professional order flow.
The Exchange's proposal to decrease the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.84 to $0.80 per contract is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because, today, only Customers are entitled to such a rebate, because Customer order flow brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity which benefits all market participants. Customers will continue to be offered a rebate, unlike other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the proposed lower Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.80 to $0.90 per contract, provided the Participant qualifies for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is reasonable, because the Exchange will increase the $0.80 per contract rebate, thereby encouraging Participants to send more Customer or Professional Penny and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options order flow to the Exchange. This rebate incentive also incentivizes Participants to transact more Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options on NOM.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the proposed lower Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.80 to $0.90 per contract, provided the Participant qualifies for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because Customer order flow, unlike other order flow, brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity which benefits all market participants. Customers will continue to be offered a rebate, unlike other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the proposed lower Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.80 to $1.00 per contract, provided the Participant qualifies for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 is reasonable, because the Exchange will increase the $0.80 per contract rebate, thereby encouraging Participants to send more Customer or Professional Penny and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options order flow to the Exchange. This rebate incentive also incentivizes Participants to transact more Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options on NOM.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants that send Customer order flow an opportunity to increase the proposed lower Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.80 to $1.00 per contract, provided the Participant qualifies for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Tiers 7 or 8 is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because Customer order flow, unlike other order flow, brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity which benefits all market participants. Customers will continue to be offered a rebate, unlike other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to amend one of the three criteria in note “c” to earn a higher rebate for Participants that qualify for the Tier 8 Customer and
Specifically, the Exchange believes that the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(a) to decrease the percentage of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contract per day in a month from 0.85% to 0.75% to achieve the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity is reasonable, because the decrease may offer Participants an opportunity to qualify for this incentive, which would require less volume. The amended incentive has the potential to make the applicable higher rebate available to a wider range of market participants. The Exchange also believes that the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(b) to increase the amount of Consolidated Volume by increasing the percentage from 1.00% to 1.10% or more of Consolidated Volume, in a month, to obtain the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity is reasonable because, despite the increase, the other requirement to obtain the rebate in note 3(a) is being lowered. Both the 3(a) and 3(b) requirements must be met in order to qualify for the additional Tier 8 rebate pursuant to the third prong in note “c.” Participants may still qualify for the Tier 8 additional rebate by qualifying pursuant to note “c” prongs (1) or (2) as well. The Exchange believes that this incentive will continue to encourage Participants to add even more liquidity on NOM to earn a higher rebate. Finally, this participation benefits the Nasdaq Market Center as well as the NOM market by incentivizing order flow to these markets. Because cash equities and options markets are linked, with liquidity and trading patterns on one market affecting those on the other, the Exchange believes that pricing incentives that encourage market participant activity in NOM also support price discovery and liquidity provision in the Nasdaq Market Center.
The Exchange's proposal to amend one of the three criteria in note “c” to earn a higher rebate for Participants that qualify for the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because all Participants may qualify for the Tier 8 rebate and the additional incentive. Qualifying Participants will be uniformly paid the rebate provided the requirements are met in a month. The Exchange believes that the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(a) to decrease the percentage of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contract per day in a month from 0.85% to 0.75% to achieve the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because the qualification will apply uniformly to all Participants. Similarly, the Exchange also believes that the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(b) to increase the amount of Consolidated Volume by increasing the percentage from 1.00% to 1.10% or more of Consolidated Volume, in a month, to obtain the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because the qualification will apply uniformly to all Participants. All Participants would continue to be required to qualify for both 3(a) and 3(b) to achieve the additional Tier 8 rebate pursuant to the third prong in note “c.”
The Exchange's proposal to conform the language in the rule text in note “1” of Chapter XV, Section 2(1) by rewording the rule text and also referring to “a month” instead of a “given month” and the proposal to amend note “c” to add the phrase “in a month” is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, because these amendments will bring consistency to the rule text.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any inter-market burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which many sophisticated and knowledgeable market participants can readily and do send order flow to competing exchanges if they deem fee levels or rebate incentives at a particular exchange to be excessive or inadequate. Additionally, new competitors have entered the market and still others are reportedly entering the market shortly. These market forces ensure that the Exchange's fees and rebates remain competitive with the fee structures at other trading platforms. In that sense, the Exchange's proposal is actually pro-competitive because the Exchange is simply responding to competition by adjusting rebates and fees in order to remain competitive in the current environment.
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.94 to $1.10 per contract does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because all Participants, other than Customers, are being assessed the same Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity. Also, Participants have an opportunity to reduce the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker Dealer Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract. All Participants may qualify for Tiers 7 or 8 of the Customer or Professional Rebates to Add Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options. All Participants benefit from the increased liquidity such rebate tiers will attract to the Exchange. Finally, Customers will continue to be assessed the lowest Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity of $0.85 per contract, as is the case today because Customer order flow, unlike other order flow, brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity which benefits all market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants an opportunity to reduce the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants an opportunity to reduce the NOM Market Maker Non-Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because NOM Market Makers, unlike other market participants, add value through continuous quoting
The Exchange's proposal to decrease the Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.84 to $0.80 per contract does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because the Exchange continues to incentivize market participants by offering rebates to encourage Participants to send Customer order flow to the Exchange. This order flow benefits all market participants because they are afforded an opportunity to interact with the increased order flow. Customer liquidity offers unique benefits to the market which benefits all market participants. The Exchange continues to offer Customers this rebate, which is not offered to other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Participants an opportunity to increase the proposed lower Non-Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.80 to $0.90 per contract or from $0.80 to $1.00 per contract does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because the Exchange believes that Customers are entitled to higher rebates because Customer order flow brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity, which benefits all market participants. Also, the incentive encourages Participants to send additional order flow to NOM.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “c” to continue to earn a $0.03 per contract higher rebate for Participants that qualify for the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because all Participants may qualify for Tier 8 as well as the additional incentive. Also, all qualifying Participants will be uniformly paid the rebate provided the requirements are met in a month.
The Exchange believes that the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(a) to decrease the percentage of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contract per day in a month from 0.85% to 0.75% and the proposal to amend the criteria in 3(b) to increase the amount of Consolidated Volume by increasing the percentage from 1.00% to 1.10% or more of Consolidated Volume in a month to achieve the additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition, because the qualification will apply uniformly to all Participants. All Participants would continue to be required to qualify for both 3(a) and 3(b) to achieve the additional Tier 8 rebate pursuant to the third prong in note “c.”
The Exchange's proposal to conform the language in the rule text in note “1” by rewording the rule text and also referring to “a month” instead of a “given month” and amending note “c” to add the phrase “in a month” does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because the amendments are non-substantive in nature.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange is filing this proposed rule change with respect to amendments of its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) to change its name to NASDAQ BX, Inc. The proposed amendments will be implemented on a date designated by the Exchange, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of this filing. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
As part of an ongoing global rebranding initiative, the Exchange's parent company and sole stockholder (the “Parent”) recently changed its legal name from The NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc. to Nasdaq, Inc.
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to file a Certificate of Amendment to its Charter with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to amend Article First of the Charter to reflect the new name.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
Because the proposed rule change relates to the governance and not to the operations of the Exchange, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 13—Equities to eliminate Good til Cancelled (“GTC”) Orders and Stop Orders, and (2) make conforming changes to Rules 49—Equities, 61—Equities, 70—Equities, 104—Equities, 115A—Equities, 116—Equities, 118—Equities, 123—Equities, 123A—Equities, 123C—Equities, 123D—Equities, 501—Equities, 1000—Equities, 1004—Equities, and 6140—Equities. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 13—Equities (“Rule 13”) to eliminate GTC Orders (which are also defined as “Open” Orders) and Stop Orders, and make conforming changes to Rules 49—Equities, 61—Equities, 70—Equities, 104—Equities, 115A—Equities, 116—Equities, 118—Equities, 123—Equities, 123A—Equities, 123C—Equities, 123D—Equities, 501—Equities, 1000—Equities, 1004—Equities, and 6140—Equities. The Exchange proposes to eliminate these order types in order to streamline its rules and reduce complexity among its order type offerings.
Because of the technology changes associated with the proposed rule change, the Exchange proposes to announce the implementation date of the elimination of the order types via Trader Update.
The Exchange proposes to eliminate, and thus delete from its rules, the GTC Order defined in Rule 13(b)(2). A GTC Order is a limit order that remains in effect until it is either executed or cancelled.
• Delete Rule 13(b)(2), which defines the GTC Order;
• delete Rule 13(d)(1)(B)(iv), which provides that interest designated as GTC may not be designated as a Mid-Point Passive Liquidity (“MPL”) Order;
• delete Rules 13(f)(1) and (2), which describes the Do Not Reduce (“DNR”) and Do Not Increase (“DNI”) modifiers,
• amend Rule 13(f)(5)(B), which provides that the Exchange shall reject GTC Orders with an Self-Trade Prevention (“STP”) modifier.
Second, the Exchange proposes to eliminate Stop Orders. A Stop Order is an order to buy or sell a stock at the market once the price of the stock reaches a specified price known as the “stop price.” Specifically, a Stop Order to buy becomes a market order when a transaction in the security occurs at or above the stop price after the order is received into Exchange systems or is manually represented by a Floor broker. A Stop Order to sell becomes a market order when a transaction in the security occurs at or below the stop price after the order is received into Exchange systems or manually represented by a Floor broker.
• Delete Rule 13(f)(7), which defines a Stop Order;
• delete Rule 13(f)(1) and (2), which describes the DNR and DNI modifiers as noted above; and
• amend Rule 13(f)(5), which provides that the STP modifier is available for Stop Orders.
The Exchange proposes certain conforming amendments to Rules 49—Equities, 61—Equities, 70—Equities, 104—Equities, 115A—Equities, 116—Equities, 118—Equities, 123—Equities, 123A—Equities, 123C—Equities, 123D—Equities, 501—Equities, 1000—Equities, 1004—Equities, and 6140—Equities to reflect the elimination of GTC Orders and Stop Orders as described above as follows:
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 49—Equities (Emergency Powers), which addresses the Exchange's emergency powers, to delete subsection (b)(1)(B), which permits the Exchange to accept cancellations of GTC orders during an emergency condition.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 61—Equities (Recognized Quotations), which governs bids and offers in securities. Under Rule 61(a)(ii)—Equities, transactions in part of a round lot are published to the Consolidated Tape and may elect Stop Orders. The Exchange proposes to eliminate the reference to electing Stop Orders.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 70—Equities (Execution of Floor Broker Interest), governing execution of Floor broker interest known as e-Quotes. Under Rule 70(a)(1)—Equities, e-Quotes cannot include, among others, unelected Stop Orders or a GTC, DNR and DNI modifier. The Exchange proposes to delete these references.
• The Exchange proposes to amend 104—Equities (Dealings and Responsibilities of DMMs), which prohibits DMM units from entering, among others, GTC Modifiers, DNR Modifiers, DNI Modifiers, and Stop Orders. The Exchange proposes to delete these references to GTC, DNR and DNI modifiers and Stop Orders in subsection (b)(vi).
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 115A—Equities (Orders at Opening), which governs orders at the opening, to remove subsection (a), which prohibits DMMs, trading assistants and anyone acting on their behalf from using the Exchange Display Book system in a manner designed to discover inappropriately information about unelected stop orders when arranging the open or to otherwise attempt to obtain information regarding unelected stop orders and to renumber the rule accordingly.
• The Exchange proposes to delete Supplementary Material .40(A) and .50 of Rule 116—Equities (`Stop' Constitutes Guarantee), which provides that an agreement by a member to “stop” stock at a specified price constitutes a guarantee of a purchase or sale by the member of the security at that price. Supplementary Material .40(A) provides that Stop Orders elected based on the closing price are automatically and systemically converted to market orders and included in the total number of market-at-the-close orders executed at the close. Supplementary Material .50, similar to Rule 104(b)(vi)—Equities, prohibits DMMs, trading assistants and anyone acting on their behalf from using the Display Book system in a manner designed to discover inappropriately information about unelected stop orders when arranging the close or to otherwise attempt to obtain information regarding unelected stop orders.
• The Exchange proposes to delete Rule 118—Equities (Orders To Be Reduced and Increased on Ex-Date), which governs the adjustment of GTC buy orders
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123—Equities (Record of Orders), which imposes certain recordkeeping and order entry requirements, to eliminate the reference to Stop Orders in subsection (e)(iii)(7) and stop price in paragraph (e)(iii)(8) of Rule 123—Equities. The Exchange also proposes to delete outdated references to auction market and auction limit orders in Rule 123(e)(iii)(7)—Equities, which the Exchange either eliminated or did not implement.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Supplementary Material .20 of Rule 123A—Equities (Miscellaneous Requirements), which governs changes in day orders, to remove the final clause of the first paragraph requiring members to request that customers and correspondents file GTC Orders wherever possible rather than repeating the same order each morning. The Exchange also proposes to delete the second paragraph of Supplementary Material .20 in its entirety, which provides that a Day Order changed to an Open Order is considered a new order and must be added to the Exchange's Book after other orders previously received at the same price. As noted above, an Open Order is another term for a GTC Order.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123C—Equities (The Closing Procedures), which specifies the procedures to be followed at the close of trading on the Exchange, to delete references to Stop Orders in paragraphs 6(a)(i)(C) and 6(a)(ii) of Rule 123C—Equities. The Exchange also proposes to delete paragraph 8(a)(iv) of Rule 123C—Equities, which describes election of Stop Orders as part of the Closing Print.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 123D—Equities (Openings and Halts in Trading), which specifies that Exchange systems may open one or more securities electronically if a DMM cannot facilitate the opening of trading as required by Exchange rules. First, the Exchange proposes to replace the references to Rule 115A(b)—Equities with references to Rule 115A(a)—Equities. Second, the Exchange proposes to delete subsection (a)(3)(C)(ii), which provides that Stop Orders elected based on the opening price would trade second in time priority when interest that is otherwise guaranteed to participate in an opening trade would cause an opening price to be outside the Opening Price Range (as defined therein). Third, to reflect the deletion of subsection (a)(3)(C)(ii) and the removal of Stop Orders from second in time priority, the Exchange proposes to re-number subsections (a)(3)(C)(iii) through (v) and re-order priority for Limit Orders (current subsection (a)(3)(C)(iii)) from third to second, for G-quotes (current subsection (a)(3)(C)(iv)) from fourth to third, and for all other limit interest priced equal to the open (current subsection (a)(3)(v)) from fifth to fourth.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 501—Equities (Definitions), which sets forth the definitions for the Rules 500-525—Equities Series governing the trading of “UTP Securities” on the Exchange pursuant to unlisted trading privileges. The Exchange proposes to delete subsection (d)(1)(A) of Rule 501—Equities, which defines a GTC or Open Order for a UTP Security. The Exchange also proposes to delete subsection (d)(2)(E) of Rule 501—Equities, which lists Stop Order as one of the order types not accepted for trading in UTP Securities.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1000—Equities (Automatic Executions), which provides for automatic executions by Exchange systems. Rule 1000(c)—Equities provides that incoming market orders, including an elected stop order, or marketable limit order to buy (sell) will not execute or route to another market center at a price above (below) the Trading Collar applicable when automatic executions are in effect and calculated pursuant to Rule 1000(c)(i)—Equities. The Exchange proposes to delete the reference to elected stop order in paragraph (c) of Rule 1000—Equities.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1004—Equities (Election of Buy Minus, Sell Plus and Stop Orders), which provides that automatic executions of transactions reported to the Consolidated Tape shall elect, among others, stop orders electable at the price of such executions and that any stop order so elected shall be automatically executed as market orders pursuant to Exchange rules. The Exchange proposes to delete the references to Stop Orders, including in the heading.
• Finally, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6140—Equities (Other Trading Practices), which governs a number of prohibited trading practices. First, the Exchange proposes to delete Rule 6140(h)(1)—Equities, which provides that a member or member organization may, but is not obligated to, accept a stop order in designated securities, and defines buy stop orders (Rule 6140(h)(1)(A)—Equities) and sell stop orders (Rule 6140(h)(1)(B)—Equities). Second, the Exchange proposes to delete Rule 6140(h)(2)—Equities, which provides that a member or member organization may, but is not obligated to, accept stop limit orders in designated securities and that when a transaction occurs at a stop price, the stop limit order to buy or sell becomes a limit order at the limit price. Current subsection (i) of Rule 6140—Equities would become new subsection (h).
The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)
Specifically, the Exchange believes that eliminating GTC Orders and Stop Orders removes impediments to and perfects a national market system by simplifying functionality and complexity of its order types. The Exchange believes that eliminating these order types would not be inconsistent with the public interest and the protection of investors because investors will not be harmed and in fact would benefit from the removal of complex functionality. Because Stop Orders, when elected, can exacerbate market volatility and result in executions in declining markets at prices significantly different than the quoted price, the Exchange believes that eliminating them would reduce the potential for orders on the Exchange to cause significant price dislocation. The Exchange also believes that eliminating GTC Orders would benefit investors because it shifts the responsibility to monitor best execution obligations on behalf of a customer to the member organization entering the order, rather than leaving a GTC order at the Exchange until it gets executed.
The Exchange further believes that deleting corresponding references in Exchange rules to deleted order types also removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market by ensuring that members, regulators and the public can more easily navigate the Exchange's rulebook and better understand the orders types available for trading on the Exchange. Removing obsolete cross references also furthers the goal of transparency and adds clarity to the Exchange's rules.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed change is not designed to address any competitive issue but would rather remove complex functionality and obsolete cross-references, thereby reducing confusion and making the Exchange's rules easier to understand and navigate.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On June 5, 2015, NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC (the “Exchange” or “Phlx”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act provides that proceedings to determine whether to disapprove a proposed rule change must be concluded within 180 days of the date of publication of notice of filing of the proposed rule change.
The Commission is extending the time period for Commission action on the proposed rule change. The Commission finds that it is appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the issues raised by the proposal and to take action on the Exchange's proposed rule change.
Accordingly, pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B)(ii)(II) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act” or “Exchange Act”)
The MSRB filed with the Commission a proposed rule change to amend Forms G-37, G-37x and G-38t to change the MSRB's address on the forms (the “proposed rule change”). The MSRB has designated the proposed rule change as concerned solely with the administration of the self-regulatory organization under paragraph (f)(3) of Rule 19bb-4-4 under the Act,
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the MSRB's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the MSRB included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The MSRB has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
As of December 14, 2015, the MSRB is re-locating its offices from 1900 Duke Street, Suite 600, Alexandria, VA 22314, to 1300 I Street NW., Suite 1000, Washington DC 20005-3314 (the “MSRB's new address”). Currently, brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers (“dealers”) submitting Form G-37 or Form G-37x pursuant to MSRB Rule G-37, on political contributions and prohibitions on municipal securities business,
The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Act,
The proposed rule change would amend Forms G-37, G-37x and G-38t solely to reflect the MSRB's new address that must be used by a dealer, as of and after December 14, 2015, if the dealer is submitting such forms to the MSRB in paper form, but would not amend, in any manner, the information that must be provided to the MSRB pursuant to Rule G-37 and Rule G-38, as applicable. By updating the MSRB's address on Forms G-37, G-37x and G-38t, the proposed rule change will promote compliance with the reporting provisions of Rule G-37 and Rule G-38. As the MSRB makes all Form G-37, G-37x and G-38t submissions available to the public at no charge on its Electronic Municipal Market Access (EMMA) Web site, these provisions serve to give the market, including regulators, dealers, issuers and investors, transparency regarding the political contributions of dealers and the third-party solicitors compensated by dealers. Such transparency serves to combat
Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Act
Written comments were neither solicited nor received on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
For the Commission, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter XV, entitled “Options Pricing,” at Section 2, which governs pricing for NASDAQ members using the NASDAQ Options Market (“NOM”), NASDAQ's facility for executing and routing standardized equity and index options, to amend the Customer
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter XV, Section 2, entitled “NASDAQ Options Market—Fees and Rebates” to amend the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebates to Add Liquidity. The proposed rule change is detailed below.
Today, the Exchange offers tiered Penny Pilot Options Rebates to Add Liquidity to Customers and Professionals based on various criteria with rebates ranging from $0.20 to $0.48 per contract.
The Exchange proposes to amend Tier 8 of the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity to remove a requirement to qualify for this tier. Currently, Tier 8 provides, “Participant adds Customer, Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker and/or Broker-Dealer liquidity in Penny Pilot Options and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options above 0.75% or more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts per day in a month or Participant adds (1) Customer and/or Professional liquidity in Penny Pilot Options and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options of 30,000 or more contracts per day in a month, (2) the Participant has certified for the Investor Support Program
The Exchange believes that removing the requirement to qualify for the QMM Program to earn the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Option Rebate to Add Liquidity will encourage Participants to add even more liquidity on NOM to specifically qualify for the Tier 8 rebate.
Nasdaq believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange's proposal to amend Tier 8 of the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity to remove the requirement to qualify for the QMM Program to earn the Tier 8 rebate is reasonable, because removing the requirement to qualify for the QMM Program should encourage Participants to add even more liquidity on NOM to specifically qualify for the Tier 8 rebate. The Exchange currently requires Participants to add Customer, Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker and/or Broker-Dealer liquidity in Penny Pilot Options and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options above 0.75% or more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts per day in a month to qualify for the Tier 8 rebate. Also, a Participant could qualify for a Tier 8 rebate, today, by that [sic] adding (1) [sic] Customer and/or Professional liquidity in Penny Pilot Options and/or Non-Penny Pilot Options of 30,000 or more contracts per day in a month
The Exchange's proposal to permit Participants to qualify for the highest Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tier of $0.48 per contract, by adding volume from December 2, 2015 through December 31, 2015,
The Exchange's proposal to amend Tier 8 of the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity to remove the requirement to qualify for the QMM Program to earn the Tier 8 rebate is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because all Participants may qualify for Tier 8.
NASDAQ does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange's proposal to amend Tier 8 of the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity to remove the requirement to qualify for the QMM Program to earn the Tier 8 rebate does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because all Participants are eligible to qualify for the Tier 8 Customer or Professional Rebate to Add Liquidity, provided they meet the qualifications. Further, the Tier 8 rebate will be uniformly paid to those Participants that are eligible for the rebate. Moreover, the changes have the potential to make the applicable incentives available to a wider range of market participants with the removal of the QMM Program.
Furthermore, continuing to incentivize Participants to add not only options, but equities volume does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because cash equities and options markets are linked, with liquidity and trading patterns on one market affecting those on the other, the Exchange believes that pricing incentives that encourage market participant activity in NOM also support price discovery and liquidity provision in the Nasdaq Market Center. Further, the pricing incentives require significant levels of liquidity provision, which benefits all market participants on NOM and the Nasdaq Market Center.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(7) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”),
NFA, on December 3, 2015, requested that the CFTC make a determination that review of the proposed rule change of NFA is not necessary.
The CFTC has not yet made such a determination.
The amendments to the Interpretive Notice entitled “NFA Compliance Rules 2-7 and 2-24 and Registration Rule 401: Proficiency Requirements for Security Futures Products” (“Notice”) make permanent the provision permitting registrants to qualify to engage in securities futures activities by completing a training program.
The text of the Interpretive Notice is available on NFA's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, NFA included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. NFA has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
Section 15A(k) of the Exchange Act
The Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000 amended the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to require NFA to “have rules that ensure that members and natural persons associated with members meet such standards of training, experience and competence necessary to effect transactions in security futures products and are tested for their knowledge of securities and securities futures products.” In 2001, NFA and FINRA (then NASD) adopted temporary relief allowing registrants to qualify to engage in security futures activities by completing a training program rather than taking a proficiency exam, which NFA codified in the Notice. That relief has been extended four times and is currently set to expire on December 31, 2015.
NFA and FINRA proposed the four prior extensions, and the CFTC and SEC agreed to them, because of the relatively low trading volume in security futures products (“SFP”) and the relatively few registrants engaging in security futures activities. These characteristics made the imposition of a qualifications exam an inefficient option, and the same reasons are equally compelling today.
In 2002 NFA, FINRA and the Institute for Financial Markets partnered together to develop a free web-based training program consisting of a series of modules intended to satisfy the training requirement (“SRO Training Modules”). From 2002 through May 2015, 15,216 individuals have completed the SRO Training Modules. Of this number, 10,108 individuals are registered with FINRA (including joint registrants) and 5,108 individuals are registered only with the CFTC. Most of these individuals took the SRO Training Modules in the first couple of years after SFPs began trading, and traffic has decreased since then. In 2014, only 180 registered individuals completed the SRO Training Modules (162 CFTC-only registrants). This compares with the approximately 4,000 people who took the Series 3 exam last year.
Additionally, SFP volume is low. In 2014, U.S. futures exchanges traded approximately 3.9 billion contracts, while SFP volume was just over 8 million—approximately 0.21% of the total. Given the limited interest in these products, NFA believes that implementing a testing requirement does not appear to be the most practical solution at this time.
Given the continued low number of registrants engaging in securities futures activities and the low SFP volume, NFA's Board of Directors at its August 20, 2015 meeting authorized NFA's Executive Committee to approve amendments to NFA's Interpretive Notice regarding proficiency requirements for SFPs to make permanent the provision permitting registrants to satisfy their proficiency requirement through training and eliminating the sunset provision. NFA's Executive Committee, as authorized by the Board of Directors, approved the amendments on October 15, 2015. NFA's Board of Directors ratified the Executive Committee's action at it November 19, 2015 meeting. The amendments also emphasize that the training must be completed before any individual registrant engages in activities involving SFPs. NFA, in coordination with FINRA, will continue to monitor the security futures volume and the number of persons taking the SRO Training modules, as well as any disciplinary matters involving SFPs, in considering whether a proficiency test should be developed at a later date.
Amendments to the Interpretive Notice regarding NFA Compliance Rules 2-7 and 2-24 and Registration Rule 401: Proficiency Requirements for Security Futures Products were previously filed with the SEC in SR-NFA-2002-04, Exchange Act Release No. 34-46502 (Sep. 16, 2002), 67 FR 59587 (Sep. 23, 2002); SR-NFA-2003-03, Exchange Act Release No. 34-47825 (May 9, 2003), 68 FR 27128 (Mar. 19, 2002); SR-NFA-2003-04, Exchange Act Release No. 34-49054 (Jan. 12, 2004), 69 FR 2806, (Jan. 20, 2004); SR-NFA-2007-07, Exchange Act Release 34-57142 (Jan. 14, 2008), 73 FR 3502 (Jan. 18, 2008); SR-NFA-2009-02, Exchange Act Release 34-61284 (Jan. 4, 2010), 75 FR 1431 (Jan. 11, 2010) and SR-NFA-2014-01, Exchange Act Release No. 34-71976 (April 21, 2014), 79 FR 23028 (April 25, 2014).
The rule change is authorized by, and consistent with, Section 15A(k)(2)(D) of the Exchange Act.
The proposed rule change will have little or no impact on competition. The proposed Interpretive Notice does not impose new requirements on Members, but rather makes permanent the provision permitting registrants to qualify to engage in security futures
NFA did not publish the rule change to the membership for comment. NFA did not receive comment letters concerning the rule change.
The proposed rule change is not effective because the CFTC has not yet determined that review of the proposed rule change is not necessary.
At any time within 60 days of the date of effectiveness of the proposed rule change, the Commission, after consultation with the CFTC, may summarily temporarily suspend the proposed rule change and require that the proposed rule change be refiled in accordance with the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On August 26, 2015, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)
The Commission approved listing and trading on the Exchange of shares (“Shares”) of the Fund under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), which governs the listing and trading of Investment Company Units (“Units”).
The investment objective of the Fund is to seek to replicate as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays Municipal High Yield Short Duration Index (“Short High Yield Index” or “Index”). The Fund is a series of the Market Vectors ETF Trust. Van Eck Associates Corporation is the investment adviser and the
The Index is a market-size-weighted index composed of publicly traded municipal bonds that cover the U.S. dollar-denominated high-yield short-term tax-exempt bond market. A majority of the Index's constituents are from the revenue sector, with some constituents being from the general obligation sector. The revenue sector is divided into industry sectors that consist of, but may not be limited to, electric, health care, transportation, education, water and sewer, resource recovery, leasing, and special tax. The Index is calculated using a market-value weighting methodology, provided that the allocation to issuers from the territories of the United States, including: Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands, each individually does not exceed 8%.
The Index Provider plans to revise the Index methodology as follows. The revised Short High Yield Index (“Revised Index”) will have a targeted 40% weight in the Muni High Yield/$100 Million Deal Size Index (reduced from a 50% weight). In addition, the Revised Index will have a 10% weight in the Muni A-Rated Index, which comprises investment grade components, as described below. The Revised Index will continue to have a 25% weight in the Muni High Yield/Under $100 Million Deal Size Index and a 25% weight in the Muni Baa-Rated/$100 Million Deal Size Index, as described in the Release.
The Revised Index will comprise four total-return, market-size-weighted benchmark indexes with target weights as follows:
• 40% weight in Muni High Yield/$100 Million Deal Size Index. To be included in the Muni High Yield/$100 Million Deal Size Index, bonds must be unrated or rated Ba1/BB+ or lower by at least two of the following rating agencies, if all three rate the bond: Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”), Standard & Poor's, Inc. (“S&P”), and Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”). If only two of the three agencies rate the security, the lower rating is used to determine index eligibility. If only one of the three agencies rates a security, the rating must be Ba1/BB+ or lower. Bonds in the Muni High Yield/$100 Million Deal Size Index must have an outstanding par value of at least $3 million and be issued as part of a transaction of at least $100 million.
• 25% weight in Muni High Yield/Under $100 Million Deal Size Index. To be included in the Muni High Yield/Under $100 Million Deal Size Index, bonds must be unrated or rated Ba1/BB+ or lower by at least two of the following rating agencies, if all three rate the bond: Moody's, S&P, and Fitch. If only two of the three agencies rate the security, the lower rating is used to determine index eligibility. If only one of the three agencies rates a security, the rating must be Ba1/BB+ or lower. Bonds in the Muni High Yield/Under $100 Million Deal Size Index must have an outstanding par value of at least $3 million and be issued as part of a transaction of under $100 million but over $20 million.
• 25% weight in Muni Baa-Rated/$100 Million Deal Size Index. To be included in the Muni Baa-Rated/$100 Million Deal Size Index, bonds must have a Barclays credit-quality classification between Baa1/BBB+ and Baa3/BBB−. Barclays credit-quality classification is based on the three rating agencies, Moody's, S&P, and Fitch. If two of the three agencies rate the bond equivalently, then that rating is used. If all three rate the bond differently, the middle rating is used. If only two of the three agencies rate the security, the lower rating is used to determine index eligibility. If only one of the three agencies rates a security, the rating must be Baa1/BBB+, Baa2/BBB, or Baa3/BBB−. The bonds must have an outstanding par value of at least $7 million and be issued as part of a transaction of at least $100 million.
• 10% weight in Muni A-Rated Index. To be included in the Muni A-Rated Index, bonds must have a Barclays credit-quality classification between A1/A+ and A3/A−. The Barclays credit-quality classification is based on the three rating agencies, Moody's, S&P, and Fitch. If two of the three agencies rate the bond equivalently, then that rating is used. If all three rate the bond differently, the middle rating is used. If only two of the three agencies rate the security, the lower rating is used to determine index eligibility. If only one of the three agencies rates a security, the rating must be A1/A+, A2/A, or A3/A−. The bonds must have an outstanding par value of at least $7 million and be issued as part of a transaction of at least $75 million. Remarketed issues will not be allowed in the benchmark. All bonds must have a fixed rate, a dated-date (
The composition of the Revised Index will be rebalanced monthly. Interest and principal payments earned by the component securities will be held in the Revised Index without a reinvestment return until month end, when they are removed from the Revised Index.
Total returns will be calculated based on the sum of price changes, gain/loss on repayments of principal, and coupons received or accrued, expressed as a percentage of beginning market value. The Revised Index will be calculated and made available once a day.
As of June 30, 2015, 69.73% of the weight of the Revised Index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities of the offering. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Revised Index was approximately $224.6 billion, and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Index was approximately $23.7 million. Further, the most heavily weighted component represents 2.44% of the weight of the Revised Index, and the five most heavily weighted components represent 9.47% of the weight of the Revised Index.
The Exchange believes that the Revised Index is sufficiently broad-based to deter potential manipulation, notwithstanding that the Revised Index does not satisfy the criterion in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .02 (a)(2), because it is composed of approximately 9,481 issues and 900 unique issuers. The Exchange also believes that the Revised Index securities are sufficiently liquid to deter potential manipulation in that a substantial portion (69.73%) of the
The Revised Index value, calculated and disseminated at least once daily, as well as the components of the Revised Index and their percentage weighting, will be available from major market data vendors. In addition, the portfolio of securities held by the Fund will be disclosed daily on the Fund's Web site at
The Exchange represents that: (1) Except for Commentary .02(a)(2) to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), the Shares currently satisfy all of the generic listing standards under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3); (2) the continued listing standards under NYSE Arca Equities Rules 5.2(j)(3) and 5.5(g)(2) applicable to Units shall apply to the Shares; and (3) the Trust is required to comply with Rule 10A-3 under the Act
The value of the Revised Index will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day, as required by NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .02(b)(ii). The IIV for the Shares will be disseminated by one or more major market data vendors, updated at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session, as required by NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .02(c).
After careful review, the Commission finds that the Exchange's proposal to permit the Fund to track the Revised Index is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
The Commission believes that the Revised Index is unlikely to be more susceptible to manipulation than the existing Index. The weight of the Revised Index components with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more was 30.10% as of June 30, 2015,
The Commission notes that the Exchange represents that: (1) The Shares and the Revised Index satisfy all of the requirements for generic listing standards under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3) except for Commentary .02(a)(2) to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3); and (2) except as noted, all other representations made in support of the Release remain unchanged.
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to delete Rule 108, Bids and Offers to Be Made Within Six Feet of Post.
The text of the proposed rule change is below; proposed new language is in italics; proposed deletions are in brackets.
All bids and offers in any security on the floor shall be made within six feet of the post assigned to such security by the Exchange.]
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to update its rules to delete Rule 108, Bids and Offers to Be Made Within Six Feet of Post. Rule 108 applied to both the equity and options trading floors for a long time. Now, there is no equity trading floor and the options trading floor is configured in a way that this provision does not make sense. The number of people on the options floor has decreased over time due to increased automation such that the layout of the floor is more compact. The Exchange does not believe that the number of feet is the relevant measure of where bids and offers should be made, because the number of feet is not determinative of whether crowd participants are aware of and can reasonably participate in crowd trades.
Instead, the Exchange relies on a number of other rules to ensure that the options trading floor operates in a fair and orderly manner. Specifically, Rules 110 and 1000(g) provide that bids and offers must be made in an audible tone of voice. In addition, Options Floor Procedure Advice C-7(b) provides that a Floor Broker must be loud and audible when representing a market and/or representing an order in the trading crowd. A Floor Broker must make reasonable efforts to position himself in the trading crowd to be heard by the majority of the trading crowd. A number of other provisions also refer to similar requirements, such as the loud and audible requirement.
Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the rules relating to exposing orders in the options trading crowd in an audible manner are sufficient and that Rule 108 can be deleted.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposal applies equally to all participants in the options trading crowd.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange is filing this proposed rule change with respect to amendments of its Certificate of Formation (the “Charter”), By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) and First Amended Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) to change its name to NASDAQ PHLX LLC. The proposed amendments will be implemented on a date designated by the Exchange, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of this filing. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
As part of an ongoing global rebranding initiative, the Exchange's parent company and sole member (the “Parent”) recently changed its legal name from The NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc. to Nasdaq, Inc.
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to file a Certificate of Amendment to its Charter with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to amend Article First of the Charter to reflect the new name.
With respect to the current LLC Agreement, the Exchange proposes to amend the title, the first paragraph, the recitals and the signature page to reflect the Exchange's proposed name change, the Parent's recent name change and the entry by the Parent into the Second Amended Limited Liability Company Agreement to effectuate both of the aforementioned changes. The Exchange also proposes to update section 1 and Schedule A to reflect its proposed name change, sections 13 and 17 to use the defined term “Stockholder” for the Parent and Schedules A and B to reflect the Parent's recent name change.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
Because the proposed rule change relates to the governance and not to the operations of the Exchange, the
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of applications for exemptions; request for comments.
FMCSA announces receipt of applications from 17 individuals for an exemption from the prohibition against persons with a clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other condition that is likely to cause a loss of consciousness or any loss of ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) in interstate commerce. The regulation and the associated advisory criteria published in the Code of Federal Regulations as the “Instructions for Performing and Recording Physical Examinations” have resulted in numerous drivers being prohibited from operating CMVs in interstate commerce based on the fact that they have had one or more seizures and are taking anti-seizure medication, rather than an individual analysis of their circumstances by a qualified medical examiner. If granted, the exemptions would enable these individuals who have had one or more seizures and are taking anti-seizure medication to operate CMVs for up to 2 years in interstate commerce.
Comments must be received on or before January 20, 2016.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket ID FMCSA-2015-0320 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Each submission must include the Agency name and the docket ID for this Notice. Note that DOT posts all comments received without change to
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001, or via email at
Under 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), FMCSA may grant an exemption for up to a 2-year period if it finds “such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved absent such exemption.” The statutes allow the Agency to renew exemptions at the end of the 2-year period. The 17 individuals listed in this notice have requested an exemption from the epilepsy prohibition in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(8), which applies to drivers who operate CMVs as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, in interstate commerce. Section 391.41(b)(8) states that a person is physically qualified to drive a CMV if that person has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other condition which is likely to cause the loss of consciousness or any loss of ability to control a CMV.
FMCSA provides medical advisory criteria for use by medical examiners in determining whether drivers with certain medical conditions should be certified to operate CMVs in intrastate commerce. The advisory criteria indicate that if an individual has had a sudden episode of a non-epileptic seizure or loss of consciousness of unknown cause that did not require anti-seizure medication, the decision whether that person's condition is likely to cause the loss of consciousness or loss of ability to control a CMV should be made on an individual basis by the medical examiner in consultation with the treating physician. Before certification is considered, it is suggested that a 6-month waiting period elapse from the time of the episode. Following the waiting period, it is suggested that the individual have a complete neurological examination. If the results of the examination are negative and anti-seizure medication is not required, then the driver may be qualified.
In those individual cases where a driver had a seizure or an episode of loss of consciousness that resulted from a known medical condition (
You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that FMCSA can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. To submit your comment online, go to
To view comments, as well as any documents mentioned in this preamble, To submit your comment online, go to
Mr. Allen is a 48 year-old driver in Maine. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 1992. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since 2003. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Allen receiving an exemption.
Mr. Bailey is a 65 year-old class A CDL holder in Iowa. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2009. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Bailey receiving an exemption.
Mr. DeAngelo is a 43 year-old class A CDL holder in Illinois. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 1990. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since 1998. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. DeAngelo receiving an exemption.
Mr. Dermer is a 40 year-old driver in Alaska. He has a history of a benign brain tumor removal in 1991 and a single seizure in 1994. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Dermer receiving an exemption.
Mr. Halstead is a 63 year-old class A CDL holder in Nevada. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 1973. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since 2005. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Halstead receiving an exemption.
Mr. Mathis is a 29 year-old driver in New Jersey. He has a history of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy and has remained seizure free since 2003. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and
Mr. Mitchell is a 32 year-old class B CDL holder in Ohio. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2003. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Mitchell receiving an exemption.
Mr. Mitman is a 58 year-old class A CDL holder in New York. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 1996. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Mitman receiving an exemption.
Mr. Murphy is a 39 year-old driver in Massachusetts. He has a history of a single seizure and tumor removal in 2011. He was previously on anti-seizure medication but discontinued it 2015. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Murphy receiving an exemption.
Mr. Nikolas is a 42 year-old driver in Virginia. He has a history of epilepsy and has remained seizure free since 2012. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Nikolas receiving an exemption.
Mr. Palubicki is a 29 year-old driver in Minnesota. He has a history of epilepsy and has remained seizure free since September 2008. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Palubicki receiving an exemption.
Mr. Prettyman is a 77 year-old driver in Maryland. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2012. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Prettyman receiving an exemption.
Mr. Riemenschneider is a 35 year-old driver in Texas. He has a history of a single seizure in 2011 related to a brain tumor. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Riemenschneider receiving an exemption.
Mr. Rogers is a 29 year-old class A CDL holder in Illinois. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2009. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Rogers receiving an exemption.
Mr. Schaefor is a 34 year-old driver in Maine. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2003. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since 2008. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Schaefor receiving an exemption.
Mr. Schmitt is a 38 year-old driver in South Dakota. He has a history of a seizure disorder and his last seizure date is not documented. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same and his physician notes that Mr. Schmitt admits to occasional anti-seizure medication noncompliance. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Schmittt receiving an exemption.
Mr. Valdivieso is a 52 year-old class A CDL holder in New York. He has a history of a seizure disorder and has remained seizure free since 2011. He takes anti-seizure medication with the dosage and frequency remaining the same since that time. His physician states that he is supportive of Mr. Valdivieso receiving an exemption.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), FMCSA requests public comment from all interested persons on the exemption applications described in this notice. We will consider all comments received before the close of business on the closing date indicated earlier in the notice.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT
Notice of final disposition.
FMCSA confirms its decision to exempt 54 individuals from its rule prohibiting persons with insulin-treated diabetes mellitus (ITDM) from operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce. The exemptions enable these individuals to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
The exemptions were effective on September 17, 2015. The exemptions expire on September 17, 2017.
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
You may see all the comments online through the Federal Document Management System (FDMS) at:
On August 17, 2015, FMCSA published a notice of receipt of Federal diabetes exemption applications from 54 individuals and requested comments from the public (80 FR 49304). The public comment period closed on September 16, 2015, and no comments were received.
FMCSA has evaluated the eligibility of the 54 applicants and determined that granting the exemptions to these individuals would achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved by complying with the current regulation 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3).
The Agency established the current requirement for diabetes in 1970 because several risk studies indicated that drivers with diabetes had a higher rate of crash involvement than the general population. The diabetes rule provides that “A person is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle if that person has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus currently requiring insulin for control” (49 CFR 391.41(b)(3)).
FMCSA established its diabetes exemption program, based on the Agency's July 2000 study entitled “A Report to Congress on the Feasibility of a Program to Qualify Individuals with Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus to Operate in Interstate Commerce as Directed by the Transportation Act for the 21st Century.” The report concluded that a safe and practicable protocol to allow some drivers with ITDM to operate CMVs is feasible. The September 3, 2003 (68 FR 52441),
These 54 applicants have had ITDM over a range of 1 to 36 years. These applicants report no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness or seizure, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning symptoms, in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the past 5 years. In each case, an endocrinologist verified that the driver has demonstrated a willingness to properly monitor and manage his/her diabetes mellitus, received education related to diabetes management, and is on a stable insulin regimen. These drivers report no other disqualifying conditions, including diabetes-related complications. Each meets the vision requirement at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10).
The qualifications and medical condition of each applicant were stated and discussed in detail in the August 17, 2015,
FMCSA received no comments in this proceeding.
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) if the exemption is likely to achieve an equivalent or greater level of safety than would be achieved without the exemption. The exemption allows the applicants to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
To evaluate the effect of these exemptions on safety, FMCSA considered medical reports about the applicants' ITDM and vision, and reviewed the treating endocrinologists' medical opinion related to the ability of the driver to safely operate a CMV while using insulin.
Consequently, FMCSA finds that in each case exempting these applicants from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) is likely to achieve a level of safety equal to that existing without the exemption.
The terms and conditions of the exemption will be provided to the applicants in the exemption document and they include the following: (1) That each individual submit a quarterly monitoring checklist completed by the treating endocrinologist as well as an annual checklist with a comprehensive medical evaluation; (2) that each individual reports within 2 business days of occurrence, all episodes of severe hypoglycemia, significant complications, or inability to manage diabetes; also, any involvement in an accident or any other adverse event in a CMV or personal vehicle, whether or not it is related to an episode of hypoglycemia; (3) that each individual provide a copy of the ophthalmologist's or optometrist's report to the medical examiner at the time of the annual medical examination; and (4) that each individual provide a copy of the annual medical certification to the employer for retention in the driver's qualification file, or keep a copy in his/her driver's qualification file if he/she is self-employed. The driver must also have a copy of the certification when driving, for presentation to a duly authorized Federal, State, or local enforcement official.
Based upon its evaluation of the 54 exemption applications, FMCSA exempts the following drivers from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10), subject to the requirements cited above 949 CFR 391.64(b)):
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 each exemption is valid for
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of final disposition.
FMCSA confirms its decision to exempt 52 individuals from its rule prohibiting persons with insulin-treated diabetes mellitus (ITDM) from operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce. The exemptions enable these individuals to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
The exemptions were effective on November 3, 2015. The exemptions expire on November 3, 2017.
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
You may see all the comments online through the Federal Document Management System (FDMS) at:
On October 1, 2015, FMCSA published a notice of receipt of Federal diabetes exemption applications from 52 individuals and requested comments from the public (80 FR 59237). The public comment period closed on November 2, 2015, and no comments were received.
FMCSA has evaluated the eligibility of the 52 applicants and determined that granting the exemptions to these individuals would achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved by complying with the current regulation 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3).
The Agency established the current requirement for diabetes in 1970 because several risk studies indicated that drivers with diabetes had a higher rate of crash involvement than the general population. The diabetes rule provides that “A person is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle if that person has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus currently requiring insulin for control” (49 CFR 391.41(b)(3)).
FMCSA established its diabetes exemption program, based on the Agency's July 2000 study entitled “A Report to Congress on the Feasibility of a Program to Qualify Individuals with Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus to Operate in Interstate Commerce as Directed by the Transportation Act for the 21st Century.” The report concluded that a safe and practicable protocol to allow some drivers with ITDM to operate CMVs is feasible. The September 3, 2003 (68 FR 52441),
These 52 applicants have had ITDM over a range of 1 to 40 years. These applicants report no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness or seizure, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning symptoms, in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the past 5 years. In each case, an endocrinologist verified that the driver has demonstrated a willingness to properly monitor and manage his/her diabetes mellitus, received education related to diabetes management, and is on a stable insulin regimen. These drivers report no other disqualifying conditions, including diabetes-related complications. Each meets the vision requirement at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10).
The qualifications and medical condition of each applicant were stated and discussed in detail in the October 1, 2015,
FMCSA received no comments in this proceeding.
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) if the exemption is likely to achieve an equivalent or greater level of safety than would be achieved without the exemption. The exemption allows the applicants to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
To evaluate the effect of these exemptions on safety, FMCSA considered medical reports about the applicants' ITDM and vision, and reviewed the treating endocrinologists' medical opinion related to the ability of the driver to safely operate a CMV while using insulin.
Consequently, FMCSA finds that in each case exempting these applicants from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) is likely to achieve a level of safety equal to that existing without the exemption.
The terms and conditions of the exemption will be provided to the applicants in the exemption document and they include the following: (1) That each individual submit a quarterly monitoring checklist completed by the treating endocrinologist as well as an annual checklist with a comprehensive medical evaluation; (2) that each individual reports within 2 business days of occurrence, all episodes of severe hypoglycemia, significant complications, or inability to manage
Based upon its evaluation of the 52 exemption applications, FMCSA exempts the following drivers from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10), subject to the requirements cited above 949 CFR 391.64(b)):
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 each exemption is valid for two years unless revoked earlier by FMCSA. The exemption will be revoked if the following occurs: (1) The person fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption; (2) the exemption has resulted in a lower level of safety than was maintained before it was granted; or (3) continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315. If the exemption is still effective at the end of the 2-year period, the person may apply to FMCSA for a renewal under procedures in effect at that time.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA).
Notice of applications for exemptions; request for comments.
FMCSA announces receipt of applications from 56 individuals for exemption from the prohibition against persons with insulin-treated diabetes mellitus (ITDM) operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce. If granted, the exemptions would enable these individuals with ITDM to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
Comments must be received on or before January 20, 2016.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0339 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations for a 2-year period if it finds
Mr. Bishop, 38, has had ITDM since 2011. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Bishop understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Bishop meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from West Virginia.
Mr. Blight, 53, has had ITDM since 2011. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Blight understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Blight meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a CDL from Michigan.
Mr. Callahan, 57, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Callahan understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Callahan meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Indiana.
Mr. Carlson, 48, has had ITDM since 2012. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Carlson understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Carlson meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Minnesota.
Mr. Collins, 58, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Collins understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Collins meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Colorado.
Mr. Costello, 53, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Costello understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Costello meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Nebraska.
Mr. Cramer, 60, has had ITDM since 2011. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Cramer understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Cramer meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Wisconsin.
Mr. Davenport, 52, has had ITDM since 2000. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Davenport understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Davenport meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist
Mr. Dewitt, 30, has had ITDM since 2011. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Dewitt understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Dewitt meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from California.
Mr. Earullo, 22, has had ITDM since 1994. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Earullo understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Earullo meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Illinois.
Mr. Ferguson, 67, has had ITDM since 1978. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Ferguson understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Ferguson meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from Massachusetts.
Mr. Graczyk, 55, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Graczyk understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Graczyk meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class C CDL from New York.
Mr. Harris, 43, has had ITDM since 2009. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Harris understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Harris meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from New Jersey.
Mr. Heine, 49, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Heine understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Heine meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from North Dakota.
Mr. Hetherington, 24, has had ITDM since 1992. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Hetherington understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Hetherington meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Pennsylvania.
Mr. Hilson, 40, has had ITDM since 2012. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Hilson understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Hilson meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Florida.
Mr. Holocher, 55, has had ITDM since 2012. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or
Mr. Jackson, 27, has had ITDM since 1999. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Jackson understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Jackson meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from California.
Mr. Jean, 60, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Jean understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Jean meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from New Jersey.
Mr. Jerpseth, 43, has had ITDM since 1993. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Jerpseth understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Jerpseth meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Minnesota.
Mr. Laak, 43, has had ITDM since 1987. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Laak understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Laak meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Washington.
Mr. Lescamela, 66, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Lescamela understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Lescamela meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Michigan.
Ms. Lind, 41, has had ITDM since 2002. Her endocrinologist examined her in 2015 and certified that she has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. Her endocrinologist certifies that Ms. Lind understands diabetes management and monitoring has stable control of her diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Ms. Lind meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). Her ophthalmologist examined her in 2015 and certified that she has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. She holds an operator's license from South Dakota.
Mr. Logan, 65, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Logan understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Logan meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from North Carolina.
Mr. Maccarrone, 57, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Maccarrone understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely.
Mr. Maccarrone meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from New Jersey.
Mr. May, 77, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. May understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. May meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Arkansas.
Mr. Mendez, 57, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Mendez understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Mendez meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from New York.
Mr. Miller, 26, has had ITDM since 2003. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Miller understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Miller meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Pennsylvania.
Mr. Milliken, 71, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Milliken understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Milliken meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Pennsylvania.
Mr. Mims, 62, has had ITDM since 1958. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Mims understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Mims meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative and proliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Alabama.
Mr. Mojica, 59, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Mojica understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Mojica meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Florida.
Mr. Otts, 48, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Otts understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Otts meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Nebraska.
Mr. Patel, 42, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Patel understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Patel meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from New Jersey.
Mr. Pederson, 34, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Pederson understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV
Mr. Perez-Beltran, 36, has had ITDM since 2004. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Perez-Beltran understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Perez-Beltran meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Pennsylvania.
Mr. Pfeffer, 62, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Pfeffer understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Pfeffer meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Iowa.
Mr. Piel, 39, has had ITDM since 1984. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Piel understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Piel meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Colorado.
Mr. Pinto, 48, has had ITDM since 2012. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Pinto understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Pinto meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable proliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from New York.
Mr. Poungded, 39, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Poungded understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Poungded meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from California.
Mr. Prestby, 51, has had ITDM since 1992. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Prestby understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Prestby meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from Iowa.
Mr. Ray, 50, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Ray understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Ray meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Arkansas.
Mr. Rice, 60, has had ITDM since 2007. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Rice understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Rice meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Tennessee.
Mr. Rosado, 71, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function
Mr. Ross, 21, has had ITDM since 2005. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Ross understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Ross meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from California.
Mr. Ross, 47, has had ITDM since 1989. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Ross understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Ross meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Florida.
Ms. Sexton, 55, has had ITDM since 2000. Her endocrinologist examined her in 2015 and certified that she has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. Her endocrinologist certifies that Ms. Sexton understands diabetes management and monitoring has stable control of her diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Ms. Sexton meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). Her ophthalmologist examined her in 2015 and certified that she has stable proliferative diabetic retinopathy. She holds a Class B CDL from Illinois.
Mr. Small, 58, has had ITDM since 2006. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Small understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Small meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from New Jersey.
Mr. Smith, 52, has had ITDM since 2006. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Smith understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Smith meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has stable nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Wyoming.
Mr. Smith, 58, has had ITDM since 2014. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Smith understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Smith meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Maryland.
Mr. Tarnowski, 50, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Tarnowski understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Tarnowski meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Minnesota.
Mr. Vaughan, 57, has had ITDM since 1976. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Vaughan understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Vaughan meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Missouri.
Mr. Vogt, 48, has had ITDM since 2015. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Vogt understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Vogt meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Illinois.
Mr. Wagner, 42, has had ITDM since 2007. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Wagner understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Wagner meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class B CDL from New Jersey.
Mr. Welke, 54, has had ITDM since 2001. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Welke understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Welke meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His optometrist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds an operator's license from Wisconsin.
Mr. Westbrook, 57, has had ITDM since 1998. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Westbrook understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Westbrook meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from Pennsylvania.
Mr. Wike, 61, has had ITDM since 2013. His endocrinologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he has had no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the last 5 years. His endocrinologist certifies that Mr. Wike understands diabetes management and monitoring, has stable control of his diabetes using insulin, and is able to drive a CMV safely. Mr. Wike meets the requirements of the vision standard at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10). His ophthalmologist examined him in 2015 and certified that he does not have diabetic retinopathy. He holds a Class A CDL from North Carolina.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA requests public comment from all interested persons on the exemption petitions described in this notice. We will consider all comments received before the close of business on the closing date indicated in the date section of the notice.
FMCSA notes that section 4129 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible and Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users requires the Secretary to revise its diabetes exemption program established on September 3, 2003 (68 FR 52441).
Section 4129 requires: (1) Elimination of the requirement for 3 years of experience operating CMVs while being treated with insulin; and (2) establishment of a specified minimum period of insulin use to demonstrate stable control of diabetes before being allowed to operate a CMV.
In response to section 4129, FMCSA made immediate revisions to the diabetes exemption program established by the September 3, 2003 notice. FMCSA discontinued use of the 3-year driving experience and fulfilled the requirements of section 4129 while continuing to ensure that operation of CMVs by drivers with ITDM will achieve the requisite level of safety required of all exemptions granted under 49 U.S.C.. 31136 (e).
Section 4129(d) also directed FMCSA to ensure that drivers of CMVs with ITDM are not held to a higher standard than other drivers, with the exception of limited operating, monitoring and medical requirements that are deemed medically necessary.
The FMCSA concluded that all of the operating, monitoring and medical requirements set out in the September 3, 2003 notice, except as modified, were in compliance with section 4129(d). Therefore, all of the requirements set out in the September 3, 2003 notice, except as modified by the notice in the
You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that FMCSA can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period and may change this proposed rule based on your comments. FMCSA may issue a final rule at any time after the close of the comment period.
To view comments, as well as any documents mentioned in this preamble, To submit your comment online, go to
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of final disposition; grant of application for exemption.
FMCSA announces its decision to grant Daimler Trucks North America's (Daimler) application for an exemption to allow a Daimler employee to drive commercial motor vehicles (CMV) in the United States without having a commercial driver's license (CDL) issued by one of the States. The driver, Philipp Kehm, will test-drive Daimler vehicles on U.S. roads to better understand product requirements for these vehicles in “real world” environments and verify results. He holds a valid German commercial license but lacks the U.S. residency necessary to obtain a CDL issued by one of the States. FMCSA believes that the process for obtaining a German commercial license is comparable to or as effective as the U.S. CDL requirements and ensures that this driver will likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level of safety that would be obtained in the absence of the exemption.
This exemption is effective December 21, 2015 and expires December 21, 2017.
Mrs. Pearlie Robinson, Driver and Carrier Operations Division; Office of Carrier, Driver and Vehicle Safety Standards; Telephone: 202-366-4325, Email:
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Since 2012, FMCSA has granted five Daimler drivers similar exemptions [May 25, 2012 (77 FR 31422); July 22, 2014 (79 FR 42626); August 29, 2014 (79 FR 516910); March 27, 2015 (80 FR 16511)]. Each of these drivers held a valid German commercial license but lacked the U.S. residency required to obtain a CDL. FMCSA has concluded that the process for obtaining a German commercial license is comparable to or as effective as the U.S. CDL requirements and ensures that these drivers will likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be obtained in the absence of the exemption.
The Secretary of Transportation (the Secretary) has the authority to grant exemptions from any of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) issued under chapter 313 or § 31136 of title 49, United States Code, to a person(s) seeking regulatory relief (49 U.S.C. 31136(e), and 31315(b)). Prior to granting an exemption, the Secretary must request public comment and make a determination that the exemption is likely to achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety that would be achieved absent such exemption.
Daimler applied for the same CDL exemption for Philipp Kehm. Notice of the application was published on September 4, 2015 (80 FR 53614). Only one comment was filed, and the commenter neither opposed nor supported the application for exemption for Mr. Kehm. A copy of the Daimler request is in the docket identified at the beginning of this notice. The exemption would allow Mr. Kehm to operate CMVs to support Daimler field tests to meet future vehicle safety and environmental requirements and to promote the development of technology and advancements in vehicle safety systems and emissions reductions. He will typically drive for no more than 6 hours per day for up to 10 days, and 10 percent of the test driving will be on two-lane State highways, while 90 percent will be on interstate highways. The driving will consist of no more than 200 miles per day, on a biannual basis.
Section 383.21 requires CMV drivers in the United States to have a CDL issued by a State. With a few exceptions, only residents of a State can apply for a CDL. Mr. Kehm is a citizen and resident of Germany. Without the
Mr. Kehm holds a valid German commercial license and is an experienced operator of CMVs. In the application for exemption, Daimler also submitted documentation showing his safe German driving record.
According to Daimler, the requirements for a German-issued commercial license ensure that drivers meet or exceed the same level of safety as if these drivers had obtained a U.S. CDL. Mr. Kehm is familiar with the operation of CMVs worldwide and will be accompanied at all times by a driver who holds a U.S. CDL and is familiar with the routes to be traveled. FMCSA has determined that the process for obtaining a commercial license in Germany is comparable to that for obtaining a CDL issued by one of the States and adequately assesses the driver's ability to operate CMVs safely in the United States.
Based upon the merits of this application, including Mr. Kehm's extensive driving experience and safety record, and the fact that he has successfully completed the requisite training and testing to obtain a German commercial license, FMCSA concluded that the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved absent such exemption, in accordance with § 381.305(a).
FMCSA grants Daimler and Mr. Philipp Kehm an exemption from the CDL requirement in 49 CFR 383.23 to allow Mr. Kehm to drive CMVs in this country without a U.S. State-issued CDL, subject to the following terms and conditions: (1) The driver and carrier must comply with all other applicable provisions of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) (49 CFR parts 350-399); (2) the driver must be in possession of the exemption document and a valid German commercial license; (3) the driver must be employed by and operate the CMV within the scope of his duties for Daimler; (4) at all times while operating a CMV under this exemption, the driver must be accompanied by a holder of a U.S. CDL who is familiar with the routes traveled; (5) Daimler must notify FMCSA in writing within 5 business days of any accident, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, involving this driver; and (6) Daimler must notify FMCSA in writing if this driver is convicted of a disqualifying offense under § 383.51 or § 391.15 of the FMCSRs.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), the exemption will be valid for 2 years unless revoked earlier by the FMCSA. The exemption will be revoked if (1) Mr. Kehm fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption; (2) the exemption results in a lower level of safety than was maintained before it was granted; or (3) continuation of the exemption would be inconsistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315(d), as implemented by 49 CFR 381.600, during the period this exemption is in effect, no State shall enforce any law or regulation applicable to interstate or intrastate commerce that conflicts with or is inconsistent with this exemption with respect to a firm or person operating under the exemption.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of final disposition.
FMCSA confirms its decision to exempt 46 individuals from its rule prohibiting persons with insulin-treated diabetes mellitus (ITDM) from operating commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce. The exemptions enable these individuals to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
The exemptions were effective on September 9, 2015. The exemptions expire on September 9, 2017.
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
You may see all the comments online through the Federal Document Management System (FDMS) at:
On August 6, 2015, FMCSA published a notice of receipt of Federal diabetes exemption applications from 46 individuals and requested comments from the public (80 FR 47024). The public comment period closed on September 8, 2015, and no comments were received.
FMCSA has evaluated the eligibility of the 46 applicants and determined that granting the exemptions to these individuals would achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved by complying with the current regulation 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3).
The Agency established the current requirement for diabetes in 1970 because several risk studies indicated that drivers with diabetes had a higher rate of crash involvement than the general population. The diabetes rule provides that “A person is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle if that person has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus currently requiring insulin for control” (49 CFR 391.41(b)(3)).
FMCSA established its diabetes exemption program, based on the Agency's July 2000 study entitled “A Report to Congress on the Feasibility of a Program to Qualify Individuals with Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus to Operate in Interstate Commerce as Directed by the Transportation Act for the 21st Century.” The report concluded
These 46 applicants have had ITDM over a range of 1 to 47 years. These applicants report no severe hypoglycemic reactions resulting in loss of consciousness or seizure, requiring the assistance of another person, or resulting in impaired cognitive function that occurred without warning symptoms, in the past 12 months and no recurrent (2 or more) severe hypoglycemic episodes in the past 5 years. In each case, an endocrinologist verified that the driver has demonstrated a willingness to properly monitor and manage his/her diabetes mellitus, received education related to diabetes management, and is on a stable insulin regimen. These drivers report no other disqualifying conditions, including diabetes-related complications. Each meets the vision requirement at 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10).
The qualifications and medical condition of each applicant were stated and discussed in detail in the August 6, 2015,
FMCSA received no comments in this proceeding.
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) if the exemption is likely to achieve an equivalent or greater level of safety than would be achieved without the exemption. The exemption allows the applicants to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
To evaluate the effect of these exemptions on safety, FMCSA considered medical reports about the applicants' ITDM and vision, and reviewed the treating endocrinologists' medical opinion related to the ability of the driver to safely operate a CMV while using insulin.
Consequently, FMCSA finds that in each case exempting these applicants from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(3) is likely to achieve a level of safety equal to that existing without the exemption.
The terms and conditions of the exemption will be provided to the applicants in the exemption document and they include the following: (1) That each individual submit a quarterly monitoring checklist completed by the treating endocrinologist as well as an annual checklist with a comprehensive medical evaluation; (2) that each individual reports within 2 business days of occurrence, all episodes of severe hypoglycemia, significant complications, or inability to manage diabetes; also, any involvement in an accident or any other adverse event in a CMV or personal vehicle, whether or not it is related to an episode of hypoglycemia; (3) that each individual provide a copy of the ophthalmologist's or optometrist's report to the medical examiner at the time of the annual medical examination; and (4) that each individual provide a copy of the annual medical certification to the employer for retention in the driver's qualification file, or keep a copy in his/her driver's qualification file if he/she is self-employed. The driver must also have a copy of the certification when driving, for presentation to a duly authorized Federal, State, or local enforcement official.
Based upon its evaluation of the 46 exemption applications, FMCSA exempts the following drivers from the diabetes requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10), subject to the requirements cited above 949 CFR 391.64(b)):
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 each exemption is valid for two years unless revoked earlier by FMCSA. The exemption will be revoked if the following occurs: (1) The person fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption; (2) the exemption has resulted in a lower level of safety than was maintained before it was granted; or (3) continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315. If the exemption is still effective at the end of the 2-year period, the person may apply to FMCSA for a renewal under procedures in effect at that time.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of final disposition.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) announces its decision to grant Volvo Trucks of North America's (Volvo) application for a limited 2-year exemption from 49 CFR 393.60(e)(1) on behalf of motor carriers operating Volvo commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) to use a rain and ambient light detection sensor mounted in the windshield area
This exemption is effective December 21, 2015 and ending December 20, 2017.
Mr. Luke Loy, Vehicle and Roadside Operations Division, Office of Carrier, Driver, and Vehicle Safety, MC-PSV, (202) 366-0676, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
FMCSA has authority under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 to grant exemptions from certain parts of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. FMCSA must publish a notice of each exemption request in the
The Agency reviews safety analyses and public comments submitted, and determines whether granting the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved by the current regulation (49 CFR 381.305). The decision of the Agency must be published in the
Volvo applied for an exemption from 49 CFR 393.60(e)(1) to allow the placement of a rain and ambient light detection sensor on Volvo CMVs lower in the windshield than is currently permitted by the Agency's regulations in order to utilize a mounting location that allows the sensor to function correctly. A copy of the application is included in the docket referenced at the beginning of this notice.
Section 393.60(e)(1) of the FMCSRs prohibits the obstruction of the driver's field of view by devices mounted on the windshield. Antennas, transponders, and similar devices must not be mounted more than 152 mm (6 inches) below the upper edge of the windshield. These devices must be located outside the area swept by the windshield wipers, and outside the driver's sight lines to the road and highway signs and signals.
The application stated:
Volvo is making this request so that it becomes possible to introduce a rain and ambient light detection sensor as an option on some Volvo commercial motor vehicles. In order for the sensor to function correctly, it must be installed in the wiper swept area of the windshield. This is due to the fact that an unswept portion of the windshield, which would not necessarily be kept clean and dry by the wipers, could make it difficult for the sensor to determine if the wipers are needed or not. The sensor, which is approximately 2.6 inches tall by 2.2 inches wide, would be placed on the passenger side of the windshield, outside the driver's sight lines to all mirrors, highway signs, signals, and view of the road ahead. Therefore, we respectfully request an exemption to grant us permission to proceed with the installation of the sensor on the lower part of the windshield within the bottom 6 inches of the area swept by the wipers. . .
This will enable Volvo to install this hands-free driver aid equipment for commercial motor vehicle operators while ensuring the adherence to the specified location requirements requested. . .
Without the proposed exemption, Volvo stated that it will not be able to deploy the rain sensor and ambient light system in vehicle models because (1) its “customers will be fined for violating the current regulation,” and (2) “the rain and ambient light sensing system will not perform adequately and will not generate the hands-free driver aid benefits that would be expected.”
The exemption would apply to all Volvo CMVs. Volvo believes that mounting the sensor lower in the windshield will allow it to function properly while maximizing the external view of the road and maintaining an adequate forward facing field of view for the driver.
FMCSA published a notice of the application in the
The Agency received one comment from an anonymous commenter, supporting the exemption application.
The FMCSA has evaluated the Volvo exemption application. The Agency believes that granting the temporary exemption to allow the placement of the rain and ambient light detection sensor lower in the windshield than is currently permitted by the Agency's regulations will provide a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety achieved without the exemption because (1) based on the technical information available, there is no indication that the rain and ambient light detection sensor would obstruct drivers' views of the roadway, highway signs and surrounding traffic; (2) generally, trucks and buses have an elevated seating position that greatly improves the forward visual field of the driver, and any impairment of available sight lines would be minimal; and (3) the location within the bottom 7 inches of the area swept by the windshield wiper
This action is consistent with previous Agency action permitting the placement of similarly-sized devices on CMVs within the lower portion of the windshield within the bottom 7 inches of the wiper swept area. In March 2015, FMCSA granted a temporary exemption to Volvo/Prevost, LLC enabling the mounting of lane departure warning
The Agency hereby grants the exemption for a 2-year period, beginning December 21, 2015 and ending December 20, 2017. During the temporary exemption period, motor carriers will be allowed to operate CMVs manufactured by Volvo equipped with rain and ambient light detection sensors placed on the lower part of the passenger side of the windshield within the bottom 7 inches of the area swept by the wipers, outside the driver's sight lines to all mirrors, highway signs, signals, and view of the road ahead. The exemption will be valid for 2 years unless rescinded earlier by FMCSA. The exemption will be rescinded if: (1) Motor carriers and/or commercial motor vehicles fail to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption; (2) the exemption has resulted in a lower level of safety than was maintained before it was granted; or (3) continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b).
Interested parties possessing information that would demonstrate that motor carriers operating Volvo CMVs equipped with rain and ambient light sensors are not achieving the requisite statutory level of safety should immediately notify FMCSA. The Agency will evaluate any such information and, if safety is being compromised or if the continuation of the exemption is not consistent with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), will take immediate steps to revoke the exemption.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31313(d), as implemented by 49 CFR 381.600, during the period this exemption is in effect, no State shall enforce any law or regulation applicable to interstate commerce that conflicts with or is inconsistent with this exemption with respect to a firm or person operating under the exemption. States may, but are not required to, adopt the same exemption with respect to operations in intrastate commerce.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of applications for exemptions; request for comments.
FMCSA announces receipt of applications from 19 individuals for exemption from the vision requirement in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. They are unable to meet the vision requirement in one eye for various reasons. The exemptions will enable these individuals to operate commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce without meeting the prescribed vision requirement in one eye. If granted, the exemptions would enable these individuals to qualify as drivers of commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce.
Comments must be received on or before January 20, 2016. All comments will be investigated by FMCSA. The exemptions will be issued the day after the comment period closes.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0345 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations for a 2-year period if it finds “such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved absent such exemption.” FMCSA can renew exemptions at the end of each 2-year period. The 19 individuals listed in this notice have each requested such an exemption from the vision requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10), which applies to drivers of CMVs in interstate commerce. Accordingly, the Agency will evaluate the qualifications of each applicant to determine whether granting an exemption will achieve the required level of safety mandated by statute.
Mr. Abdelrahim, 48, has a phthisis left eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, no light perception. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “His Right [
Mr. Berube, 53, has had a central serous chorioretinopathy in his right eye since 2005. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/100, and in his left eye, 20/15. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “I [
Mr. Best, 66, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/100, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “No medicalvisual [
Mr. Billings, 49, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/15, and in his left eye, counting fingers. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “I feel that Mr. Billings sees very well with his right eye and his visual field is full with minimal restrictions and his reduced vision in his left eye should not affect his ability to perform his job . . . Based on the requirements you have listed, he has sufficient vision to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Billings reported that he has driven straight trucks for 5 years, accumulating 57,500 miles. He holds a Class M operator's license from Virginia. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Fregeau, 68, has had refractive amblyopia in his right eye since birth. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/60, and in his left eye, 20/30. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “OD: Vision 20/60, OS: Vision 20/30, based on this history . . . my judgement is that he can drive this commercial vehicle.” Mr. Fregeau reported that he has driven straight trucks for 20 years, accumulating 500,000 miles. He holds a Class D operator's license from Connecticut. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Gibbons, 62, has had optic neuropathy in his right eye since 2011. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/50, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “In my opinion, Michael has a sufficient [
Mr. Hill, 71, has a prosthetic left eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/40, and in his left eye, no light perception. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “Mr. Hill has had only one eye since the age of 12 . . . I expect Mr. Hill to continue to drive well and have no reason to believe he will not continue to drive his commercial truck well.” Mr. Hill reported that he has driven straight trucks for 8 years, accumulating 80,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Louisiana. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Johnson, 42, has a prosthetic right eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “It is my medical opinion that Freddie Johnson has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Johnson reported that he has driven straight trucks for 3 years, accumulating 322,500 miles. He holds an operator's license from Idaho. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Kohn, 34, has complete loss of vision in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/15. Following an examination in 201X, his optometrist stated, “Mr. Kohn has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Kohn reported that he has driven straight trucks for 12 years, accumulating 6,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 4 years, accumulating 18,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Missouri. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Morgan, 44, has central vision loss in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1996. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/150, and in his left eye, 20/25. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “I feel that Mr. Morgan meets the monocular criteria to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle with his left eye only.” Mr. Morgan reported that he has driven straight trucks for 19 years, accumulating 95,760 miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 19 years, accumulating 205,200 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Pennsylvania. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Olivas, 26, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/70, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist
Mr. Pitts, 54, has complete loss of vision in his left eye due to a traumatic incident in 2001. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, no light perception. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “Considering that his visual defiency [
Mr. Ponce, 50, has complete loss of vision in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1982. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “I believe that Mr. Ponce has sufficient vision in his left eye in order to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Ponce reported that he has driven straight trucks for 10 years, accumulating 230,880 miles and buses for 10 years, accumulating 230,880 miles. He holds a Class B CDL from New York. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Schaef, 67, has had pseudophakia in his left eye since 2011. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/30, and in his left eye, 20/50. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “In my medical opinion, Mr. Schaef has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Schaef reported that he has driven straight trucks for 10 years, accumulating 500,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Texas. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Stoltie, 35, has had refractive amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/100, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “Mr. Stoltie does have sufficient vision uncorrected to operate a commercial vehicle, however a contact lens in the right eye is recommended to maximize his visual acuity.” Mr. Stoltie reported that he has driven straight trucks for 15 years, accumulating 1 million miles. He holds a Class D operator's license from South Carolina. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Strong, 69, has had partial optic atrophy in his left eye since 1985. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/25, and in his left eye, 20/400. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “I have examined Mr. Strong and find that he has sufficient vision, field of view, and experience to safely preform driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Strong reported that he has driven straight trucks for 48 years, accumulating 1.68 million miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 15 years, accumulating 75,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from California. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Terry, 58, has had a retinal detachment in his right eye since 2007. The visual acuity in his right eye is light perception, and in his left eye, 20/15. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “In my medical opinion, Michael has sufficient vision to perform the visual tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Terry reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 30 years, accumulating 2.55 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Indiana. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Wilkinson, 60, has optic atrophy in his left eye due to a traumatic incident in 1974. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/25, and in his left eye, 20/400. Following an examination in 2015, his ophthalmologist stated, “Overall, his level of vision should enable him to safely drive a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Wilkinson reported that he has driven straight trucks for 38 years, accumulating 570,000 miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 38 years, accumulating 1.9 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Florida. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Youngblood, 39, has had complete loss of vision in his left eye since birth. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/15, and in his left eye, hand motion. Following an examination in 2015, his optometrist stated, “It is my opinion that Mr. Youngblood has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Youngblood reported that he has driven straight trucks for 9 years, accumulating 450,000 miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 9 years, accumulating 450,000 miles. He holds a Class AM CDL from Texas. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
FMCSA encourages you to participate by submitting comments and related materials.
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so the Agency can contact you if it has questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
FMCSA will consider all comments and material received during the comment period and may change this notice based on your comments.
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of applications for exemptions; request for comments.
FMCSA announces that 14 individuals have applied for a medical exemption from the hearing requirement in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs). In accordance with the statutory requirements concerning applications for exemptions, FMCSA requests public comments on these requests. The statute and implementing regulations concerning exemptions require that exemptions must provide an equivalent or greater level of safety than if they were not granted. If the Agency determines the exemptions would satisfy the statutory requirements and decides to grant theses requests after reviewing the public comments submitted in response to this notice, the exemptions would enable these 14 individuals to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.
Comments must be received on or before January 20, 2016.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket No. FMCSA- 2015-0327 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Each submission must include the Agency name and the docket numbers for this notice. Note that all comments received will be posted without change to
Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration has authority to grant exemptions from many of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) under 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), as amended by Section 4007 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21) (Pub. L. 105-178, June 9, 1998, 112 Stat. 107, 401). FMCSA has published in 49 CFR part 381, subpart C final rules implementing the statutory changes in its exemption procedures made by section 4007, 69 FR 51589 (August 20, 2004).
The Agency reviews the safety analyses and the public comments and determines whether granting the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved without the exemption. The decision of the Agency must be published in the
The current provisions of the FMCSRs concerning hearing state that a person is physically qualified to drive a CMV if that person
First perceives a forced whispered voice in the better ear at not less than 5 feet with or without the use of a hearing aid or, if tested by use of an audiometric device, does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels at 500 Hz, 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz with or without a hearing aid when the audiometric device is calibrated to American National Standard (formerly ASA Standard) Z24.5—1951.
49 CFR 391.41(b)(11). This standard was adopted in 1970, with a revision in 1971 to allow drivers to be qualified under this standard while wearing a hearing aid, 35 FR 6458, 6463 (April 22, 1970) and 36 FR 12857 (July 3, 1971).
FMCSA also issues instructions for completing the medical examination report and includes advisory criteria on the report itself to provide guidance for medical examiners in applying the hearing standard. See 49 CFR 391.43(f). The current advisory criteria for the hearing standard include a reference to a report entitled “Hearing Disorders and Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers” prepared for the Federal Highway Administration, FMCSA's predecessor, in 1993.
FMCSA requests comments from all interested parties on whether a driver who cannot meet the hearing standard should be permitted to operate a CMV in interstate commerce. Further, the Agency asks for comments on whether a driver who cannot meet the hearing standard should be limited to operating only certain types of vehicles in interstate commerce, for example, vehicles without air brakes. The statute and implementing regulations concerning exemptions require that the Agency request public comments on all applications for exemptions. The Agency is also required to make a determination that an exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be
You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that FMCSA can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period and may change this proposed rule based on your comments. FMCSA may issue a final rule at any time after the close of the comment period.
To view comments, go to
Mr. Black, age 50, holds a class A CDL in California.
Mr. Boge, age 59, holds a class A CDL in Iowa.
Mr. Boskovski, age 24, holds an operator's license in Arizona.
Mr. Bunjer, age 50, holds a class A CDL in Maryland.
Mr. Dorantes, age 21, holds an operator's license in Texas.
Ms. Goodman, age 32, holds an operator's license in Washington.
Mr. Korsi, age 34, holds an operator's license in Missouri.
Mr. Myvett, age 39, holds an operator's license from California.
Mr. Peek, age 39, holds an operator's license in Georgia.
Mr. Youl, age 43, holds a class A CDL in Florida.
Mr. Prusinski, age 47, holds an operator's license in Ohio.
Mr. Sarus, age 38, holds an operator's license in New York.
Mr. Tricolci, age 28, holds an operator's license in Massachusetts.
Mr. Uhr, age 43, holds an operator's license in Texas.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b)(4), FMCSA requests public comment from all interested persons on the exemption petitions described in this notice. The Agency will consider all comments received before the close of business January 20, 2016. Comments will be available for examination in the docket at the location listed under the
Federal Transit Administration, DOT.
Notice of request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the intention of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to renew the following information collection:
Comments must be submitted before February 19, 2016.
To ensure that your comments are not entered more than once into the docket, submit comments identified by the docket number by only one of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Jamie Pfister, Office of Research, Demonstration and Innovation (202) 366-5424, or email:
Interested parties are invited to send comments regarding any aspect of this information collection, including: (1) The necessity and utility of the information collection for the proper performance of the functions of the FTA; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the collected information; and (4) ways to minimize the collection burden without reducing the quality of the collected information. Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection.
In addition to 49 U.S.C. 5312, FTA intends to amend this information collection to include other related programs which support Transit Research, Technical Assistance and Standards, and Human Resources and Training. Once amended and issued, this information collection will cover: (1) Research, Development, Demonstration, and Deployment program(49 U.S.C. 5312), which supports applied research, data collection, analyses, demonstration and deployment activities and evaluations related to transit system; (2) Transit Cooperative Research Program (49 U.S.C. 5313) which provides funds to the National Academy of Sciences to conduct investigative research on subjects related to public transportation; (3) Technical Assistance and Standards Development (49 U.S.C. 5314) program which will allow FTA to partner with national non-profits and other organizations to provide technical assistance to communities; and (4) Human Resources and Training (49 U.S.C. 5322) program to fund the National Transit Institute and to build new Ladders of Opportunity by creating new employment pathways into the transit industry, improving employment training, pursuing outreach to increase minority and female employment in the public transportation sector, conducting research on the skill needed to operate and maintain increasingly complex transit vehicle and equipment systems, and supporting training and assistance for minority business owners, as well as other topics.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation.
Request for public comment on proposed collection of information.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Comments must be submitted on or before January 20, 2016.
Send comments to the Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.
For additional information or access to background documents, contact Sean McLaurin, NVS-422, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room
A
The NDR's Problem Driver Pointer System (PDPS) is a central repository of information that identifies individuals whose license to operate a motor vehicle has been denied, suspended or revoked for cause, or who have been convicted of certain serious traffic related violations. The information on the PDPS is reported to and maintained by the States who are responsible to review information from PDPS and to take adverse action as determined necessary against problem drivers. While NHTSA operates the system to provide the information to the States, the determination of whether or not to license an applicant driver remains the responsibility of a State using the system. Upon restoration of the driving privilege, the pointer records are removed by the State-of-Record.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended; and 49 CFR 1:48.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of one individual and four entities whose property and interests in property have been blocked pursuant to the Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act (Kingpin Act) (21 U.S.C. 1901-1908, 8 U.S.C. 1182). Additionally, OFAC is publishing additions to the identifying information for one individual previously designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act.
The designations by the Acting Director of OFAC of the one individual and four entities identified in this notice pursuant to section 805(b) of the Kingpin Act are effective on December 16, 2015.
Assistant Director, Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220, Tel: (202) 622-2490.
This document and additional information concerning OFAC are available on OFAC's Web site at
The Kingpin Act became law on December 3, 1999. The Kingpin Act establishes a program targeting the activities of significant foreign narcotics traffickers and their organizations on a worldwide basis. It provides a statutory framework for the imposition of sanctions against significant foreign narcotics traffickers and their organizations on a worldwide basis, with the objective of denying their businesses and agents access to the U.S. financial system and the benefits of trade and transactions involving U.S. companies and individuals.
The Kingpin Act blocks all property and interests in property, subject to U.S. jurisdiction, owned or controlled by significant foreign narcotics traffickers as identified by the President. In addition, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Attorney General, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of State, and the Secretary of Homeland Security, may designate and block the property and interests in property, subject to U.S. jurisdiction, of persons who are found to be: (1) Materially assisting in, or providing financial or technological support for or to, or providing goods or services in support of, the international narcotics trafficking activities of a person designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act; (2) owned, controlled, or directed by, or acting for or on behalf of, a person designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act; or (3) playing a significant role in international narcotics trafficking.
On December 16, 2015, the Acting Director of OFAC designated the following individual and four entities whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to section 805(b) of the Kingpin Act.
1. LIBIEN TELLA, Naim, Paseo San Carlos 319, Fracc. San Carlos, Metepec, Mexico 52140, Mexico; Vicente Guerrero 304, Toluca, Mexico 50110, Mexico; Paseo Tollocan 613 Oriente, Colonia Valle Verde, Toluca, Mexico, Mexico; DOB 30 May 1970; POB Toluca, Mexico, Mexico; R.F.C. LITN-700530-6N0 (Mexico); C.U.R.P. LITN700530HMCBLM01 (Mexico); I.F.E. LBTLNM70053015000 (Mexico) (individual) [SDNTK] (Linked To: AEROLINEAS AMANECER, S.A. DE C.V.; Linked To: DIARIO AMANECER; Linked To: UNOMASUNO; Linked To: VALGO GRUPO DE INVERSION S.A. DE C.V.). Designated for materially assisting in, or providing support for or to, or providing goods or services in support of, the international narcotics trafficking activities of Abigael
1. AEROLINEAS AMANECER, S.A. DE C.V. (a.k.a. AEROAMANECER), Hangar 6 Zona C., Aviacion Gral. S/N, Toluca, Mexico 50200, Mexico; Paseo Tollocan 802 Poniente, Toluca de Lerdo, Estado de Mexico 50000, Mexico; Folio Mercantil No. 3613-17 (Mexico) [SDNTK]. Designated for being controlled or directed by, or acting for or on behalf of, Naim LIBIEN TELLA and therefore meets the statutory criteria for designation pursuant to section 805(b)(3) of the Kingpin Act, 21 U.S.C. 1904(b)(3).
2. DIARIO AMANECER, Paseo Tollocan 613 Ote., Col. Valle Verde, Toluca, Estado de Mexico C.P. 50130, Mexico; Gabino Barreda No. 86, Col. San Rafael, Del. Cuauhtemoc, Mexico, Distrito Federal C.P. 06470, Mexico; Web site
3. UNOMASUNO (a.k.a. UNO MAS UNO), Gabino Barreda No. 86, Col. San Rafael, Del. Cuauhtemoc, Mexico, Distrito Federal C.P. 06470, Mexico; Web site
4. VALGO GRUPO DE INVERSION S.A. DE C.V., Avenida Bogota 3007, Colonia Circunvalacion Americas, Guadalajara, Jalisco CP 44630, Mexico; Folio Mercantil No. 22071 (Mexico) [SDNTK]. Designated for being owned, controlled, or directed by, or acting for or on behalf of, Abigael GONZALEZ VALENCIA and/or Naim LIBIEN TELLA and therefore meets the statutory criteria for designation pursuant to section 805(b)(3) of the Kingpin Act, 21 U.S.C. 1904(b)(3).
Additionally, OFAC is publishing additions to the identifying information for the following individual previously designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act.
1. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Abigael (a.k.a. GOMEZ FLORES, Luis Angel; a.k.a. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Abigail; a.k.a. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Luis Angel; a.k.a. TAK TOLEDO, Jonathan Paul; a.k.a. TAK TOLEDO, Paul Jonathan); DOB 18 Oct 1972; alt. DOB 28 Oct 1979; POB Aguililla, Michoacan, Mexico; alt. POB Apatzingan, Michoacan, Mexico; alt. POB Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico; Gender Male; C.U.R.P. GOVA721018HMNNLB07 (Mexico); alt. C.U.R.P. GOFL721018HJCMLS02 (Mexico); alt. C.U.R.P. GOVL721018HMNNLS08 (Mexico); Passport JX755855 (Canada) (individual) [SDNTK] (Linked To: LOS CUINIS).
The listing for this individual now appears as follows:
1. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Abigael (a.k.a. GOMEZ FLORES, Luis Angel; a.k.a. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Abigail; a.k.a. GONZALEZ VALENCIA, Luis Angel; a.k.a. TAK TOLEDO, Jonathan Paul; a.k.a. TAK TOLEDO, Paul Jonathan), Paseo Royal Country 5395-31, Fraccionamiento Royal Country, Zapopan, Jalisco, Mexico; DOB 18 Oct 1972; alt. DOB 28 Oct 1979; POB Aguililla, Michoacan, Mexico; alt. POB Apatzingan, Michoacan, Mexico; alt. POB Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico; Gender Male; C.U.R.P. GOVA721018HMNNLB07 (Mexico); alt. C.U.R.P. GOFL721018HJCMLS02 (Mexico); alt. C.U.R.P. GOVL721018HMNNLS08 (Mexico); Passport JX755855 (Canada) (individual) [SDNTK] (Linked To: LOS CUINIS; Linked To: VALGO GRUPO DE INVERSION S.A. DE C.V.).
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Final rule.
The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) is amending the Hazardous Materials Regulations by establishing standards for the safe transportation of explosives on cargo tank motor vehicles and multipurpose bulk trucks transporting materials for blasting operations. This rulemaking is responsive to two petitions for rulemaking submitted by industry representatives: P-1557, concerning the continued use of renewal applications, and P-1583, concerning the incorporation of an industry standard publication. Further, developing these requirements provides wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently only offered by special permits and competent authorities.
The requirements of this final rule mirror the majority of provisions contained in nine widely-used longstanding special permits that have established safety records. These requirements eliminate the need for future renewal requests, thus reducing paperwork burdens and facilitating commerce while maintaining a commensurate level of safety. This final rule authorizes the transportation of certain explosives, ammonium nitrates, ammonium nitrate emulsions, and other specific hazardous materials in both non-bulk and bulk packagings, which are not otherwise authorized under current regulations. These hazardous materials are used in blasting operations on cargo tank motor vehicles and specialized vehicles, known as multipurpose bulk trucks, which are used as mobile work platforms to create blends of explosives that are unique to each blast site. Finally, this rulemaking addresses the construction of new multipurpose bulk trucks.
You may find information on this rulemaking (Docket No. PHMSA-2011-0345) at Federal eRulemaking Portal:
Matthew Nickels, (202) 366-8553, Standards and Rulemaking Division, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) is issuing this final rule, titled “Hazardous Materials: Requirements for the Safe Transportation of Bulk Explosives (RRR),” in order to establish standards for the safe transportation of explosives on cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV) and multipurpose bulk trucks (MBTs) transporting materials for blasting operations. This final rule is responsive to two petitions for rulemaking submitted by industry representatives: P-1557, concerning the continued use of renewal applications, and P-1583, concerning the incorporation of an industry standard publication. Further, codifying these new requirements provides wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently offered only by special permits and competent authority approvals. This final rule will eliminate the need for future renewal requests of nine special permits (the transportation of certain explosives, ammonium nitrates, ammonium nitrate emulsions, and other specific hazardous materials in bulk packaging) that have established safety records. These amendments will reduce paperwork burdens and facilitate commerce while maintaining an appropriate level of safety.
PHMSA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on July 15, 2014, under Docket HM-233D (PHMSA-2011-0345). See 79 FR 41185.
• Incorporating by reference (IBR) the Institute of Makers of Explosives' (IME) Safety Library Publication No. 23 “Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3 and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging” (referred to as IME Standard 23).
• Establishing requirements directing manufacturers of newly constructed or modified MBTs to comply with certain National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) requirements known as the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) found in 49 CFR part 571.
PHMSA is confident that this final rule is of benefit to both the public and the industry, as it will: (1) Eliminate the need for firms to apply individually for the transportation of certain classes of bulk materials in MBTs, (2) provide regulatory flexibility and relief while maintaining a high level of safety, (3) promote safer transportation practices, (4) facilitate commerce, (5) reduce paperwork burdens, (6) protect the
In the NPRM, PHMSA encouraged all interested parties, particularly the holders of the nine currently active special permits (discussed in Section II. Background), to submit comments on the proposals discussed. Additionally, we asked that commenters give feedback on the NPRM's preliminary Regulatory Impact Analysis
In this final rule, PHMSA is amending the HMR by establishing standards for the safe transportation of explosives on CTMVs and MBTs transporting materials for blasting operations. These standards for bulk explosives mirror the majority of provisions contained in nine widely-used longstanding special permits issued by PHMSA under 49 CFR part 107, subpart B (§§ 107.101 to 107.127). A special permit sets forth alternative requirements (variances) to the requirements in the HMR in a way that achieves a safety level at least equal to that required under the regulations or that is consistent with the public interest. Congress expressly authorized DOT to issue these variances in the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975 as amended. For an in-depth discussion on what special permits are and why incorporating them into the HMR is necessary, please review the Section II. Background preamble discussion in the NPRM (July 15, 2014; 79 FR 41185; 41187).
This final rule incorporates elements of nine special permits (by way of incorporating IME Standard 23) that authorize multipurpose bulk truck operations not specifically permitted under the HMR. These amendments eliminate the need for hundreds of current grantees to reapply for renewal of nine special permits every four years and for PHMSA to process those renewal applications. These nine special permits are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
This final rule benefits the regulated community by incorporating into the HMR these nine special permits (221 grantees) with well-established safety records
Two components in this final rule were presented to PHMSA in petitions for rulemaking.
The petition from R&R (P-1557) dated March 23, 2010, asked PHMSA to eliminate the need to operate under the terms and conditions of a special permit for deliveries of certain types of bulk explosives, and to develop bulk explosive requirements in the HMR. R&R Trucking stated that “the request is limited to Explosives, blasting, type E, 1.5D, UN0332, PG [Packing Group] II and Ammonium nitrate emulsion, 5.1, UN3375, PG II, transported on articulated DOT specification CTMVs.” Further, the petition stated that “no other hazardous material may be loaded into or carried on the vehicle or any vehicle in a combination of vehicles when transporting either of these materials in the approved bulk packaging.” A more detailed description
PHMSA agrees with the petitioner on the merit of establishing requirements for the transportation of bulk explosives in commerce. With the incorporation of IME Standard 23 in this final rule, PHMSA is establishing all relevant and appropriate requirements set out in the current multipurpose bulk transportation special permits,
The petition from IME (P-1583) dated May 13, 2011, asked PHMSA to develop bulk explosive requirements in the HMR by incorporating by reference IME Safety Library Publication No. 23,
PHMSA agrees with the petitioner's request to develop bulk explosive requirements in the HMR by proposing to incorporate by reference IME Standard 23. Codifying these new requirements in this final rule and incorporating IME Standard 23 into the HMR provides wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently offered only by special permits and competent authority approvals.
Access to the petitions referenced in this final rule can be found at
The Institute of Makers of Explosives' (IME) Safety Library Publication No. 23 “Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3 and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging” (referred to as IME Standard 23) is free and easily accessible to the public via the Web site provided by the parent organization. Access to the IME Standard 23 publication incorporated by reference is also available for public download and review at:
In response to PHMSA's July 15, 2014 NPRM (79 FR 41185), PHMSA received comments from various stakeholders. The organizations who commented are listed in Table 1:
Discussed in the following sections is a list of the major amendments PHMSA proposed for adoption into the HMR in the NPRM, a brief synopsis of the comments we received in response to those proposals, and our position regarding those comments received to the NPRM. Furthermore, the amendments we are finalizing in this final rule are addressed in Section VI. Section-by-section Review of Amendments.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed to incorporate by reference the latest edition of the technical standard published by IME, known as “Safety Library Publication No. 23 Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3 and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging” (referred to as IME Standard 23). The intent behind proposing to incorporate by reference IME Standard
As previously discussed, in the NPRM PHMSA proposed to incorporate IME Standard 23 into the HMR and establish requirements of general applicability governing the transportation of: (1) A single bulk hazardous material for blasting by CTMV; and (2) CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings. However, as noted in the NPRM, the HMR does not permit the transportation in bulk packaging of certain Class 1 and Class 5 hazardous materials that are used in commercial blasting operations. This type of transportation is only permitted under a PHMSA special permit. In the NPRM, we proposed that a new Special Provision 148 be added to each entry under Column 7 of the Hazardous Materials Table (HMT) for HMT entries that are listed in IME Standard 23. These HMT entries include certain hazardous materials from the following hazard classes and divisions: Divisions 1.1B, 1.1D, 1.4B, 1.4D, 1.4S and 1.5D explosives; Division 5.1 oxidizers; Class 8 corrosive liquids; and Class 3 combustible liquids. In the NPRM, Special Provision 148 was proposed in order to direct readers to § 173.66, therefore only specific explosives, oxidizers, etc. will be eligible.
PHMSA received general support from the commenters on the principle of revising the HMT and adding a new Special Provision 148 to appropriate HMT entries, with IME offering one suggestion. IME stated that: “IME inadvertently included `Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for blasting, Division 1.1B, UN0360' in a pre-publication version of IME Standard 23, but removed it from the final copy. This should be removed from the HMT changes in the final rule.” We reviewed the comment and agree with IME's suggestion and will revise the regulatory text in this final rule as needed.
We did not receive any comments that opposed our proposals to revise the appropriate HMT entries and add new Special Provision 148. Therefore, in this final rule, we are amending the regulatory text and also removing the HMT entry IME noted in its comments.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed to add a new section to 49 CFR part 173 (§ 173.66), which included specific requirements for newly constructed MBTs and modifications to existing trucks.
In the preamble of the new section, prior to paragraph (a), PHMSA proposed requirements for MBTs. We proposed that when § 172.101 allowed that a Class 1 (explosive) material may be packaged in accordance with this section, only the bulk packagings specified for these materials in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) would be authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions in Column 7 of the § 172.101 table. Therefore, as proposed in the NPRM, an entity operating a MBT under current conditions, such as a special permit, would be subject to operating under the IME Standard 23 document. Furthermore, as proposed in the NPRM, the additional requirements in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) would apply to: (1) A new MBT constructed after December 31, 2014, or (2) an old MBT that requires modifications due to wear and tear (
PHMSA received general support from the commenters on the principle of establishing a new § 173.66 that outlined the requirements for bulk explosives, but the commenters had concerns with specific aspects of the regulations. Regarding compliance dates, IME commented that:
Compliance Date: PHMSA proposes to trigger requirements for compliance with the FMVSS, FSS, and EBDD standards for newly constructed MBTs after December 31, 2014. While we can hope that HM-233D is finalized by December 31, 2014, we request that the mandatory compliance date be triggered by a threshold such as 120 days after the rule is finalized. Additionally, we note that no future effective date is specified for MBTs that are modified. We would suggest that the mandatory compliance date be the same.
Additionally, COSTHA echoed those thoughts in its comment “We would also like to encourage PHMSA to grant the IME request that the mandatory compliance date with the standards for newly constructed MBTs be transitioned with a threshold such as 120 days after the rule is finalized and that it be aligned with the effective date for MBTs that are modified.” In regards to the compliance dates issue, we reviewed the comments and agree with IME's suggestion and will revise the regulatory text in this final rule as needed.
Regarding the overall structure and language prior to paragraph (a) of the new section, R&R commented that:
R&R supports the need for differentiation between transport of: (1) A single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles and (2) transport by MBT capable of transporting multiple hazmats for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packaging. Two distinctly different types of transportation. Distinction between the two types of transport must be clearly maintained. SLP-23 makes the distinction by having separate sections. In the NPRM, Special Provision 148 makes this distinction, but § 173.66 is vague on the distinction. For clarification § 173.66 should refer to Section 1 of SLP-23 for the standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicle and to Section 2 of SLP-23 for the standards for cargo tank motor vehicles capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings.
In regards to the clarification of single bulk CTMVs differing from MBTs, we reviewed the comments and agree with R&R's suggestion and will revise the regulatory text in this final rule as needed.
In the NPRM, in paragraph (a) of § 173.66, we proposed additional requirements regarding fire suppression systems (FSS) for newly constructed and modified MBTs. In addition to complying the usual requirements of the HMR (
Commenters generally did not support the additional requirements regarding FSS for newly constructed and modified MBTs proposed in the NPRM. For example, IME commented that:
PHMSA acknowledges that “there are too few incident data to estimate and monetize the benefits from a fire suppression system.” Unaware of any death or serious injury attributable to hazmat carried on MBTs since this technology was introduced in the 1970s. There is no off-the-shelf FSS technology; IME isn't supportive of allowing MBTs to be guinea pigs for field testing FSS technology. SLP-23 already provides a FSS which far exceeds that required for other commercial motor vehicles, including trucks transporting hazmat for which fire is an inherent risk. SLP-23 requires that MBTs be equipped with two fire extinguishers with an Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) rating of at least 4-A:40-B:C. Current federal regulations require that trucks used to transport placarded quantities of hazmat be equipped with one fire extinguisher having an UL rating of 10B:C. There is no assurance, in an accident where the driver is incapacitated and unable to use the fire extinguishers on the vehicle, that the FSS will have survived the crash and be operational. Every ounce of unnecessary weight added to a vehicle is an ounce of lost payload, this adds up to more trucks on the road to carry the same volume of material, increasing crash risk and generate other societal impacts such as wasted fuel and more air emissions. PHMSA's requirement is similar to but not the same as the NRCan standard. Given the lack of incident data to show that such systems would increase safety commensurate with the cost, we do not support the NRCan standard or the more onerous PHMSA proposal. IME questions whether PHMSA, instead of NHTSA, is the agency to propose such a vehicle modification. NHTSA is responsible for setting and enforcing safety performance standards for motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment.
Furthermore, in a set of supplemental comments, IME commented that:
PHMSA's position in the NPRM was that fire was a potential hazard in an MBT incident. IME has highlighted the safety record of MBTs which indicates that fire is not typically common with an incident involving these vehicles.
PHMSA acknowledges that the proposed FSS would add weight to the MBT, and that the increased weight would decrease the payload, thereby increasing the number of MBTs on the road. Furthermore, we do agree that the established safety record of MBTs stand for itself and that IME Standard 23 does exceed the federal requirements for fire extinguishers. As such, we have reviewed the comments regarding FSS for newly constructed and modified MBTs and agree with IME's position. We will revise the regulatory text in this final rule as needed. In addition, PHMSA may revisit the FSS requirement in the future, if a future review of incident data indicates a need.
In the NPRM, in paragraph (b) of § 173.66, we proposed additional requirements for emergency shut-off/battery disconnect for newly constructed and modified MBTs. The NPRM proposed that for these trucks, the batteries for the chassis would be required to have three easily accessible manual disconnect switches. One manual disconnect switch would be located inside the driver's cab and would not include the ignition; the remaining two manual disconnect switches would be located on each side of the vehicle. Further, the NPRM proposed all three switches would be connected to the positive battery terminal and the line of the switch would be protected from rubbing and abrasion that could cause a short circuit. Finally, the NPRM proposed that the battery disconnect would be required to isolate all manufacturing equipment
Commenters generally did not support the additional requirements of emergency shut-off/battery disconnect devices (EBDD) for newly constructed and modified MBTs. For example, IME commented that:
We agree that any EBDD standard included in a final rule promulgated under this docket should apply only to newly constructed or modified MBTs. However, we disagree with the EBDD standard as proposed. PHMSA's proposal would require MBTs to be equipped with three manual EBDDs, not to include the ignition switch. The cost/benefit of this standard cannot be justified. First, MBT's are the only type of specialized vehicle that is already required to have a manual EBDD in addition to the ignition switch. Yet, PHMSA provides no data to support the need to triple the current EBDD requirement. In fact, PHMSA acknowledges that no death or major injury has been attributed to hazardous materials carried by MBTs—a record that cannot be matched by other bulk hazardous materials that are sensitive to electric charge. Second, in the years since this requirement has been imposed, we are unaware of any instance where EBDDs have been used in an emergency, irrespective of the consequence. Rather, emergency responders simply cut the battery cable as they are trained to do. Third, PHMSA's cost justification does not include the cost to train all emergency responders on the existence and operation of the EBDDs. We would expect these costs to be significant. There are over one million firefighters, alone, in the United States, and over 70 percent of fire departments are volunteer with relatively high-rates of turnover. Fifth, the proposed EBDD standard is inconsistent with the standard required in Canada. PHMSA should not pass up this opportunity to advance the RCC initiative with regard to EBDD requirements. We would support including an EBDD requirement for MBTs that is equivalent to the Canadian EBDD standard.
Additionally, COSTHA echoed those thoughts in its comment that harmonization is essential and that it would be better to harmonize with an equivalent Canadian EBDD standard than impose an entirely new one.
While the cost/benefit of the additional two switches was adequate to justify this requirement, PHMSA agrees with IME that the triple EBDD is redundant. Also, the triple EBDD is not harmonized with the NRCan requirements or IME Standard 23. As such, we have reviewed the comments regarding EBDD for newly constructed and modified MBTs and agree with the commenters' position. We are revising the regulatory text in this final rule as needed. In addition, PHMSA may revisit the EBDD requirement in the future, if a future review of incident data indicates a need.
In the NPRM, in paragraph (c) of § 173.66 we proposed that for newly constructed and modified MBTs, those trucks must be in compliance with the applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) found in 49 CFR part 571. Furthermore, in the NPRM we proposed that the MBT manufacturer must maintain a certification record ensuring the final manufacturing is in compliance with the FMVSS, per the certification requirements found in 49 CFR part 567, and these certification records must be available to DOT representatives upon request.
PHMSA received general support from the commenters on the requirements to be in compliance with the applicable FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571, with IME offering one comment that: “PHMSA proposes that newly constructed and modified MBTs be in compliance with applicable FMVSS, and that MBT manufacturers maintain a record ensuring that these vehicles are in compliance with the FMVSS certification requirements found in 49 CFR part 567. IME supports these requirements.” We did not receive any comments that opposed this requirement, and we are adopting it as proposed.
In paragraph (d) of § 173.66 of the NPRM we proposed a definition for the term modification. We proposed that “modification” means any change to the original design and construction of a MBT that affects its structural integrity or lading retention capability (
PHMSA received general support from the commenters on the addition of a new term for modification, with IME offering one suggestion. IME stated that: “We fully support the proposed definition. However, we suggest that the definitional term be changed to `Modified' since this is the term PHMSA uses in proposed § 173.66 and the preamble.” We agree with IME's suggestion and are revising the regulatory text in this final rule as needed.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed to revise § 177.835 paragraph (a) to state that no Class 1 (explosive) materials may be loaded into, on, or unloaded from any motor vehicle with the engine running, except that the engine of a MBT may be used for the operation of the pumping equipment of the vehicle during loading or unloading. Furthermore, in the NPRM we proposed to add a new paragraph (d) which discussed MBTs and specified that Class 1 (explosive) materials may be packaged in accordance with § 173.66 of this subchapter. However, these materials would be permitted to be transported on the same vehicle with Division 5.1 oxidizers, or Class 8 corrosive materials, and/or Class 3 combustible liquid, n.o.s., NA1993 only under the conditions and requirements set forth in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7) and paragraph (g) of § 177.835.
PHMSA received general support from the commenters on the principle of revising loading and unloading language for Class 1 explosive materials in the highway part of the HMR, with DGAC stating that it “supports the proposed revision to § 177.835 which would authorize the engine of the MBT to remain running when used for the operation of pumping equipment during loading and unloading.” Additionally, IME states that it “is supportive of the proposed revision to 49 CFR 177.835(a) that seeks to address that vehicles need to run engines to run equipment on MBTs.” However, IME did offer one suggestion in that as proposed, “the NPRM only authorized the ability to use a vehicle engine for MBTs, and that pumping equipment is also used to load/unload material from cargo tanks transporting single commodity blasting agents or oxidizers. As such, IME requests that the proposed 49 CFR 177.835(a) provision be modified to provide the same option for these cargo tank vehicles.”
We reviewed the comment and agree with IME's suggestion and are thus revising the regulatory text in this final rule as needed. Therefore, single commodity CTMVs are similarly eligible to use the vehicle's engine while operating the pumping equipment of the vehicle during loading or unloading, and it ensures overall regulatory clarity for these specific types of operations.
The following is a section-by-section review of the amendments adopted in this final rule:
Section 171.7 provides a listing of all standards incorporated by reference into the HMR. For this rulemaking, we evaluated a consensus industry standard pertaining to the standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by CTMVs and for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packaging. These standards include parts on: General requirements; modes of transportation; additional provisions; qualifications, maintenance, and repair of packagings; qualifications of individuals certifying non-DOT specification bulk packaging; placarding and marking requirements; and security and safety of the bulk hazardous materials transported. These standards also include parts on: Purpose and limitations; hazardous materials covered; packagings; operational controls; qualifications, maintenance, and repair of packagings; special provisions; and emergency response, reporting, and training requirements. We determined that the standards provide an enhanced level of safety without imposing significant compliance burdens. These standards have a well-established and documented safety history and their adoption will maintain the high safety standard currently achieved under the HMR. Therefore, we are adding and revising the incorporation by reference material under the following organization:
Paragraph (r)(2) is revised to add the
Section 172.101 provides the instructions for using the HMT and the HMT itself. In this final rule, PHMSA is revising “Column (7) Special Provisions” of the HMT by adding Special Provision 148 to the list of entries. In this final rule, new Special Provision 148 is added to § 172.102(c)(1) and assigned to the HMT entries in Table 2:
Section 172.102 lists special provisions applicable to the transportation of specific hazardous materials. Special provisions contain packaging requirements, prohibitions, and exceptions applicable to particular quantities or forms of hazardous materials. PHMSA is adopting the following revision to § 172.102, special provisions:
In this final rule, PHMSA is adding new Special Provision 148 to § 172.102(c)(1) and assigning it to numerous HMT entries (see the previous section: Section 172.101). Special Provision 148 states that for domestic transportation, the HMT entries that are assigned Special Provision 148 are directed to § 173.66 for: (1) The standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV); and (2) the standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings.
Special Provision 163 currently requires “UN3375, Ammonium nitrate emulsion or Ammonium nitrate suspension or Ammonium nitrate gel, intermediate for blasting explosives” to “satisfactorily pass Test Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).” For bulk packages, Test 8(d) of Test Series 8 applies. This testing is in addition to the requirements in Special Provision 147 and therefore must be completed prior to approval by the Associate Administrator. Although not addressed in the HM-233D NPRM or this final rule's regulatory text, we included this non-substantive clarification in order to highlight the requirement to pass Test 8(d) when transporting applicable substances in a bulk packaging.
In this final rule, PHMSA is adding a new § 173.66 that provides the requirements for a hazardous material to be permitted for transport in accordance with this section (per Special Provision 148 in § 172.102(c)(1)), and only the bulk packagings specified for these materials in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions in Column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (See Section I of IME Standard 23 for the standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by CTMVs, and Section II of IME Standard 23 for the standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings.) As provided by this new section, an entity operating these types of vehicles would no longer operate under a special permit, and would instead be subject to operating
In paragraph (a), we require that for newly constructed and modified MBTs, those trucks must be in compliance with the applicable FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571. Furthermore, the multipurpose bulk truck manufacturer must maintain a certification record ensuring the final manufacturing is in compliance with the FMVSS, per the certification requirements found in 49 CFR part 567, and these certification records must be available to DOT representatives upon request.
In paragraph (b), we state that the term “modified” means any change to the original design and construction of a MBT that affects its structural integrity or lading retention capability, (
By finalizing these requirements, PHMSA is echoing the majority of provisions contained in nine widely-used longstanding special permits that have established safety records. These requirements will eliminate the need for future renewal requests, thus reducing paperwork burdens and facilitating commerce while maintaining an appropriate level of safety.
Section § 177.835 provides the loading and unloading requirements for Class 1 explosive materials. In this final rule, we are revising paragraph (a) to state that no Class 1 explosive materials may be loaded into, on, or unloaded from any motor vehicle with the engine running, except that the engine of a MBT (see paragraph (d) of this section) and the engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting may be used for the operation of the pumping equipment of the vehicle during loading or unloading. Furthermore, we are adding a new paragraph (d) which provides requirements for MBTs and specifies that Class 1 explosive materials may be packaged in accordance with § 173.66 of this subchapter. However, these materials would be permitted to be transported on the same vehicle with Division 5.1 oxidizing materials, or Class 8 corrosive materials, and/or Class 3 combustible liquid, n.o.s., NA1993 only under the conditions and requirements set forth in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and paragraph (g) of this section (§ 177.835).
This final rule is published under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5103(b), which authorizes the Secretary of Transportation to prescribe regulations for the safe transportation, including security, of hazardous material in intrastate, interstate, and foreign commerce. The 49 U.S.C. 5117(a) authorizes the Secretary of Transportation to issue a special permit from a regulation prescribed in 5103(b), 5104, 5110, or 5112 of the Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Law to a person transporting, or causing to be transported, hazardous material in a way that achieves a safety level at least equal to the safety level required under the law, or consistent with the public interest, if a required safety level does not exist. The final rule amends the regulations by incorporating IME Standard 23 and provisions from certain widely-used longstanding special permits that have established a history of safety and which may, therefore, be converted into the regulations for general use.
This final rule is not considered a significant regulatory action under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 (“Regulatory Planning and Review”), as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563 (“Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”), stressing that, to the extent permitted by law, an agency rulemaking action must be based on benefits that justify its costs, impose the least burden, consider cumulative burdens, maximize benefits, use performance objectives, and assess available alternatives, and the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034). Both the preliminary NPRM and the final rule regulatory impact assessments discussing the benefits and costs of this action are available for review in the public docket for this rulemaking (filed under “PHMSA-2011-0345” at
Executive Order 13563 is supplemental to and reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review that were established in Executive Order 12866 Regulatory Planning and Review of September 30, 1993. Executive Order 13563, issued January 18, 2011,
Executive Order 13610, issued May 10, 2012, urges agencies to conduct retrospective analyses of existing rules to examine whether they remain justified and whether they should be modified or streamlined in light of changed circumstances, including the rise of new technologies.
By building off of each other, these three Executive Orders require agencies to regulate in the “most cost-effective manner,” to make a “reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs,” and to develop regulations that “impose the least burden on society.”
In this final rule, PHMSA amends the HMR to incorporate alternatives this agency has permitted under widely-used longstanding special permits and competent authority approvals with established safety records that we have determined meet the safety criteria for inclusion in the HMR. Incorporation of IME Standard 23 into the regulations of general applicability will provide
In accordance with the guidance provided by OMB Circular A-4
This analysis discusses the individual (requirement area by requirement area) costs and benefits. The remainder of this section presents an overview of the factors considered for the analysis in accordance with OMB guidelines. As this is the regulatory analysis for the final rule, only the alternative adopted is analyzed.
Our agency's mission is to protect people and the environment from the risks of hazardous materials transportation. To do this, PHMSA establishes national policy; sets and enforces standards, educates, and conducts research to prevent incidents; and prepares the public and first responders to reduce consequences if an incident does occur.
PHMSA's vision is that no harm results from the transportation of hazardous materials, and it is committed to reducing the risk of harm to people and the environment resulting from the transportation of hazardous materials. PHMSA does not accept death as an inevitable consequence of transporting hazardous materials and works continuously to find new ways to reduce risk of death, injury, environmental and property damage, and transportation disruptions.
This rulemaking action is necessary to provide regulatory flexibility and eliminate the need for future renewal requests, thus reducing paperwork burdens and facilitating commerce while maintaining an appropriate level of safety. The final rule would be beneficial to stakeholders by reducing paperwork and providing regulatory flexibility for industry; reducing administrative costs for the Federal Government while maintaining an appropriate level of safety; and facilitating commerce.
This rulemaking adopts a combination of features including incorporating into the HMR by reference IME Standard 23, and complying with certain NHTSA requirements. PHMSA believes this final rule will benefit both the public and the industry, as it will:
Finally, with this rulemaking amending the HMR by incorporating IME Standard 23, the majority of provisions from nine special permits will be incorporated since those permits were used as the basis to create IME Standard 23.
Explosives are used for many purposes. According to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, explosives are used “in areas such as mining, oil and gas exploration; demolition; avalanche control; and the use of explosives in special industrial tools, fire extinguishers, air bag inflators, fireworks; and specials effects in the entertainment industry.”
Bulk explosives are transported by MBTs and Articulated Cargo Tank Vehicles (ACTVs). According to IME, there are approximately 1,500 MBTs on highways in any given year.
The IME estimates are confirmed by the information in the Commodity Flow Survey (CFS) published by the Bureau of Transportation Statistics and the U.S. Census Bureau.
On average,
Three of the commodities (UN0331/NA0331, UN0332, and UN3375) with an annual ton-mileage of 539 million were transported by both ACTVs and MBTs,
Estimates derived from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) Catalog can confirm the 2012 CFS estimate of 1,824 trucks.
PHMSA data detailing the applications for the special permits show that 100 firms were involved in obtaining permits for the nine special permits referred to above.
If we assume that 100 firms use the special permits under consideration, the fleet of vehicles transporting the classes of hazardous materials that are under these special permits has approximately between 1,428 and 2,935 vehicles. The estimate of 1,824 CTMVs falls into this range.
For transporting explosives safely, the United Nations devised a “Hazard Divisions classification system.”
The transport of industrial explosives in some instances can increase the risk of death, injury, product loss, and property and environmental damage.
Impact on the local economy and community resources: Incidents that cause fires, explosions, road closures, evacuations, or other such events have the potential to increase the demand for community resources. There is typically an increased demand for assistance from first responders and firefighters to control fires, and from police and other law enforcement personnel to control traffic and assist in possible evacuations. These releases may also prompt demand for services from engineers or other public workers to address utility and infrastructure problems. Releases can cause business interruptions or loss of fuel supplies, such as natural gas, gasoline, and home heating oil. Although the potential for releases to cause displacement of populations near or around fires or explosions is remote, these releases could cause the need for permanent or temporary shelter, putting more strain on community resources. Combined effects on businesses, transportation, and other economic resources can exacerbate response and recovery issues.
Impact on the environment: Spills and releases can cause environmental damage, impact wildlife, and contaminate drinking water supplies.
Health hazards: Releases, depending on their mode and severity, can cause many health hazards, including toxicity, dizziness, asphyxiation, irritation, and burns. Accidents and incidents have commanded attention from Congress, stakeholders, constituents, and environmental groups.
Each incident report includes data on up to three parts that failed, how they failed, and the cause of failure(s) for each hazardous material. In total, data was recorded for 35 incidents on the parts that failed and for 35 incidents on how they failed. The part that failed most frequently was the closure or cover. Leaking or torn off/damaged closures were the most common methods of failure. In eight incidents, the description of how they failed was not recorded or not applicable, and in eight incidents, failure of parts was not recorded or not applicable.
PHMSA estimates
Costs to the public and PHMSA accrue from the requirements set forth in the regulations and the enforcement methods and procedures adopted to carry out the objectives of the rules and regulations. Examples of costs include (but are not limited to) goods and services required to comply with the regulation; measures of productivity, such as losses related to work time; incident-related death, illness, or disability; and payments to standard-setting organizations for the standards.
Typically, the benefits of rules are derived from health and safety factors. Since the federal regulatory agencies often design regulations to reduce risks to life, evaluation of the benefits of reducing fatality risks can be the key part of the analysis. In this case, the societal costs (
The value of lives saved, injuries prevented, and property damage avoided serve as the basis for calculating societal costs, which in turn represent the potential benefits of a regulation. To determine the cost to society of incidents, we use pertinent historical incident data.
According to PHMSA incident data from 2005 through 2014, there were 43 incidents associated with the nine special permits being considered in this analysis, including two vehicular crash fatalities that were not hazardous material related. PHMSA does not include the incidents that were deemed
The total
For the HM-233D NPRM, PHMSA received two sets of comments from IME and one set of comments from R&R.
Regarding the implementation of the FSS requirement in Canada, IME notes that it is not correct to represent Canadian industry as “supporting” this standard; the FSS standard was imposed by NRCan through its Mobile Process Unit permit system and did not include the industry in the process.
Estimating the costs based off the NRCan requirement, IME reports that installation costs of FSSs in Canada are between $4,000 and $6,000, which does not include periodic maintenance, testing requirements, or recordkeeping. IME states each FSS would add 300-500 pounds of weight to the vehicle, and a typical payload of an MBT is 25,000 pounds, and a new MBT ranges from $250,000 to $500,000. Therefore, IME states an NRCan-type FSS would reduce payload between 1.2 percent and 2 percent, and the cost of a new MBT would increase by 1.2 percent to 1.6 percent. Periodic inspections cost an average of $800 in remote areas and $150 in more populated areas.
IME questioned if PHMSA has the jurisdiction to impose a truck safety standard on MBTs or any motor vehicle. Congress delegated PHMSA with the authority to develop regulations and standards for packaging to ensure the safe transportation of hazardous materials, while NHTSA has the authority to set safety performance standards for motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment, per 49 U.S.C. chapter 301.
IME also opposed the specifics of the EBDD requirement in the HM-233D rulemaking, stating that they would support an EBDD requirement that harmonizes with the Canadian standard. As IME Standard 23 already includes an EBDD requirement, PHMSA decided to remove this requirement from the final rule as well. Therefore, discussion of this is not included in the Final Rule regulatory analysis in the docket.
R&R argued for clarifications to be made to the HM-233D rulemaking, in particular, to draw a clearer delineation between ACTVs and MBTs. PHMSA incorporated these clarifications into their rulemaking, and the Final Rule regulatory analysis in the docket was updated to make a clearer distinction between ACTVs and MBTs.
PHMSA is amending the HMR by establishing standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. This rulemaking is responsive to two petitions for rulemaking submitted by industry representatives: P-1557, concerning the continued use of renewal applications, and P-1583, concerning the incorporation by reference into the HMR of an industry standard publication. Further, developing these requirements would provide wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently only offered by special permits and competent authorities.
By implementing these requirements, PHMSA will be mirroring the majority of provisions contained in nine widely-used longstanding special permits that have established safety records.
• The driver qualification and training program audits text in IME Standard 23 (page 14) mirrors that of DOT-SP 10751 (page 4), DOT-SP 11579 (page 7), and DOT-SP 12677 (page 5). This text covers the driver's license, endorsement, and training requirements for drivers transporting explosive materials. Similar text also appears in IME Standard 23 Section 1.
• The packaging requirements for transport of Division 1.5 and Division 5.1 hazardous materials in IME Standard 23 (pages 12-13) excerpts text from DOT-SP 10751 (page 3), DOT-SP 11579 (page 4), and DOT-SP 12677 (page 3).
• IME Standard 23 (page 13) outlines the operational controls dealing with carriage restrictions, the placement of materials and containers inside cargo tanks, and the handling and maintenance of cargo tanks. These are mirrored in DOT-SP 12677 (page 4), DOT-SP 10751 (page 3), and DOT-SP 11579 (page 6).
• Tire specification and tire pressure monitoring standards in IME Standard 23 (page 14) are mirrored in DOT-SP 12677 in (pages 6-7). Tire specification requirements stipulate that the tire be no more than six years old and outline the minimum tread depth of both the steering axle and other tires. Tire pressure standards describe when they should be replaced and when tire pressure should be measured. However, text specifying the frequency of tire pressure checks in the special permits is not equivalent to that in IME Standard 23.
• Emergency battery disconnect standards covered in IME Standard 23 (page 15) are covered in DOT SP-12677 (page 8) and DOT SP-11579 (page 10). Stipulations include that the switch needs to be located 24 inches from the battery terminal, and each switch must be tested once per calendar month and be repaired in the event of malfunction and failure.
• The emergency response, reporting, and training provision in IME Standard 23 (page 15) is described in DOT-12677 (page 10) and DOT-11579 (page 12). This provision describes procedures for reporting and investigation accidents. A slight difference in reporting requirements between IME Standard 23 and the special permits is that IME Standard 23 requires an incident report forwarded to PHMSA within 45 days, while the special permits stipulate that the incident report must be completed within 30 days and then sent to PHMSA within 15 days of its completion.
In this final rule, PHMSA is revising the HMR by amending the regulations to establish standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. These final rule requirements include the following:
• Incorporation of IME Standard 23 into the HMR. PHMSA will incorporate IME Standard 23 and establish requirements of general applicability governing the transportation of bulk explosive materials. As such, PHMSA will revise the 49 CFR 171.7 material incorporated by reference to include IME Standard 23, and establish a new section for the bulk explosives requirements.
• Requirements for both existing CTMVs and new construction of CTMVs, including modifications.
By incorporating these requirements, PHMSA will be echoing the majority of provisions contained in nine widely-used longstanding special permits that have established safety records. These revisions are intended to eliminate the need for future renewal requests, thus reducing paperwork burdens and facilitating commerce while maintaining an appropriate level of safety.
IME Standard 23 recommends standards for MBT straight trucks that typically transport multiple hazardous materials in support of blasting operations and articulated cargo tanks that carry a single bulk blasting agent or oxidizer. The analysis presented here mainly addresses the costs and benefits associated with the operation of MBTs. Where applicable, it also addresses the costs and benefits associated with the operation of ACTVs.
IME Standard 23 was developed with input from IME members, stakeholders, and PHMSA. Federal agencies often incorporate standards, especially if the standards do not compromise the level of safety.
The adoption of IME Standard 23 in the HMR affords the following advantages:
• IME Standard 23 is more comprehensive and has stricter standards than the special permits, and it may eliminate some duplicative functions, such as tire pressure inspections under special permits, which are already included in Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance standards that FMCSA uses but have not incorporated into the HMR. IME Standard 23 requires tire pressure checks before each day at the start of the trip but does not require firms to perform the tire pressure checks before each departure onto a public road.
• IME Standard 23 has a provision that prevents caking of AN into a solid mass.
• IME Standard 23 eliminates the need for special permits and the need for renewals, party-to status, or modifications, thus saving industry and agency resources because it lessens burdens common to applying for and reviewing special permits.
• IME Standard 23 is explicit, unambiguous, targeted, and simple to understand and follow.
The major disadvantages are the following:
• Regulations may need to be reevaluated and changed at appropriate intervals to keep pace with technological enhancements and other matters. However, IME will perform this at no charge to PHMSA. IME will also publish the revised standards free of charge to the public.
• PHMSA will not be evaluating the applicant firm's fitness as it currently does in Phase 2 of the special permit application process.
• PHMSA may have to invest more time on compliance inspections.
Below is an analysis of costs associated with the various provisions under IME Standard 23 that affect its incorporation into the HMR.
• Fire extinguishers could be affixed in8 hours.
• The cost for 2 fire extinguishers is approximately $250.
• The labor costs for installing the fire extinguishers are estimated at $280.
• The cost associated with the MBT downtime is approximately $560.
• Approximately 25 percent of MBTs would need to acquire and affix the extinguishers.
Using IME data, we estimate that the cost to equip 385 MBTs (25 percent of the 1,540 MBTs in service) with fire extinguishers would be approximately $419,650 (($250 for the fire extinguishers + $280 labor costs + $560 vehicle downtime) * 385 MBTs). This would be a one-time cost. There will be annual maintenance costs, but we believe these costs will be negligible (somewhere between $0 and $5 per MBT over a 10-year period). Each vehicle should already have at least one fire extinguisher on board per DOT regulations.
The benefits associated with the final rule are the sum of the benefits of incorporating IME Standard 23 into the HMR and any benefits that may accrue from existing and new trucks meeting the additional requirements described above. The annual benefits from the incorporation of IME Standard 23 into the HMR are described below.
• Drivers of CTMVs earn approximately $35 per hour, including overhead.
• Drivers perform work-related activities about 250 days per year for approximately 14 hours for each of those 250 days. The 14-hour day consists of driving (which, under current U.S. regulations, is restricted to 11 driving hours during a 14-hour workday),
• In 2014, a gallon of diesel fuel cost $3.83.
• The cost per day to operate a CTMV in compliance with special permits is $560.
• Checking tire pressure takes approximately 30 minutes per day, according to an IME estimate. PHMSA believes this
Under the assumptions above, the cost per year for the tire checks is approximately $4,375 per year per CTMV ($35 driver wage per hour of work * 0.5 hours per tire pressure check * 250 work days/year).
Vehicles idle during the tire check, and PHMSA estimates that they consume 1 gallon of fuel per hour. The fuel costs per year per vehicle are $479 ($3.83 per gallon of diesel * 0.5 hours per tire pressure check * 250 workdays).
Additionally, the industry estimates that the daily time needed to check tire pressure (
The annual cost per vehicle associated with the tire-pressure check requirement is $9,894, which is an annual cost to industry from the tire pressure test requirement of approximately $18,046,656 ($9,894 total cost per vehicle per year * 1,824 CTMVs).
According to IME information, the resources and costs associated with development and updating include the following:
• Staff and equipment to manage the administration process. IME spends about$1 million annually on this.
• Volunteer members to attend meetings and develop text. Teleconferencing saves some resources and travel costs; IME estimates that a typical member invests about a quarter of a person-year in IME activities. The cost is not quantified.
• For meetings, IME spends approximately $100,000 per year.
• IME spends approximately $50,000 per year to maintain IME Standard 23.
• IME spends approximately $100,000 per year for videos, posters, and publications.
IME will make the standard available at no charge, which represents a cost saving to the public of about $1.3 million.
The annual cost savings to industry associated with the reduced paperwork is approximately $4,757 ($49.04 hourly wage rate for a compliance officer * 97 fewer special permits).
Under the final rule, the one-time costs are about $1.1 million and the recurring annual costs are about $1.4 million. The benefits account for approximately $19.6 million (see Table 12). The net present value of costs discounted at three percent and seven percent over 10 years are about $13.1 million and $11.0 million, respectively. The present value of the $19.6 million discounted at three percent and seven percent over 10 years is about $171.9 million and $147.0 million, respectively.
The annualized costs of the rule discounted at three percent are $1.3 million and at seven percent are approximately $1.1 million (see Table 13). The annualized benefits at three percent are approximately $17.2 million and, at seven percent, $14.7 million. The annualized net benefits of the final rule at three percent are approximately $15.9 million ($17.2 million in annualized benefits and $1.3 million in annualized costs) and at seven percent are approximately $13.6 million ($14.7 million in annualized benefits and $1.1 million in annualized costs). Table 13 summarizes these annual values:
Executive Order 13132 requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input by state and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that may have “substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.”
This final rule was analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132 (“Federalism”), and the President's memorandum on “Preemption” published in the
(1) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous materials;
(2) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and placarding of hazardous materials;
(3) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents related to hazardous materials and requirements related to the number, contents, and placement of those documents;
(4) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the unintentional release in transportation of hazardous materials; or
(5) The designing, manufacturing, fabricating, inspecting, marking, maintaining, reconditioning, repairing, or testing a package, container or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce.
This final rule addresses covered subject items (2), (3), and (5) and would preempt any State, local, or Indian tribe requirements concerning these subjects unless the non-Federal requirements are “substantively the same” as the Federal requirements. Furthermore, this final rule is necessary to update, clarify, and provide relief from regulatory requirements.
Federal hazardous materials transportation law provides at 49 U.S.C. 5125(b)(2) that if PHMSA issues a regulation concerning any of the covered subjects, PHMSA must determine and publish in the
This final rule was analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13175 (“Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments”). Because this final rule does not have tribal implications and does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments, the funding and consultation requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply. Furthermore, we did not receive any comments to the NPRM or requests for consultation from Indian tribes during this rulemaking process.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), as amended, requires Federal agencies to conduct a separate analysis of the economic impact of rules on small entities, taking into account the particular concerns of small entities when developing, writing, publicizing, promulgating, and enforcing
1. A statement of the need for, and objectives of, the rule.
2. A summary of the significant issues raised by public comments in response to the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, a summary of the assessment of the agency of such issues, and a statement of any changes made in the final rule as a result of such comments.
3. The kind and number of small entities to which the final rule will apply.
4. The projected reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the final rule.
5. A description of the steps the agency has taken to minimize the significant adverse economic impact on small entities consistent with the stated objectives of applicable statutes, including a statement of the factual, policy, and legal reasons for selecting the alternative adopted in the final rule and why each of the other significant alternatives to the rule considered by the agency was rejected.
A discussion of these requirements follows.
The objective of this rulemaking is to develop a set of standards related to the safe transportation of bulk explosives in CTMVs that will no longer require the need to apply for or become a party to a special permit, as the standard will be in the HMR. This rulemaking action is necessary to provide regulatory flexibility and relief while protecting public health, welfare, safety, and the environment. The final rule will be beneficial to stakeholders by reducing paperwork for industry and government while maintaining an appropriate level of safety, which promotes safer transportation practices. Finally, this rulemaking action facilitates commerce and eliminates unnecessary regulatory requirements. The intended effects of this rulemaking would provide enhanced flexibility for industry transporting hazardous materials in commerce while maintaining an appropriate level of safety. The rulemaking would amend the HMR by incorporating IME Standard 23 and therefore include the requirements of nine special permits that were used to create IME Standard 23.
PHMSA did not receive any comments specifically relating to the impact of the proposed rule on small entities. A more extensive discussion of the comments relating to the impact of the requirements proposed in the NPRM is provided in Section 2.7 of the Final Rule Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA).
For the HM-233D NPRM, PHMSA received two sets of comments from IME and one set of comments from R&R.
1. No deaths and serious injuries have been attributable to hazardous materials carried on MBTs.
2. There is no guarantee that a FSS will be operational after a crash.
3. The Natural Resources Canada FSS will increase the cost of a MBT by 1.2 percent to 1.6 percent.
IME also opposed the specifics of the requirement for EBDDs in the HM-233D rulemaking, stating that they would support an EBDD requirement that harmonizes with the Canadian standard. R&R argued for clarifications needed to be made to the HM-233D rulemaking, in particular, to draw a clearer delineation between MBTs and ACTVs that carry one commodity.
By amending the HMR, this action will likely affect only existing holders of the nine special permits. Firms newly engaged in the transportation of bulk explosives will benefit from the elimination of the special permit application process. Manufacturers of MBTs will also be affected by the final rule, as they have to comply with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard part of the rule.
PHMSA data detailing the applications from firms for the special permits under consideration show that 100 firms were involved in obtaining permits for the nine special permits referred to above.
There were 29 different NAICS codes, as shown in the following Table 14. Of the 100 firms, 83 were small businesses.
The RIA estimated the number of CTMVs to be 1,824, of which 1,540 were estimated to be MBTs and 284 were estimated to be ACTVs. PHMSA assumes a uniform distribution of MBTs among small and large firms, even though large firms operate a significant proportion of the MBTs in service.
A discussion of the impacts of the final rule on small businesses is included below.
PHMSA has not excluded small entities from any of the requirements of the final rule. However, PHMSA has removed the FSS and emergency shut-off/battery disconnect device requirements—included in the proposed rule—from the final rule, which will mitigate many of the cost impacts of the rule for small entities. Since costs are distributed evenly across firms, but large firms have higher revenues than small firms, the reduced costs would have a larger impact on small-firm profitability than on large-firm profitability.
PHMSA is revising the HMR by amending the regulations to establish standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. The final rule has a detailed explanation of all the requirements. None of the existing Federal rules duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the final rule.
This final rule has been developed in accordance with Executive Order 13272 (“Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking”) and DOT's procedures and policies to promote compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act to ensure that potential impacts of draft rules on small entities are properly considered. In summary, the final rule provides substantial benefits to small entities as demonstrated above.
PHMSA currently has an approved information collection under Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control Number 2137-0051, entitled “Rulemaking, Special Permits, and Preemption Requirements.” This final rule may result in a decrease in the annual burden and costs under OMB Control Number 2137-0051 due to adopting changes to incorporate IME Standard 23 and certain provisions contained in certain widely-used or longstanding special permits that have an established safety record.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no person is required to respond to an information collection unless it has been approved by OMB and displays a valid OMB control number. Section 1320.8(d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations requires that PHMSA provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information and recordkeeping requests.
This final rule identifies revised information collection requests that PHMSA will submit to OMB for approval based on the requirements in this final rule. PHMSA has developed burden estimates to reflect changes in this final rule and estimates that the information collection and recordkeeping burdens would be revised as follows:
OMB Control No. 2137-0051:
Net Decrease in Annual Number of Respondents: 100.
Net Decrease in Annual Responses: 100.
Net Decrease in Annual Burden Hours: 200.
Net Decrease in Annual Burden Costs: $5,000.
Requests for a copy of this information collection should be directed to Steven Andrews or T. Glenn Foster, Office of Hazardous Materials Standards (PHH-12), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, Telephone (202) 366-8553.
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of this document may be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
This final rule does not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It does not result in costs of $155 million or more to either state, local or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objective of the rule.
The National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321-4375, requires that federal agencies consider the consequences of major Federal actions and prepare a detailed statement on actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations require federal agencies to conduct an environmental review considering: (1) The need for the action; (2) alternatives to the action; (3) probable environmental impacts of the action and alternatives; and (4) the agencies and persons consulted during the consideration process [40 CFR 1508.9(b)].
PHMSA is amending the HMR by establishing standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. This rulemaking specifically focuses on reviewing the Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME)'s Safety Library Publication 23 (IME Standard 23): Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3, and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packagings and nine special permits related to multipurpose bulk trucks (MBTs) used to transport various explosives, oxidizers, flammable liquids, and corrosive liquids on the same transport vehicle. The objective of this rulemaking is to develop a set of standards related to the safe transportation of these materials in MBTs that will no longer require a special permit because the standard will be in the HMR.
Through this final rule PHMSA is incorporating IME Standard 23 and establishing requirements of general applicability governing the transportation of bulk explosive materials. In addition, PHMSA is requiring compliance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS).
This rulemaking is responsive to two petitions for rulemaking submitted by industry representatives, P-1557 concerning the elimination of the need to operate under special permits by incorporating them into the HMR, and P-1583 concerning the incorporation of an industry standard publication. Further, developing these requirements would provide wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently only offered by special permit and competent authorities.
This rulemaking specifically focuses on reviewing IME Standard 23: Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3, and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packagings and nine special permits related to MBTs used to transport various explosives, oxidizers, flammable liquids, and corrosive liquids on the same transport vehicle. The objective of this rulemaking is to develop a set of standards related to the safe transportation of these materials in MBTs that will no longer require the need to apply for a special permit as the standard will be in the HMR.
This final rule is published under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5103(b), which authorizes the Secretary to prescribe regulations for the safe transportation, including security, of hazardous material in intrastate, interstate, and foreign commerce. The 49 U.S.C. 5117(a) authorizes the Secretary of Transportation to issue a special permit from a regulation prescribed in 5103(b), 5104, 5110, or 5112 of the Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Law to a person transporting, or causing to be transported, hazardous material in a way that achieves a safety level at least
PHMSA amends the HMR to establish standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. Developing such provisions of the HMR is intended to provide wider access to the regulatory flexibility that currently only is offered by way of obtaining a special permit. For example, the adoption of a regulatory standard in the HMR would eliminate the need for persons who hold a special permit to apply for renewal in the future.
In this final rule, PHMSA is revising the HMR by amending the regulations to establish standards for the safe transportation of bulk explosives. The following is a description of the action and the need for the action.
Action: PHMSA incorporates IME Standard 23 and establishes requirements of general applicability governing the transportation of bulk explosive materials. As such, PHMSA revises the 49 CFR 171.7 table of material incorporated by reference to include IME Standard 23, and establish a new section for the bulk explosives requirements.
Need: PHMSA has concluded that the incorporation of IME Standard 23 into the HMR will provide wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently only offered by special permit and competent authorities. PHMSA believes this will benefit the government and the industry, as it will eliminate the need for firms to apply individually to transport certain classes of bulk materials in MBTs, provide regulatory flexibility and relief while maintaining an high level of safety, promote safer transportation practices, facilitate commerce, reduce paperwork burdens, and eliminate unnecessary regulatory requirements.
Action: New or modified multipurpose bulk trucks constructed 120 days after the publication date of the final rule must be in compliance with the FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571, as applicable. Furthermore, the multipurpose bulk truck manufacturer must maintain a certification record ensuring the final manufacturing is in compliance with the FMVSS, per the certification requirements found in 49 CFR part 567. These certification records must be made available to DOT representatives upon request.
Need: This specifies that all new construction and modified MBTs must conform to the FMVSS requirements.
This rulemaking is responsive to two petitions for rulemaking submitted by industry representatives, P-1557 concerning the elimination of the need to operate under special permits by incorporating them into the HMR, and P-1583 concerning the incorporation of an industry standard publication. Developing these requirements would provide wider access to the regulatory flexibility currently only offered by special permit and competent authorities.
This final rule incorporates elements of nine special permits that authorize multipurpose bulk truck operations not specifically permitted under the HMR. The amendments will eventually eliminate the need for current grantees to reapply for renewal of special permits every four years and for PHMSA to process those renewal applications. It will also allow other operators to transport bulk explosives without a special permit, provided that the operators conform to the requirements of this rule, including those explicitly stated in IME Standard 23.
Alternative 1: No Action.
This would not be the preferred alternative. Under this option, PHMSA would continue existing requirements for special permits to transport bulk explosives by taking no action. However, PHMSA believes that there are considerable benefits (both environmental and economic) to taking action provided that a high level of safety is maintained. If no action is taken there will be no beneficial or adverse environmental effects compared to the status quo. Finally, this alternative would not impose any costs, but it would prevent the opportunity to realize any efficiency benefits.
Alternative 2: PHMSA Defers to Voluntary Standards.
This would not be the preferred alternative. Under this option, PHMSA will defer to voluntary standards developed through organizations or trade associations. PHMSA will likely participate in standard-setting to develop standards that meet safety criteria that are in the interest of the United States. While compliance with voluntary standards is thought to be high by industry participants, firms do not have to comply with them, since they are voluntary. This creates some concern since the non-adoption may mean that those firms may not comply with minimum safety standards. A review of this alternative leads to a possibility that important environmental safety measures would not be implemented as completely as they would under alternative (5). For example, the provisions: (1) Any non-DOT specification cargo tanks, portable tanks, sift-proof closed vehicles and closed bulk bins must be qualified, inspected, and maintained essentially the same as a DOT-specification bulk container (as set out in Appendix B of IME Standard 23); and (2) inspectors conducting inspections of non-DOT non-specification tanks must meet training qualifications outlined in Appendix B, would not be implemented if this alternative (#2: PHMSA Defers to Voluntary Standards) was selected. While there may be certain beneficial environmental effects with this alternative, there are certainly drawbacks too. Furthermore, this alternative does not ensure the level of safety that alternative (5) would because firms may not comply with a voluntary standard.
Alternative 3: Incorporate Special Permits That Have a Good Safety Record Into the HMR.
This would not be the preferred alternative. Under this option, PHMSA would incorporate seven of the nine special permits into the HMR. These seven special permits have very good safety records. By incorporating these special permits, PHMSA would need to work through the Federal rulemaking process to modify the HMR in response to technological enhancements and other matters relating to the transportation of the bulk explosives covered under the seven special permits. It may be more advantageous to incorporate standards developed by industry than for PHMSA to develop its own standards and incorporate them into the HMR. There may be beneficial environmental effects with this alternative, but not to the extent of the final action because this alternative is not as comprehensive.
Alternative 4: Adopt Other National or International Standards.
This would not be the preferred alternative. Under this option, PHMSA
This option is the preferred alternative, because it would provide regulatory flexibility without imposing burdensome costs. IME Standard 23 recommends standards for MBT straight trucks that typically transport multiple hazardous materials in support of blasting operations and articulated cargo tanks that carry a single bulk blasting agent or oxidizer. Under this option, PHMSA would incorporate IME Standard 23 into the HMR with additional features. This rulemaking specifically adopts a combination of features, including incorporating by reference (IBR) the Institute of Makers of Explosives' (IME) Safety Library Publication No. 23 “Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3 and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging” (referred to as IME Standard 23), and complying with certain NHTSA requirements. The requirements are more comprehensive and have stricter standards than the nine special permits, and may eliminate some duplicative functions covered by other industry standards. While IME Standard 23 may need to be re-evaluated and changed to keep pace with technological enhancements and other matters, IME will perform this and publish the revised standards free of charge. IME Standard 23 was developed with input of IME members, stakeholders, and PHMSA. There are beneficial effects with the final action that are superior to those achieved by the other alternatives, and these environmental benefits (direct, indirect, and cumulative) are discussed below.
Routes used to transport bulk explosives traverse a variety of environments—from highly populated urban sites to remote, unpopulated rural areas. PHMSA manages the transportation of specific hazardous materials, including bulk explosives, with special permits that must achieve a level of safety at least equal to the level of safety achieved when transported under the HMR.
The physical environment potentially affected by the final rule includes the airspace, water resources (
The final rule incorporates IME Standard 23 into the HMR and eliminates nine special permits. IME Standard 23 is more comprehensive and has stricter standards than the nine special permits, and it may eliminate some duplicative functions covered by other industry standards.
Direct Effects: The final rule will not increase and may decrease the frequency or severity of motor carrier incidents involving bulk explosives, as IME Standard 23 is more comprehensive and has stricter standards than the existing special permits. PHMSA assessment suggests that there are no adverse significant environmental impacts associated with the final rule.
Indirect Effects: The final rule will not increase and may decrease the frequency or severity of motor carrier incidents involving bulk explosive, and thus will not have an adverse indirect effect on the environment. PHMSA assessment suggests that there are no adverse significant environmental impacts associated with the final rule.
Cumulative Effects: The final rule will not increase and may decrease the frequency or severity of motor carrier incidents involving bulk explosives, as IME Standard 23 is more comprehensive and has stricter standards than the existing special permits. PHMSA assessment suggests that there are no adverse significant environmental impacts associated with the final rule.
In considering the potential environmental impacts of the final action, PHMSA does not anticipate that permitting the new alternative would result in any significant impact on the human environment because the process through which special permits for bulk explosives are developed and certified has historically demonstrated an equivalent level of safety of the HMR.
Given that this rulemaking amends the HMR to permit an alternative with equivalent and established safety records, these changes in regulation have the potential to increase safety and environmental protections. In the NPRM PHMSA solicited comments about potential environmental impacts associated with this rulemaking from other agencies, stakeholders, and citizens; and we did not receive anything specific to these issues.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
Under E.O. 13609, agencies must consider whether the impacts associated with significant variations between domestic and international regulatory approaches are unnecessary or may impair the ability of American business to export and compete internationally. In meeting shared challenges involving health, safety, labor, security, environmental, and other issues, international regulatory cooperation can identify approaches that are at least as protective as those that are or would be adopted in the absence of such cooperation. International regulatory cooperation can also reduce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in regulatory requirements.
Similarly, the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Public Law 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Public Law 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing any standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. For purposes of these requirements, Federal agencies may participate in the establishment of
PHMSA participates in the establishment of international standards in order to protect the safety of the American public, and we have assessed the effects of the final rule to ensure that it does not cause unnecessary obstacles to foreign trade. Accordingly, this rulemaking is consistent with E.O. 13609 and PHMSA's obligations under the Trade Agreement Act, as amended.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs federal agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless doing so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (
This final rule involves one technical standard: IME Standard 23, IME Safety Library Publication No. 23 (IME Standard 23), “SLP 23: Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids Class 3, and Corrosives Class 8 in Bulk Packagings,” October 2011 version. This consensus technical standard is listed in 49 CFR 171.7.
Executive Order 13211 requires Federal agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any “significant energy action.” 66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency (normally published in the
PHMSA has evaluated this action in accordance with Executive Order 13211. See the environmental assessment section for a more thorough discussion of environmental impacts and the supply, distribution, or use of energy. PHMSA has determined that this action will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Consequently, PHMSA has determined that this regulatory action is not a “significant energy action” within the meaning of Executive Order 13211.
Exports, Hazardous materials transportation, Hazardous waste, Imports, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Definitions and abbreviations.
Hazardous materials transportation, Hazardous waste, Labeling, Markings, Packaging and containers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures.
Hazardous materials transportation, Incorporation by reference, Packaging and containers, Radioactive materials, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Uranium.
Hazardous materials transportation, Incorporation by reference.
In consideration of the foregoing, we are amending title 49 CFR chapter I, subchapter C, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 section 4 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 104-134, section 31001; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
(r) * * *
(2) IME Standard 23, IME Safety Library Publication No. 23 (IME Standard 23), Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3, and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging, October 2011, into §§ 173.66(intro); 177.835(d).
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
148. For domestic transportation, this entry directs to § 173.66 for:
a. The standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV); and
b. The standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.
When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material may be transported in accordance with this section (per special provision 148 in § 172.102(c)(1)), only the bulk packagings specified for these materials in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions in Column 7 of the § 172.101 table. See Section I of IME Standard 23 for the standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV), and Section II of IME Standard 23 for the standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (
(a)
(b)
(1) A change to the MBT equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, ladder brackets; and
(2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and of the same size.
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; sec. 112 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676 (1994); sec. 32509 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 805 (2012); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
(a)
(d)
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |